Ingles Militar PDF [PDF]

Zitiervorschau

UNIT

1 page 9-15

2 page 17-26

3 page 27-35

IRRECONTENTS MAP

4 page 37-46

5 page 47-54

GRAMMAR

page 59-68

7 page 69-77

8 page 79-88

PROLOGO

SOBRE EL CUADRO DE LA UNIDAD QUE DESEE VISUALIZARCONTENTS MAP

DAILY SPEAKING

CIVILIAN VOCABULARY

READING COMPREHENSION

MILITARY TERMS

MILITARY CONVERSATION

· Personal pronouns · Verb "To Be" -Affirmative form -Negative form -Question form

· Greetings -What’s your name? -How old are you? -How are you?

· Cardinal numbers I -(1-30) · Ordinal number I -(1st-5th)

· "This is the description of Miguel and Teresa" -He /She is a… -He /She is …years old -His /Her telephone number is…

· Ranks · Various

· Conversation between a Staff Sergeant and a Private -May I come in, Sir? -This is…. assigned to… -What’s your post?

· Articles -Definite article “The” -Indefinite article “A, An” -Some -Any · Possession -Saxon genitive -Possessive adjectives -Possessive pronouns · Verb "To Have" · Affirmative form · Negative form · Question form · Plurals -Regular plurals -Irregular plurals

· Introductions Good morning Good afternoon This is my… Nice to meet you

· Colours · Cardinal numbers II -(30-100) · Ordinal numbers II -(6th-25th)

· "Description of Miguel's little brother" -He has lots of… -He likes… -He plays football…

· In the barracks and generalities

· Conversation between a Full Corporal and a Private -Are you on duty…? -I’m the sentry… -Did you clean your rifle? -There is an inspection parade in the battery

· Demonstratives -This,· That -These,· Those · Infinitive, participle and gerund · Simple present -Affirmative form -Negative form · The time

· The time -What time is it? -It’s half past five · How are you? -How are you? -I’m not fine…I’m very tired -Lately I don't sleep very well -Take some sleeping pills

· Family and relationships · Meals I

· "My family" -My mother's name is… -I have one brother -My mother's parent's are my grandparents

· Units and command schelons

· Conversation between a Private and a Corporal -What’s that unit? -Who’s the commander?

· "Holidays" -Christmas -New Year's Eve -St. Valentine's Day -Easter -Festival of Passover -Good Friday -Easter Day -Easter Monday -Mother's Day -Father's Day -Fourth of July

· Weapons, specialities and assignments

· Conversation between a Full Corporal and a Corporal -What’s your branch? -I’m posted in… -I don't have a driver license -I should apply for…

· The uniform

· Conversation between two Privates -These boots are very big for me -What’s your size? -I need size…

· The adjective -Degrees of comparison -Superiorty comparatives and superlatives -Inferiority comparatives -Equality comparatives · Irregular forms of the comparative and superlative · How to make comparisons · The adverb I -Where to put the verb -Adverbs classification

· On the phone -Who's calling? -This is… -Do you want to leave a message? -I call you back later

· · · · ·

· The adverb II -"-ly" ending adverbs · Adverb degrees · Irregular forms of the adverbs · Adverbial phrases

· At the travel agency -I’d like to know if there are any seats on… · On the plane -Is there still a long way to go? -The plane is landing now

· Moods · Weather phenomena and natural catastrophes

R E V I E W

6

CONTENTS MAPPULSE

F R O M

U N I T

1

T O

· "There is" and "there are" sentences and partitives -"There is" and "there are" sentences -The use of "Some" -The use of "Any" · Quantities -The use of "too", "too much", "too many", "enough", "not enough" -"Some", "any" and "no" compounds

· At the hotel -I’ve booked two single rooms… -How long are you going to stay at this hotel for? -We’d like to have half board -Could you change us pounds into euros?

· · · ·

· Questions I -Auxiliary "To Do" -The verb "To Be" · Prepositions I

· In the Restaurant -Where would you like to sit? -Could you bring me whatever you think is best on the menu? -Which wine do you recommend?

· Past Simple of the regular verbs -Affirmative form -Negative form -Question form -Negative question form · Past Simple of the irregular verbs · Past Simple of the verb "To Be" -Affirmative form -Negative form -Question form -Negative question form

· In the train station -We’re about to take a train… -When does your train leave? -Do you know where the platform…?

-1-

Days of the week Seasons of the year Months of the year Dates Cardinal numbers III -(101-2.000.000)

U N I T

5

· "El Niño and La Niña" -El Niño takes place in… -These effects occur around… -These fires create… -Opposite to El Niño… -Climate historians speculate that…

R E V I E W

F R O M

U N I T

1

T O

U N I T

5

· "The History of Harrods" -This tale begins with… -In…it becomes… -It is the best and the most well known department store in the world

· Light weaponry

· Conversation between two Privates -I’m collecting ammunition for… -What kind of exercise is it about? -Will it be carried out with live ammunition?

· Breakfast · Fruit, cereals and vegetablesmeat and fish · Drinks, desserts, the table

· "British meals" -British people have three meals a day -Beakfast is usually between… -The second meal of the day is… -The last meal of the day is…

· Heavy weaponry

· Conversation between a Sergeant and a Private -Did you check the track of the tank? -Don't forget to install the machine on the turret -Did you already refuel the tank?

· Countries and nationalities

· "Prejudices" -There are a lot of prejudices according to nationalities -German people are considered to… -Danish people are thought to be… -British people are believed to be…

· The Navy and the Air Force

· Conversation between a Private and a Full Corporal -Did you see that warjet? -I think that it is an F-18 -Look at that helicopter

Parts of the house Rooms of the house Furniture The bathroom

-1-

CONTENTS MAP

PORTADA

UNIT

9 page 89-99

10 page 101-111

GRAMMAR

DAILY SPEAKING · Rent a car -We’d like to rent a car -Can I see your ID or passport? -I'm afraid you will have to pay an additional fee for being under 25 -Which car would you like to rent? -Is there an additional driver fee? -No, but there is limited mileage of…

· How to form the gerund · Present Continuous -Affirmative form -Negative form · Past Continuous -Affirmative form -Negative form · Present and Past Continuous question -Question form -Negative question form · Wh questions with present and Past Continuous · Questions with "How"

· How to make an appointment to see the doctor -Could I make an appointment to see the doctor? -I’d like to see the doctor as soon as possible

CONTENTS MAP

page 117-129

12 page 131-138

13 page 139-148

14 page 149-157

15 page 159-171

F R O M

U N I T

6

· Asking the Way -Is… far from here? -You might need to take a bus to… -The bus stop is quite near… -Go straight on along this street until… -Take the third turning on… -Could you show us in the map?

· The Conditional tense -Affirmative form -Negative form -Question form -Negative question form · The Imperative

· Customs -Where are you from? -Do you have an entry permit? -What’s the purpose of your journey?

· Modal Verbs · Can · Could · Must · Need · May · Might · Should /Ought to

· Shopping. Buying food -Could I have some of…? -Which one do you want? -How much is it? -I'll have… · Shopping. Buying clothes -It goes with… -Try … on. -I need a smaller size -To change … for…

· Passive voice · Prepositions II

· At the doctor's -What’s the matter? -My head hurts… -How is the pain like? -Acute and constant pain -To be allergic to… -To take pills

· Phrasal verbs -How to form phrasal verbs · So/Neither do I -So -Neither -Grammatical constructions to disagree with someone · Verb + -Ing (=Gerund)

· Calling the insurance company -My car’s broken down -To tow the car -What’s your insurance company?

F R O M

U N I T

1 1

· "Do" or "Make"? -When to use “make” -When to use “do”

· Writing a Letter in British English

· Animals and plants · Parts of the head · Parts of the body

· "Climatic Change" -People and environment are experiencing the consequeces of… -This change is mainly due to… -There are extreme weather events -Climate impacts -Predictions for the future -To slow down global warming -To avoid climate catastrophe -Renewable energy sources -Clean energies

T O

· -Future Tense -Affirmative form -Negative form and question form -Negative question form -Future with "going to" · First Type Conditional Sentences · Present Perfect · -Use of "Since" and "For"

R E V I E W

READING COMPREHENSION

CIVILIAN VOCABULARY

· Questions II -Wh questions -How to form Wh questions · How to write a letter in English -Date and place of origin -Opening a letter -Closing a letter

R E V I E W 11

PULSE SOBRE EL CUADRO DE LA UNIDAD QUE DESEE VISUALIZAR CONTENTS MAP

U N I T

1 0

R E V I E W

MILITARY TERMS

MILITARY CONVERSATION

· In the office · On the maneuvers · Formed in parade

· Conversation between two operators -What’s the position of…? -We’re deployed in… -Move on up to… -Over -Roger. Out

· In the training

· Conversation between a Private and a Sergeant -NBC attack -To put the mask on -To avoid being affected by the radiations

F R O M

U N I T

6

T O

U N I T

· "The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland" -The United Kingdom is situated in… -Its neighbours are… -The United Kingdom consists of four nations… -Great Britain is often incorrectly used to refer to the United Kingdom

· Parts of the rifle, machine gun & pistol

· Conversation between a Private and a Sergeant -Show me your rifle -I have a cartridge in the chamber -Pull the charging handle down and take it out

· Sports and leisure time

· "Terrorist Attack" -The terrorist attacks on… -There is a great uncertainty about… -An emergency communications plan -Meeting place -Disaster supplies kit -Seriously injured people

· Communications · First aid

· Conversation between two Privates -Do you know what happened to…? -He was wounded on… -Shell explosion -Mortar shrapnel -A severe injury

· Length · Weight · Capacity

· "David Bowie" -David Jones was born on… -David Jones started playing… -In…, he changed his name to… -He married… -He produced albums for… -Bowie had no luck in…

· Operations, offensive

· Conversation between a Captain and a Lieutenant -Cross the departure line at… -My platoon will advance up to… -Where is the enemy position? -The attack will be performed… -To receive the order by radio -Fire support -Departure line

· Diseases and pains

· "The Euro" -European single currency -The euro has replaced… -To join the euro -Faces of the coin -Strong currency

· Operations, defensive

· Conversation between a Sergeant and a Private -Watch that cord -Take care -Come back to the trench -To report by radio…

· Differences between British and American English

· "Stonehenge" -The most famous monument of… -To be built in several phases -Is Britain's greatest national icon -Its original purpose… -Worship of… -Astronomical observatory for… -Sacred site -Burial of ancient…

· Peacekeeping missions

· Conversation between a Corporal and a Private -My unit is in a peacekeeping mission -To operate in… -Hot spot -There are lots of snipers in… -What Organization is leading…? -To be in charge -To be in command

· · · ·

Means of transport Clothes The sizes and their equivalences The city

T O

U N I T

1 5

R E V I E W

F R O M

U N I T

1 1

T O

U N I T

EXERCISES VERBS

VERBS

GLOSSARIES

KEYS TO THE EXERCISES

REGULAR VERBS: CONJUGATION . . . . . . . . . . IRREGULAR VERBS: LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GLOSSARIES

KEYS

-2-

1 0

TO THE

EXERCISES

PREFACE . . . . . . . . . ABBREVIATIONS . . . . CIVILIAN GLOSSARY . MILITARY GLOSSARY .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

-2-

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

183 - 198 183 - 196 197 - 198 199 - 225 199 200 201 - 219 221 - 225 227 - 235

1 5

CONTENTS MAP

CONTENTS MAP

PRÓLOGO La mayor integración de los Ejércitos de las naciones de nuestro entorno en estructuras supranacionales para, con la puesta en común de las capacidades conjuntas, poder responder a los nuevos desafíos de seguridad que pudieran amenazar la estabilidad mundial, ha obligado a que el Ejército de Tierra español se adapte a las nuevas circunstancias en consonancia con los cambios experimentados por la sociedad española, pasando de un Ejército territorial de guarnición, a otro de proyección, con una alta disponibilidad y en el que se ha profesionalizado la tropa. Este operar conjunto con otros Ejércitos exige, además de contar con armamento y materiales interoperables con los de nuestros aliados, el disponer de unos procedimientos operativos comunes. No obstante, aun siendo importante lo anterior, resultaría de todas luces ímposible el llevar a buen término este trabajo conjunto, si los componentes de cada uno de estos Ejércitos son incapaces de comunicarse en un lenguaje común. Siendo el inglés la lengua adoptada por la comunidad internacional como el idioma en el que se desarrollan normalmente las operaciones militares, se hace necesario que los componentes del Ejército tengan una formación adecuada en este idioma. Este libro de inglés ha sido concebido y diseñado para responder fundamentalmente a las necesidades que en esta lengua tengan los componentes del ET., estando orientado a sus niveles básicos, y sirviendo como pilar en el que se asienten posteriores conocimientos y niveles más avanzados. En consecuencia, considero que el Basic English Book for Militaries es un libro pensado para los profesionales de las armas y que constituye una herramienta muy útil para iniciarse en los fundamentos de la lengua inglesa.

Juan Ramón Amat Gutiérrez TENIENTE GENERAL Jefe del Mando de Adiestramiento y Doctrina del Ejercito de Tierra

-3-

GLOSSARIES PREFACE En los siguientes glosarios están recogidos todos los términos de la lengua inglesa que aparecen en el presente libro. Dichos términos están ordenados alfabéticamente y vienen acompañados por su equivalencia en español.

Para facilitar la consulta del glosario, las equivalencias en español de los adjetivos en inglés se dan únicamente en la forma masculina singular, a pesar de que dicha forma inglesa también equivalga a las formas del femenino singular y plural y del masculino plural en español. Así, en la entrada African aparece como equivalente en español africano, pero ha de sobreentenderse que también puede equivaler a africana, africanos y africanas. Los participios pasados recogidos en el glosario también reciben este tratamiento. Bajo una misma entrada inglesa pueden aparecer: 1. Varias acepciones separadas entre sí por punto y coma. En este caso las diferentes acepciones hacen referencia a términos en español que, aunque puedan ser parecidos, no son equivalentes (ver bite). 2. Varias acepciones separadas entre sí por coma. Las diferentes acepciones hacen referencia a términos que se pueden considerar sinónimos entre sí en español (ver brilliant). 3. Además de las equivalencias en español, pueden aparecer términos compuestos o derivados del término en inglés que se ofrece como entrada (ver board) o locuciones de uso frecuente en la que dicho término aparece (ver chemist). Puede haber dos o más entradas en inglés idénticas. Esto se debe a que determinadas palabras en inglés, dependiendo de su uso, funcionan con diferentes categorías gramaticales, existiendo entre sus significados una evidente relación (ver act1; act2) o no (ver can1; can2), o a que al menos una de ellas pertenece al inglés británico o al americano (ver bill1; bill2).

-199-

PREFACE

Además de su equivalencia en español, de cada término se ofrece información a cerca de su categoría gramatical en inglés y, en el caso de que sea necesario, si dicho término pertenece al inglés usado en Reino Unido o en América (ver neighbour; neighbor). Además, para evitar confusiones, las equivalencias en español que puedan resultar ambiguas vienen acompañadas por una aclaración entre corchetes (ver wear).

ABBREVIATIONS

ABBREVIATIONS adj

..........................................................

adjetivo

adv

..........................................................

adverbio

AmE

..........................................................

inglés americano

art

..........................................................

artículo

BrE

..........................................................

inglés británico

comp

..........................................................

comparativo

conj

..........................................................

conjunción

dem

..........................................................

demostrativo

esp

..........................................................

especialmente

etc

..........................................................

etcétera

fem

..........................................................

femenino

indet

..........................................................

indeterminado

inf

..........................................................

infinitivo

int

..........................................................

interrogativo

interj

..........................................................

interjección

mod

..........................................................

modal

p

..........................................................

participio

pas

..........................................................

pasado

pers

..........................................................

personal

pos

..........................................................

posesivo

prep

..........................................................

preposición

pres

..........................................................

presente

pron

..........................................................

pronombre

reflex

..........................................................

reflexivo

rel

..........................................................

relativo

semimod

..........................................................

semimodal

super

..........................................................

superlativo

sust

..........................................................

sustantivo

tb

..........................................................

también

v

..........................................................

verbo

-200-

GLOSSARY

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

a

art indet un, una; (~ bit of) un poco de; (~ few) unos pocos, unas pocas, algunos, algunas; (~ little of) un poco de; (~ long way) mucho tiempo; (~ lot of) un montón de, mucho sust abreviatura prep arriba; sobre adv en el extranjero adj absoluto p pas de accept aceptado v doler sust sigla prep a través; al otro lado de sust acto v actuar adj activo sust actividad adj agudo sust consejo sust aeroplano p pas de affect afectado adj asustado; (to be ~) temer, tener miedo sust África adj africano adv después prep después de, tras sust tarde; (good ~) buenas tardes prep contra sust agencia; (travel ~) agencia de viajes sust agente; (travel ~) agente de viajes adv (five days ~) hace cinco días v estar de acuerdo v ponerse de acuerdo en

American American-born among an analgesic analyse (BrE) analyze (AmE) ancient Angle angry animal ankle answer1 answer2 anthem any

adj americano adj americano prep entre art indet un, una sust analgésico v analizar; valorar, evaluar v analizar; valorar, evaluar adj antiguo sust anglo adj enfadado sust animal sust tobillo sust respuesta v responder sust himno pron alguno, alguna, algunos, algunas adj algún, alguna, algunos, algunas; (in ~ case) en cualquier caso pron nadie; alguien, cualquier persona pron nadie; alguien, cualquier persona pron nada; algo, cualquier cosa adv de todos modos, de todas formas adv ninguna parte; alguna parte, cualquier parte sust apartamento sust aparición sust pl anexos sust anexo sust apetito sust manzana sust formulario sust cita; (to make an ~) concertar una cita sust abril sust archipiélago sust brazo sust sillón sust axila prep alrededor de v organizar; fijar, concertar v detener v llegar adj arrogante sust artículo sust artista conj como; tan; cuando, mientras sust ceniza sust cenicero sust Asia adj asiático [esp India y Paquistán] adj asiático v preguntar

abbreviation above abroad absolute accepted ache acronym across act1 act2 active activity acute advice aeroplane affected afraid Africa African after1 after2 afternoon against agency agent ago agree agree on AIDS (Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome) air air conditioning airport aisle alarm clock album all allergic almost along already altar although always amazing ambulance America

sust sida sust aire sust aire acondicionado sust aeropuerto sust pasillo [avión] sust despertador sust álbum pron todo; (~ right) todo bien, de acuerdo adj alérgico adv casi prep a lo largo de adv ya sust altar conj aunque adv siempre adj increíble, asombroso sust ambulancia sust América

any

anybody anyone anything anyway anywhere apartment (AmE) appearance appendices appendix appetite apple application appointment April archipielago arm armchair armpit around arrange arrest arrive arrogant article artist as ash ashtray Asia Asian Asiatic ask

-201-

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

CIVILIAN

Civilian Glossary

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

asleep assemble assignment assistant astronomical at

adj dormido v montar, organizar, reunir sust misión; nombramiento sust dependiente, empleado adj astronómico prep a; en; (~ least) por lo menos; (~ once) de una vez; (~ the back) al fondo de; (~ the chemist’s) (BrE) en la farmacia; (~ the moment) en este momento sust atletismo sust átomo sust ataque sust intento; (to make an ~) hacer un intento, intentar v asistir sust atención sust agosto sust tía sust Australia adj australiano sust Austria adj austríaco sust otoño adj auxiliar adj disponible sust avenida adj disponible v evitar adj despierto sust canguro, niñera sust fondo; (at the ~) al fondo de sust bacon, panceta adj malo adv mal sust bolso sust pelota; (tennis ~) pelota de tenis sust plátano sust banco sust ganga sust base sust béisbol sust baloncesto sust bañera sust cuarto de baño v ser; estar; (~ afraid) temer, tener miedo; (~ in a hurry) tener prisa; (may ~) puede ser; (~ sure) estar seguro v ser capaz, poder sust playa sust judía v llevar, portar; aguantar, resistir adj guapo; bonito sust cama;(to go to ~) irse a la cama, acostarse; (to make the ~) hacer la cama sust dormitorio; habitación sust mesita de noche

beef beer before

sust ternera sust cerveza prep delante de, ante; antes de, antes v comenzar sust principiante sust comienzo, principio prep tras, detrás de sust ser adj belga sust Bélgica v creer sust ombligo v pertenecer prep debajo de sust cinturón sust banco prep debajo de; por debajo de sust Berlín prep al lado de prep además de adj super mejor adv mejor adj comp mejor adv mejor prep entre prep más allá de; sobre sust bibliografía sust bicicleta adj grande sust billete sust cuenta; factura sust pl billar sust biología sust pájaro sust cumpleaños sust galleta sust pedazo, trozo; (a ~ of) un poco de v morder; comer adj negro sust manta adj ciego adj rubio sust tensión arterial sust blusa adj azul sust pensión;(full ~) pensión completa; (half ~) media pensión sust barco sust cuerpo v hervir p pas de boil hervido; (~ egg) huevo pasado por agua; huevo duro sust hueso sust capó sust libro; (~ stall) quiosco de prensa; (phone ~) agenda de teléfonos; guía telefónica v reservar sust bota

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

athletics atom attack attempt attend attention August aunt Australia Australian Austria Austrian autumn (BrE) auxiliarity available avenue avialable avoid awake babysitter back bacon bad badly bag ball banana bank bargain base baseball basketball bath bathroom be

be able beach bean bear beautiful bed

bedroom bedside table

begin beginner beginning behind being Belgian Belgium believe belly button belong below belt bench beneath Berlin beside besides best1 best2 better1 better2 between beyond bibliography bicycle big bill1 (AmE) bill2 (BrE) billiards Biology bird birthday biscuit (BrE) bit bite black blanket blind blond blood pressure blouse blue board

boat body boil boiled

bone bonnet (BrE) book1

book2 boot1

-202-

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

boot2 (BrE) booth borrow both bottle box boxing boy boyfriend bracket brave bread break down breakfast breast breath brilliant bring brother brother-in-law brown brush building bullet bullfight burial burning

sust maletero sust cabina v coger prestado adj ambos sust botella sust caja sust boxeo sust chico; niño sust novio sust paréntesis adj valiente sust pan v averiarse sust desayuno sust seno sust aliento adj brillante, genial v traer sust hermano sust cuñado adj marrón sust cepillo sust edificio sust bala sust corrida de toros sust entierro adj ardiente, abrasador; (~ pain) ardor [estómago] sust ardor v enterrar sust autobús; (~ stop) parada de autobús sust arbusto sust negocio; (to do ~) hacer un negocio; trabajar adj ocupado conj pero sust mantequilla prep por; en; mediante; de; junto a; (~ day) durante el día; (~ the way) por cierto interj adiós sust cactus sust pastel, tarta sust calendario sust ternero; pantorrilla v llamar v volver a llamar, devolver una llamada adj tranquilo, en calma sust calma sust lata v mod poder adj abierto; sincero sust vela sust caramelo, dulce sust gorra sust capacidad sust capital adj capitalista sust coche sust tarjeta; carta, naipe adj cardinal

career carnation carpet carrot carry out cartoon case

sust carrera sust clavel sust alfombra sust zanahoria v llevar a cabo, realizar sust dibujos animados sust caso; (in any ~) en cualquier caso; (just in ~)por si acaso sust espolvoreador sust castillo sust gato sust catástrofe v agarrar, coger v causar sust CD, compact, compacto sust celda sust cementerio sust centro sust centro sust cereal adv ciertamente sust silla sust cambio v cambiar v cobrar sust cuadro adj barato sust cuenta, factura v comprobar sust queso sust farmacéutico; (at the ~’s) en la farmacia sust farmacia sust ajedrez sust pecho sust castaño v mastica sust pollo sust niño sust pl hijos; niños sust barbilla sust China adj chino sust chocolate sust crema de chocolate v asfixiar v elegir sust Cristo sust Navidad sust iglesia sust cigarro, cigarrillo sust cine sust ciudadano sust ciudad adj civil sust civilización sust clase adj clásico adj limpio v limpiar sust limpieza; (to do the~) hacer la limpieza

burning pain bury bus bush business busy but butter by

bye cactus cake calendar calf call call back calm1 calm2 can1 can2 candid candle candy (AmE) cap capacity capital capitalist car card cardinal

caster castle cat catastrophe catch cause CD (Compact Disk) cell cemetery center (AmE) centre (BrE) cereal certainly chair change1 change2 charge chart cheap check1 (AmE) check2 cheese chemist (BrE) chemist’s chess chest chestnut tree chew chicken child children chin China Chinese chocolate chocolate pudding choke choose Christ Christmas church cigarrete cinema citizien city civilian civilization class classical clean clean up cleaning

-203-

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

Civilian Glossary

Civilian Glossary

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

clear clerk (AmE) clever climate climatic climb cloakroom close1 close2 closet cloth

adj claro sust dependiente adj inteligente, listo sust clima adj climático v escalar sust guardarropa adj cercano, próximo v cerrar sust armario sust tela, tejido; (table ~) mantel sust pl ropa adj nublado sust autocar sust carbón sust abrigo sust bacalao sust café; (to make a ~) hacer un café sust cafetería sust cafetera sust moneda sust Coca-Cola® adj frío sust resfriado v derrumbarse, desplomarse v recoger, recolectar; coger sust llamada a cobro revertido sust color sust color sust columna sust peine v venir; llegar v volver, regresar adj comercial sust comité sust comunicación adj comparativo v competir sust competición sust complemento sust cumplido; (to make a ~) hacer un cumplido sust ordenador adj concéntrico p pas de concern preocupado sust concierto sust condición adj condicional sust confusión sust conjugación sust conexión sust consecuencia v considerar, creer adj considerable v consistir; (~ of) consistir en adj consistente adj continuo, constante sust consulado sust contacto sust contenido

continent continuous past continuous present continuous contracted contraction controled (AmE) controlled (BrE) conventional

sust continente adj continuo sust pasado continuo sust presente continuo p pas de contract contraído sust contracción p pas de control controlado p pas de control controlado adj tradicional, clásico; convencional sust conversación sust cocinero v cocinar sust cocina, hornillo sust cocina, comida, forma de cocinar sust galleta sust corriente de agua fría sust coral sust rincón; esquina sust empresa adj correcto v costar sust tos v toser v mod p pas de can v aconsejar v contar adj contable sust país sust pareja; par sust curso; plato; (of ~) por supuesto sust tribunal sust primo sust cangrejo sust cuna v crear sust crédito sust paso de peatones sust muchedumbre, multitud; (a ~ of) un montón de sust crucero v llorar sust pepino sust culto sust taza; (tea ~) taza de té sust moneda, unidad monetaria sust currículo sust cortina sust crema; natillas sust cliente sust aduana; (~ officer) empleado de la aduana v cortar sust chuleta sust ciclismo adj diario adv diariamente sust margarita sust daño; (to do a ~) causar un daño

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

clothes cloudy coach coal coat cod coffee coffee-house coffeepot coin Coke® cold1 cold2 collapse collect collect call (AmE) color (AmE) colour (BrE) column comb come come back commercial committee communication comparative compete competition complement compliment computer concentric concerned concert condition conditional confusion conjugation connection consequence consider considerable consist consisting constant consulat contact content

conversation cook1 cook2 cooker (BrE) cooking cooky (AmE) cooling coral corner corporation correct cost cough1 cough2 could counsel count countable country couple course court cousin crab cradle create credit crosswalk (AmE) crowd cruise cry cucumber cult cup currency curriculum curtain custard customer customs cut cutlet cycling daily1 daily2 daisy damage

-204-

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

dance dangerous Danish dark date daughter daugther-in-law day

sust danza, baile adj peligroso adj danés adj oscuro sust fecha; cita sust hija sust nuera sust día; (~ off) día libre; (by ~) durante el día; (in the ~ time) de día sust trato; (to make a ~) hacer un trato adj querido, estimado sust muerte sust diciembre v decidir sust decisión v declarar adj profundo sust grado sust deidad sust placer sust demostrativo sust Dinamarca sust densamente sust dentista sust depósito sust diseño sust escritorio, pupitre prep a pesar de sust postre v destruir p pas de determine determinado, decidido adj devastador adj en vías de desarrollo sust desarrollo sust diarrea sust diarrea v morir sust diferencia adj difícil sust comedor, salón sust cena sust dinosaurio sust dirección adv directamente adj sucio adj incapacitado v estar en desacuerdo p pas de disappoint decepcionado sust desastre adj desastroso v descubrir sust descubrimiento; (to make a ~) hacer un descubrimiento sust plato; fuente; (to do the ~es) fregar los platos sust trastorno adj bien diferenciado v divorciarse

do

v hacer; (~ a business) hacer un negocio; (~ a damage) causar un daño; (~ a favour) hacer un favor; (~ a work) hacer un trabajo; (~ an exam) hacer un examen; (~ an exercise) hacer un ejercicio; (~ drugs) drogarse; (~ films) hacer películas; (~ good) hacer el bien; (~ harm) hacer daño; (~ honours in) licenciarse en; (~ miracles) obrar milagros, hacer milagros; (~ repairs) hacer arreglos, hacer reformas; reparar; (~ research) investigar; (~ right) hacer bien; (~ the cleaning) hacer la limpieza; (~ the dishes) fregar los platos; (~ the hair) arreglarse el pelo; (~ the homework) hacer los deberes; (~ the housework) hacer la tareas domésticas; (~ the nails) arreglarse las uñas; (~ the washing-up) hacer la colada; (~ wrong) hacer mal sust médico; doctor sust perro sust muñeca sust dólar adj hecho p pas de do hecho sust puerta adj dubitativo, indeciso prep abajo sust sedante adj dramático; drástico sust pl damas v correr; descorrer sust cajón sust temor, pavor v temer, tener terror a v empapar; inundar sust vestido sust bebida v beber v conducir sust conductor v dejar caer sust sequía sust droga; (to do ~s) drogarse sust farmacia adj borracho adj (~ to) debido a sust dúo prep durante adj holandés sust responsabilidad, obligación pron cada sust águila

deal dear death December decide decision declare deep degree deity delight demonstrative Denmark densely dentist deposit design desk despite dessert destroy determined devastating developing development diarrhea (AmE) diarrhoea (BrE) die difference difficult dining room dinner dinosaur direction directly dirty disable disagree disappointed disaster disastrous discover discovery dish disruption distinct divorce

doctor dog doll dollar done1 done2 door doubtful down downer dramatic draughts draw drawer dread1 dread2 drench dress drink1 drink2 drive driver drop drought drug drugstore (AmE) drunk due duo during Dutch duty each eagle

-205-

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

Civilian Glossary

Civilian Glossary

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ear earache early earth earthquake easier east Easter Easter Day

sust oreja sust dolor de oído adv temprano sust tierra; la Tierra sust terremoto adj comp más fácil sust este sust Semana Santa sust Domingo de Pascua, Domingo de Resurrección sust Lunes de Pascua adj fácil v comer sust economía sust efecto sust esfuerzo; (make an ~) intentar sust huevo; (boiled ~) huevo pasado por agua; huevo duro; (fried ~) huevo frito sust Egipto sust codo adj comp mayor adj anciano adj super de más edad adj eléctrico adj electrónico sust elefante sust ascensor sust duende adv lo demás sust embajada sust urgencia sust fin; final adj terminado en sust resistencia sust energía adj comprometido, prometido sust Inglaterra adj inglés sust el Canal de la Mancha v disfrutar, gustar adv suficiente, bastante v entrar sust entrada sust medio ambiente adj medioambiental sust episodio v escapar v establecer sust eucalipto sust euro sust Europa adj europeo sust Unión Europea sust tarde; (good ~) buenas tardes; buenas noches sust acontecimiento; caso; (in the ~) en el caso adj cada; todo pron todos, todo el mundo sust prueba sust examen

examination

sust examen; (to do an ~) hacer un examen sust ejemplo v cambiar sust excusa; (to make an ~) poner una excusa v disculpar, perdonar sust ejercicio; (to do an ~) hacer un ejercicio adj exhausto v existir v esperar, suponer adj caro sust experiencia v experimentar v explicar v explorar adj expresivo adj extra adj extremo adv extremadamente sust ojo sust ceja sust pestaña sust párpado sust cara; (to make a ~) poner mala cara sust hecho sust fábrica sust fracaso sust cuento de hadas adj fiel; digno de confianza adv atentamente sust otoño adj falso sust familia; (~ tree) árbol genealógico adv lejos sust corral sust padre sust suegro sust favor sust favor (to do a ~) hacer un favor adj favorito sust pluma sust febrero sust suma de dinero v sentir; sentirse sust pl pies sust Pascua Judía o Pesah pron pocos, pocas; (a ~) unos pocos, unas pocas, algunos, algunas sust fibra sust fibra sust campo sust higo v llenar; completar v rellenar sust película; (to do ~s) hacer películas v encontrar

Easter Monday easy eat economy effect effort

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

egg

Egypt elbow elder elderly eldest electrical electronic elephant elevator (AmE) elf else embassy emergency end ending endurance energy engaged England English English Channel enjoy enough enter entry environment environmental episode escape establish eucalyptus euro Europe European European Union evening event every everybody evidence exam

example exchange excuse1 excuse2 exercise exhausted exist expect expensive experience1 experience2 explain explore expressive extra extreme extremely eye eyebrow eyelash eyelid face fact factory failure fairtale faithful faithfully fall (AmE) false family far farmyard father father-in-law favor (AmE) favour (BrE) favourite feather February fee feel feet Festival of Passover few

fiber (AmE) fibre (BrE) field fig fill fill in film (BrE) find

-206-

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

fine finger finish fire fireplace firm first first aid fish fisherman fishing fit flag flamenco flashlight flat (BrE) flavor (AmE) flavour (BrE) flight flood floor flour flower fluently fluid fly fog foggy following fond fondest

adj magnífico, muy bueno sust dedo v acabar sust incendio sust chimenea sust empresa adj primero sust primeros auxilios sust pescado sust pescador sust pesca v colocar; quedar bien sust bandera sust flamenco sust linterna sust apartamento sust sabor sust sabor sust vuelo sust inundación sust suelo; piso sust harina sust flor adv con fluidez adj fluido; (~ ounce) onza fluida v volar sust niebla adj de niebla, nebuloso adj siguiente adj cariñoso adj super el más cariñoso, cariñosísimo adv cariñosamente sust comida adj tonto sust pie sust fútbol; pelota de fútbol prep por; durante; para; desde; (~ sale) en venta sust frente adj forestal sust bosque sust tenedor sust forma; formulario, impreso adj anterior; antiguo adv afortunadamente sust fortuna adj fósil sust fuente sust franco sust Francia sust salchicha de Frankfurt sust pl patatas fritas v helar; helarse adj francés adj frecuente sust viernes sust nevera, frigorífico p pas de fry frito; (~ egg) huevo frito sust amigo adj amistoso

friendly2 from front

adv amistosamente prep de; desde; por sust frente, fachada; (in ~) en frente sust fruta v freír sust combustible adj completo; (~ board) pensión completa adv completamente, totalmente; (~ comprehensive insurance policy) seguro a todo riesgo sust diversión; (to have ~) pasárselo bien sust parque de atracciones sust estadio sust mobiliario adj futuro sust futuro sust galería sust galón sust juego sust espacio, hueco sust garaje sust jardín sust gas; (~ station) (AmE) gasolinera; estación de servicio sust gasolina sust puerta sust pl gansos sust geografía sust geranio adj alemán sust Alemania sust gerundio v ponerse v llevarse bien con v devolver v subir a; entrar en v casarse v bajarse v comunicarse; estar con v levantarse sust fantasma v ginebra adj color zanahoria sust jengibre sust jirafa sust chica; niña sust novia v dar; (~ a hand) echar una mano v dejar, abandonar; renunciar a sust glamour sust glamour sust vaso sust pl gafas adj global sust glosario sust guante

fondly food fool foot football for forehead forest1 forest2 fork form former fortunately fortune fossil fountain franc France frankfurter Frech fries freeze French frequent Friday fridge fried friend friendly1

fruit fry fuel full fully

fun funfair furlong furniture future1 future2 gallery gallon game gap garage garden gas

gasoline (AmE) gate geese Geography geranium German Germany gerund get get along with get back get into get married get off get through get up ghost gin ginger1 ginger2 giraffe girl girlfriend give give up glamor (AmE) glamour (BrE) glass glasses global glossary glove -207-

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

Civilian Glossary

Civilian Glossary

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

go go away go back go for a walk go on go out goat golf gonorrhea (AmE) gonorrhoea (BrE) Good Friday good looking good1

v ir v irse v volver v pasear v seguir, continuar v salir sust cabra sust golf sust gonorrea sust gonorrea sust Viernes Santo adj guapo adj bueno; (~ afternoon) buenas tardes; (~ evening) buenas tardes; buenas noches; (~ morning) buenos días sust bien; (to do ~) hacer el bien interj adiós sust adiós sust ganso sust gobierno sust nota, calificación sust pl notas, calificaciones sust gramática sust nietos, nietas sust nieta sust abuelo sust abuela sust abuelo, abuela sust nieto sust uva adj gris sust Gran Bretaña sust Grecia adj griego adj verde sust saludo adj gris v moler v defender adj culpable sust guitarra sust pelo; (to do the ~) arreglarse el pelo sust peluquería sust merluza adj medio; (~ board) media pensión sust jamón York sust hamburguesa sust mano; (to give a ~) echar una mano sust balonmano sust pañuelo v colgar v pasar, suceder, ocurrir adj feliz, contento adj duro adv duramente adv comp más duramente

harm

sust daño; (to do ~) hacer daño sust sombrero v odiar v tener; haber; tomar; (~ fun) pasárselo bien v desayunar v cenar v almorzar v tener que sust peligro, riesgo pron pers él sust cabeza sust dolor de cabeza v oír sust corazón sust ataque al corazón adj pesado sust altura interj hola v ayudar sust hepatitis adj pos su, sus [de ella] adv aquí sust héroe pron pos suyo, suya, suyos, suyas [de ella] interj hola adj alto, elevado sust instituto adj alto rango sust carretera sust senderismo pron pers él sust cadera sust hipopótamo adj pos su, sus [de él] pron pos suyo, suya, suyos, suyas [de él] sust historiador sust historia sust pasatiempo sust día festivo, vacaciones sust Holanda sust hogar, casa sust tarea, deberes; (to do the ~) hacer los deberes sust miel sust honor; (to do ~s in) licenciarse en sust capó v esperar, desear sust caballo sust hospital adj caliente; cálido sust hotel sust hora sust casa sust casa sust tarea doméstica; (to do ~) hacer las tareas domésticas adv int cómo

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

good2 goodbye1 goodbye2 goose government grade grades grammar grandchildren granddaughter grandfather grandmother grandparent grandson grape gray (AmE) Great Britain Greece Greek green greeting grey (BrE) grind guard guilty guitar hair hairdresser’s hake half ham hamburger hand handball handkerchief hang happen happy hard1 hard2 harder

hat hate have have breakfast have dinner have lunch have to hazard he head headache hear heart heart attack heavy height hello help hepatitis her here hero hers hi high high school high-ranking highway (AmE) hiking him hip hippopotamus his1 his2 historian History hobby holiday (BrE) Holland home homework honey honour hood (AmE) hope horse hospital hot hotel hour house household housework

how -208-

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

human human being human-induced hungry hurricane hurry

adj humano sust ser humano adj provocado por el hombre adj hambriento sust huracán sust prisa; (to be in a ~) tener prisa v doler sust marido, esposo sust hipótesis pron pers yo sust hockey sobre hielo sust helado sust icono sust carnet de identidad sust identidad sust ídolo adj enfermo adv inmediatamente sust impacto adj impersonal prep en; dentro; dentro de; adentro; (~ any case) en cualquier caso; (~ late 1998) a finales de 1998; (~ the event) en el caso; (~ total) en total adj inapropiado sust pulgada sust incidente v incluir adv incorrectamente v incrementar adj indefinido sust Día de la Independencia sust índice sust India adj hindú sust Indonesia sust infinitivo sust información par pas de injure herido sust herida v insertar v insistir sust institución sust instrucción sust seguro sust registro de seguro adj intelectual adj inteligente adj interesado adj interesante adj interno adv internamente adj interrogativo sust entrevista prep en v presentar sust presentación v invertir v invitar sust Iraq

Iraqi Ireland Irish iron irregular isle it Italian Italy its1 its2

adj iraquí sust Irlanda adj irlandés v planchar adj irregular sust isla pron pers *ello adj italiano sust Italia adj pos su, sus [de *ello] pron pos suyo, suya, suyos, suyas [de *ello] sust chaqueta; cazadora sust mermelada sust enero sust Japón adj japonés sust bajo sust gelatina sust jersey sust joya sust trabajo, empleo v correr, hacer footing v unirse sust viaje sust taza sust zumo sust julio v saltar sust junio adv sólo; (~ in case) por si acaso sust perrera sust llave; clave v bromear sust riñón adj agradable; amable sust clase, categoría adj super el más amable, amabilísimo v besar sust equipo, set sust cocina sust rodilla sust cuchillo v conocer; saber sust nudillo sust laberinto sust cordero sust lámpara; (street ~) farola v aterrizar adj grande sust apellido adv anoche sust último; pasado v durar adv tarde; (in ~ 1998) a finales de 1998 sust ley sust laxante v poner; extender; (~ the table) poner la mesa

hurt husband hypothesis I ice hockey ice-cream icon ID (Identity Card) identity idol ill immediately impact impersonal in

inaccurate inch incident include incorrectly increase indefinite Independence Day index India Indian Indonesia infinitive information injured injury insert insist institution instruction insurance insurance form intellectual intelligent interested interesting internal internally interrogative interview into introduce introduction invest invite Irak

jacket jam January Japan Japanese jazz bass jelly jersey jewel job jog join journey jug juice July jump June just kennel key kid kidney kind1 kind2 kindest kiss kit kitchen knee knife know knuckle labyrinth lamb lamp land large last name last night last1 last2 late law laxative lay

-209-

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

Civilian Glossary

Civilian Glossary

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

lay around

v estar esparcido, estar en desorden v echarse, tumbarse adj perezoso sust escape v aprender adj super el más pequeño, pequeñísimo adv super lo menos; (at ~) por lo menos sust hoja v partir, marcharse, salir; abandonar sust clase; conferencia adj izquierdo sust izquierda sust pierna sust tiempo libre sust limón sust limonada sust longitud adj comp menor adv comp menos sust lección v dejar, permitir v grabar; estampar sust buzón sust lechuga sust nivel sust biblioteca sust permiso v mentir v tumbarse adj de vida o muerte sust ascensor; impulso adj claro; ligero sust luz v encender v gustar p pas de limit limitado p pas de link relacionado; (~ to) relacionado con sust león sust labio; (sore ~s) labios resecos sust lira sust lista v escuchar sust literatura adj pequeño adv poco pron poco, poca; (a ~ of) un poco de v vivir sust hígado sust sala de estar sust langosta sust diputación p pas de locate localizado, ubicado sust Londres adj largo; prolongado v cuidar

look at look for lorry (BrE) lose loss

v mirar v buscar sust camión v perder sust pérdida; (to make a ~) perder dinero sust montón; (a ~ of) un montón de, mucho sust loción sust lotería adj alto, elevado adv comp más fuerte, más alto adv fuerte, en voz alta sust amor v amar, querer; encantar sust enamorado; amante sust suerte sust equipaje sust almuerzo sust pulmón sust lujuria adj lujoso sust señora p pas de make hecho; (~ in) hecho en; (~ of) hecho de sust buzón; casillero sust cartero sust fem cartera adj principal adv principalmente v mantener v hacer; cometer; (~ a coffe) hacer un café; (~ a compliment) hacer un cumplido; (~ a deal) hacer un trato; (~ a discovery) hacer un descubrimiento; (~ a face) poner mala cara; (~ a loss) perder dinero; (~ a mess) desordenar; ensuciar; hacer algo mal; hacer una chapuza; arruinar; (~ a mistake) cometer un error, equivocarse; (~ a money) ganar dinero, hacer dinero; (~ a noise) hacer un ruido; (~ a note) anotar; (~ a phone call) hacer una llamada, llamar [teléfono]; (~ a profit) ganar dinero, hacer dinero; (~ a right) girar a la derecha; (~ a speech) pronunciar un discurso; (~ a suggestion) hacer una sugerencia; (~ a tea) hacer té; (~ a trouble) causar problemas; (~ a war) estar en guerra; (~ a will) hacer testamento; (~ an appointment) concertar una cita; (~ an attempt) hacer un intento, intentar; (~ an effort) intentar; (~ an excuse) poner una excusa; (~ an offer) hacer una oferta, ofrecer; (~ peace) hacer las paces; (~ preparations) hacer preparativos; (~ the bed) hacer la cama

lay down lazy leak learn least1 least2

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

leave1 leave2 lecture left1 left2 leg leisure lemon lemonade length less1 less2 lesson let letter letter box (BrE) lettuce level library license lie lie down life-threatening lift (BrE) light1 light2 light3 like limited linked lion lip lira list listen Literature little1 little2 little3 live liver living-room lobster local authority located London long look after

lot lotion lottery loud louder loudly love1 love2 lover luck luggage lunch lung lust luxurious madam made mail box (AmE) mailman (AmE) mailwoman (AmE) main mainly maintain make

-210-

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

make up man maneuver (AmE)

v constituir sust hombre v maniobrar; colocar; mover. sust maniobra v maniobrar; colocar; mover. sust maniobra sust modo sust mapa sust marzo sust marco sust mercado sust mermelada sust dueño; maestro; (station ~) jefe de estación sust cerilla / partido v unir sust colchón sust problema; cuestion v mod poder; (~ be) puede ser sust mayo sust comida v significar; suponer sust carne adj médico sust medicamento v conocer; encontrarse adj de encuentro sust reunión v derretir adj enternecedor; (~ pot) crisol sust pl hombres sust menú sust lío, desorden, confusión; (to make a ~) desordenar; ensuciar; hacer algo mal; hacer una chapuza; arruinar sust mensaje sust pl ratones sust microondas sust mediodía sust medianoche v mod p pas de may sust milla sust kilometraje sust leche sust lechero sust mente; mentalidad v importar, molestar pron pos mío, mía, míos, mías sust minuto sust milagro; (to do ~s) obrar milagros, hacer milagros v echar de menos sust error; (to make a ~) cometer un error, equivocarse sust teléfono móvil sust modelo sust momento; (at the ~) en este momento sust lunes

money

sust dinero; (to make a ~) ganar dinero, hacer dinero

manoeuvre (BrE) manner map March mark market marmalade master match1 match2 matress matter may May meal mean meat medical medicine meet meeting1 meeting2 melt melting men menu mess

message mice microwave midday midnight might mile mileage milk milkman mind1 mind2 mine minute miracle miss mistake mobile model moment Monday

monkee monkey month monument mood more morning most mother mother-in-law motorbike mountaineering mouse movie (AmE) mph (miles per hour) Mr (Mister) much mug museum mushroom music mussel must my mystery nail name napkin nation national nationality nature near1 near2 neck need need negative neighbor (AmE) neighbour (BrE) Neolithic nephew nervous never nevertheless New Year’s Eve New York news newspaper next to nice

niece night night club no

-211-

sust mono sust mes sust monumento sust estado de ánimo; modo adv más sust mañana; (good ~) buenos días adv más sust madre sust suegra sust moto sust alpinismo sust ratón sust película sust millas por hora sust Sr. (Señor) adv mucho sust taza sust museo sust champiñón sust música sust mejillón v mod deber adj pos mi, mis sust misterio sust uña; (to do the ~s) arreglarse las uñas sust nombre sust servilleta sust nación adj nacional sust nacionalidad sust naturaleza adv cerca prep cerca de; junto a sust cuello v necesitar v mod necesitar, estar obligado a adj negativo sust vecino sust vecino adj neolítico sust sobrino adj nervioso adv nunca adv sin embargo, no obstante sust Nochevieja sust Nueva York sust pl noticias sust periódico prep cerca de, junto a; (right ~) justo al lado de adj simpático, agradable; encantado; (~ to meet you) encantado de conocerle sust sobrina sust noche sust discoteca adv no

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

Civilian Glossary

Civilian Glossary

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

noble nobody noise

adj noble pron nadie sust ruido; (to make ~) hacer ruido adj sin alcohol adj no fumador sust fideo sust mediodía sust norte sust Irlanda del Norte sust Noruega adj noruego sust nariz adv no sust nota; (to make a ~) anotar sust billete pron nada sust aviso; letrero sust noviembre adv ahora; (right ~) ahora mismo adv hoy en día, hoy por hoy adv ninguna parte sust número interj vale; todo bien; de acuerdo adv en punto sust roble sust observatorio v observar sust ocasión v ocurrir, suceder sust octubre prep de; (~ course) por supuesto prep separado de; lejos de; (day ~) día libre sust ofensiva sust oferta; (to make an ~) hacer una oferta, ofrecer v ofrecer sust oficina; (the post and telegraph ~) oficina de correos y telégrafos; (tourist ~) oficina de turismo sust oficial; (customs ~) empleado de la aduana sust agente; funcionario adv a menudo sust aceite; petróleo; (olive ~) aceite de oliva adj viejo; mayor sust aceituna; olivo; (~ oil) aceite de oliva sust tortilla prep sobre, en adv una vez; (at ~) de una vez sust cebolla adv sólo v abrir sust ópera

opinion opposite optional or orange1 orange2 orchid ordinal origin

sust opinión adj opuesto, contrario adj opcional conj o adj naranja sust naranja sust orquídea adj ordinal sust origen; residencia, dirección v mod debería (o deberías etc), debiera (o debieras etc) sust onza; (fluid ~) onza fluida adj pos nuestro, nuestra, nuestros, nuestras pron pos nuestro, nuestra, nuestros, nuestras prep fuera adv fuera sust horno prep sobre; más allá de sust abrigo sust horas extra adj propio v poseer sust buey sust pl bueyes sust Océnao Pacífico sust dolor; (burning ~) ardor [estómago] sust analgésico v pintar sust pintura sust par sust pl pijama sust palacio sust palmera sust pl bragas sust pl pantalones sust papel sust paracaídas p pas de paralize paralizado p pas de paralyze paralizado sust paquete sust pl padres sust participante sust participio adv en particular sust fiesta v aprobar sust pasajero adj pasivo sust pasaporte adj pasado sust pasado sust pasado continuo sust pretérito perfecto compuesto sust pasado simple sust pasta adj paciente sust acera

non-alcoholic non-smoking noodle noon north Northern Ireland Norway Norwegian nose not note note (BrE) nothing notice November now

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

nowadays nowhere number O.K., OK o’clock oak tree observatory observe occasion occur October of off offensive offer1 offer2 office

officer official often oil old olive omelet on once onion only open opera

ought to ounce our ours out outside oven over overcoat overtime own1 own2 ox oxen Pacific Ocean pain painkiller paint painting pair pajamas (AmE) palace palm tree panties pants (AmE) paper parachute paralized paralyzed parcel parents participant participle particulary party pass passenger passive passport past past past continuous past perfect past simple pasta patient pavement (BrE)

-212-

ENGLISH pay PC peace

SPANISH

v pagar; prestar sust PC, ordenador personal sust paz; (to make ~) hacer las paces peach sust melocotón peak sust cima, cumbre pear sust pera pedestrian sust peatón pedestrian crossing (BrE) sust paso de peatones pen sust bolígrafo; lápiz; pluma pencil sust lápiz penicillin sust penicilina Pentagon sust el Pentágono people sust pl personas; gente pepper sust pimienta perfect adj perfecto perfectly adv perfectamente permit1 sust permiso permit2 v permitir person sust persona personal adj personal Peruvian adj peruano petrol (BrE) sust gasolina; (~ station) (BrE) gasolinera phase sust fase phenomena sust pl fenómenos phenomenon sust fenómeno phone sust teléfono; (~ book) agenda de teléfonos; guía telefónica phone call sust llamada telefónica; (to make a ~) hacer una llamada, llamar [teléfono] photographer sust fotógrafo Physics sust física piano sust piano picnic sust picnic picture sust cuadro, pintura; fotografía piece sust trozo, pedazo pig sust cerdo pill sust pastilla pillow sust almohada pine tree sust pino pink adj rosa pint sust pinta pizza sust pizza place sust lugar, sitio; (to take ~) tener lugar plane sust avión plate sust plato platform sust andén play v jugar; tocar player sust jugador please interj por favor plum sust ciruela plural adj plural point sust punto polar adj polar police sust policía; (~ station) comisaría de policía policeman sust policía

ENGLISH

SPANISH

policy

sust póliza; (fully comprehensive insurance ~) seguro a todo riesgo sust charca; pozo; (swimming ~) piscina p pas de populate poblado sust cerdo sust avena; gachas sust retrato, efigie sust Portugal adj portugués adj positivo sust posesión adj posesivo sust posibilidad adj posible sust correo; (the ~and telegraph office) oficina de correos y telégrafos sust oficina de correos sust cartero sust fem cartera sust olla; (melting ~) crisol sust patata sust pl patatas fritas adj potencial sust carne de ave sust libra sust libra esterlina sust poder adj poderoso sust predicción sust prólogo, prefacio v preferir sust embarazo sust prejuicio sust preparativo; (to make ~s) hacer preparativos v preparar sust preposición sust regalo; presente sust presente continuo sust pretérito perfecto compuesto sust presidente adj guapo [esp mujer] adj anterior sust precio sust prisión, cárcel sust premio sust problema v producir sust profesor sust beneficio; (to make a ~) ganar dinero, hacer dinero sust pronombre v pronunciar adj orgulloso sust bar; pub; discoteca adj público sust pudín, budín v bajar sust pupila

pool populated pork porridge portrait Portugal Portuguese positive possession possessive possibility possible post

post office postman (BrE) postwoman (BrE) pot potato potato chips (AmE) potential poultry pound pound sterling (£) power powerful prediction preface prefer pregnancy prejudice preparation prepare preposition present present continuous present perfect president pretty previous price prison prize problem produce professor profit pronoun pronounce proud pub public pudding pull down pupil

-213-

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

Civilian Glossary

Civilian Glossary

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

ENGLISH pupil purple purpose push put put on pyjamas (BrE) quart queen question1 question2 quickly quite radiation radio rain1 rain2 rampant range (AmE) rat rather real realize reason receive recently reception receptionist recommend red reduce reef refer refuse region regular related relationship relaxed relaxing remain renewable rent repair

SPANISH

sust alumno adj morado sust motivo, propósito v empujar v poner; colocar v ponerse [ropa] sust pl pijama sust cuarto sust reina adj interrogativo sust pregunta adv deprisa adv completamente; bastante sust radiación sust radio sust lluvia v llover adj desenfrenado sust cocina, hornillo sust rata adv bastante adj real, verdadero v darse cuenta sust razón, motivo v recibir adv recientemente sust recepción sust recepcionista v recomendar adj rojo; (~ wine) vino tinto v reducir sust arrecife v remitir; enviar, mandar v rechazar; negarse sust región adj regular adj relacionado sust parentesco adj relajado adj relajante v mantener; permanecer adj renovable v alquilar sust reparación; (to do ~s) hacer arreglos, hacer reformas; reparar replace v sustituir, reemplazar republic sust república research sust investigación; (to do ~) investigar responsible adj responsable rest sust descanso restaurant sust restaurante result sust resultado retire v jubilarse, retirarse return ticket sust billete de ida y vuelta reverse charge call (BrE) sust llamada a cobro revertido review sust crítica; revisión revitalize v revitalizar rewrite v volver a escribir rib sust costilla rice sust arroz rice pudding sust arroz con leche

ENGLISH

SPANISH

rich ride riding right1

adj rico v montar; ir en sust hípica adj derecho, recto; correcto; (~ next to) justo al lado; (~ now) ahora mismo; (all ~) todo bien, de acuerdo adv bien; (to do ~) hacer bien sust derecha; (to make a ~) girar a la derecha sust anillo sust aumento sust rito sust río sust carretera sust Roma sust tejado sust habitación sust rosa prep alrededor de sust fila v remar adj real, regio sust rugby v destruir sust ron v correr; conducir sust Rusia adj ruso adj sagrado adj triste adj seguro sust ensalada sust salchichón sust venta; (for ~) en venta sust dependiente sust dependiente sust dependienta sust sal sust salero adj mismo sust sardina sust sábado sust salchicha sust genitivo sajón sust saxofón v decir v asustar adj asustado sust escuela, colegio adj en edad escolar sust científico sust pl tijeras sust Escocia adj escocés p pas de scramble revuelto sust mar sust gaviota sust maremoto sust estación; temporada sust asiento; plaza adj segundo sust sedante

right2 right3 ring rising rite river road (BrE) Rome roof room rose round row1 row2 royal rugby ruin rum run Russia Russian sacred sad safe salad salami sale salesclerk (AmE) salesman (AmE) saleswoman (BrE) salt salt cellar same sardine Saturday sausage Saxon genitive saxophone say scare scared school school-age scientist scissors Scotland Scottish scrambled sea seagull seaquake season seat second sedative

-214-

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

see seem self-govern sell send sensible sentence September serious seriously serve serviette set

v ver v parecer sust autogobierno v vender v enviar adj sensato sust frase; oración sust septiembre adj grave; serio adv gravemente v sevir sust servilleta v poner, colocar; (~ the table) poner la mesa adj varios sust alcantarilla pron pers ella sust oveja sust sábana v brillar sust camisa sust zapato sust tienda; (~ window) escaparate sust dependiente sust compra, compras v mod debería (o deberías etc), debiera (o debieras etc) sust hombro sust grito v hacer callar a gritos v mostrar, enseñar sust ducha sust gamba v cerrar v desconectar, apagar adj enfermo; mareado sust bolsa para el mareo sust lado sust acera adj importante, significativo sust plata adj simple; sencillo; (past ~) pasado simple prep desde v cantar adj individual; soltero; único sust señor sust hermana sust cuñada v sentar; sentarse v sentarse sust sala de estar, salón sust talla sust patín sust patinaje sust esquí sust falda sust cielo sust somnífero adj leve adj delgado v frenar

slowly small smaller smoke smoking sneeze sniff snob snow1 snow2 so soap society sock soda sofa solar soldier solution solve Somalian some

adv lentamente, despacio adj pequeño adv comp más pequeño v fumar adj fumador v estornudar v olfatear, oler sust snob, cursi sust nieve v nevar adv así sust jabón sust sociedad sust calcetín sust agua con gas sust sofá adj solar sust soldado sust solución v solucionar adj somalí adj alguno, alguna, algunos, algunas pron alguien pron algo adv alguna parte sust hijo sust canción sust yerno adv temprano; pronto adj dolorido; (~ lips) labios resecos sust sonido sust sopa sust fuente sust sur sust sudeste sust espacio sust España adj español v hablar sust conversación adj especial sust discurso; (to make a ~) pronunciar un discurso v deletrear v gastar sust especia sust pl bebidas alcohólicas, licores v dividir sust esponja sust cuchara sust deporte sust punto sust primavera sust calamar sust día de San Valentín sust día de San Patricio sust escenario; etapa sust estante, quiosco; (book ~) quiosco de prensa v permanecer

several sewer she sheep sheet shine shirt shoe shop shop assistant (BrE) shopping should shoulder shout shout down show shower shrimp shut shut off sick sick-bag side sidewalk (AmE) significant silver simple since sing single sir sister sister-in-law sit sit down sitting room size skate skating skiing skirt sky sleeping pill slight slim slow

somebody something somewhere son song son-in-law soon sore sound soup source south southeast space Spain Spanish speak speaking special speech spell spend spice spirits split sponge spoon sport spot spring squid St Valentine’s Day St. Patrick’s Day stage stall stand

-215-

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

Civilian Glossary

Civilian Glossary

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

stand for standing stark start station

v significar adj en pie adj severo, duro v empezar sust estación; (~ master) jefe de estación; (bus ~) estación de autobuses; (gas ~) (AmE) gasolinera; estación de servicio; (petrol ~) (BrE) gasolinera; (police ~) comisaría de policía; (train ~) estación de tren; (tube ~) (BrE) estación de metro v permanecer, quedarse sust filete v robar adj estéreo; (~ system) radiocaset sust bastón adv todavía, aún sust media sust dolor de estómago sust estómago sust piedra sust parada; (bus ~) parada de autobús v parar sust piso, planta sust cigüeña sust tormenta sust historia, relato sust piso, planta adj inflexible adv recto sust fresa sust calle; (~ lamp) farola sust fuerza sust estrés, tensión p pas de stress estresado p pas de stress out estresado sust huelga v estallar adj fuerte p pas de stick atascado sust estudiante v estudiar adj estúpido sust materia adj sustancioso sust metro sust éxito pron como v sufrir sust azúcar v sugerir sust sugerencia; (to make a ~) hacer una sugerencia sust traje v sentar bien; venir bien, convenir adj adecuado sust maleta

summer sun Sunday superlative supermarket supermodel supper supply sure

sust verano sust sol sust domingo adj superlativo sust supermercado sust supermodelo sust cena sust suministro adj seguro; (to be ~) estar seguro adv con seguridad, sin duda sust sorpresa v sorprender p pas de surprise sorprendido sust suéter; sudadera sust caramelo v nadar sust natación; (~ pool) piscina adj suizo sust interruptor sust Suiza sust pez espada sust símbolo v simbolizar sust sinónimo sust sífilis sust sistema; (stereo ~) radiocaset sust mesa; (~ cloth) mantel; (to lay the ~) poner la mesa; (to set the ~) poner la mesa sust cola, rabo v tomar, coger; (~ place) tener lugar v quitarse [ropa]; despegar [avión] v sacar sust despegue adj alto sust grifo sust cinta adj rico, sabroso sust taxi sust té; (~ cup) taza de té; (~ time) hora del té; (to make a ~) hacer té; (white ~) té con leche sust maestro, profesor sust tetera sust cucharilla adj técnico sust pl dientes sust teléfono; (~ booth) cabina de teléfonos v telefonear, llamar por teléfono sust televisión sust televisor v decir; contar sust humor sust fiebre

stay steak steal stereo

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

stick still stocking stomachache stomach stone stop1 stop2 storey (BrE) stork storm story1 story2 (AmE) straight straight strawberry street strength stress stressed stressed out strike1 strike2 strong stuck student study stupid subject substantial subway (AmE) success such suffer sugar suggest suggestion suit1 suit2 suitable suitcase

surely surprise1 surprise2 surprised sweater sweet (BrE) swim swimming Swiss switch Switzerland sword-fish symbol symbolize synonym syphilis system table

tail take take off take out take-off tall tap tape tasty taxi tea

teacher teapot teaspoon technical teeth telephone1 telephone2 television television set tell temper temperature

-216-

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

temple tenant tennis

sust templo sust inquilino sust tenis; (~ ball) pelota de tenis sust tiempo verbal adj terrible p pas de terrify aterrorizado adj terrorista sust libro de texo conj que v agradecer; (~ you very much) muchas gracias sust pl gracias sust Día de Acción de Gracias dem ese, eas, eso; aquel, aquella, aquello pron rel que art el, la sust teatro adj pos su, sus [de ellos /as] pron pos suyo, suya, suyos, suyas [de ellos /as] sust tema adv después; entonces adv allí dem estos, estas pron pers ellos , ellas sust muslo adj delgado sust cosa v pensar; creer adj tercero sust sediento dem este , esta, esto dem esos, esas; aquellos, aquellas sust garganta prep por; por medio de; a través de; por completo sust jueves adv así sust entrada; billete sust corbata sust tigre prep hasta sust tiempo; (free ~) tiempo libre; (in the day ~) de día; (tea ~) hora del té; (to be at ~) ser puntual p pas de tire cansado prep a, hacia sust tostada sust dedo del pie adv juntos sust cuarto de baño, aseo sust tomate adv mañana sust lengua adv esta noche adv demasiado sust diente sust palillo de dientes sust tornado

total tourist

sust total; (in ~) en total sust turista; (~ office) oficina de turismo v remolcar prep hacia sust toalla sust torre sust pueblo sust ayuntamiento sust pl semáforo sust tren; (~ station) estación de tren sust zapatilla de deporte sust transaformador sust traducción p pas de trap atrapado v viajar; (~ agency) agencia de viajes; (~ agent) agente de viajes p pas de travel viajado p pas de travel viajado sust bandeja sust árbol; (family ~) árbol genealógico sust excursión viaje sust problema; (to make a ~) causar problemas sust pl pantalones sust trucha sust camión adj cierto, verdadero sust maletero sust verdad v intentar v probarse sust camiseta sust metro; (~ station) (BrE) estación de metro sust martes sust tulipán sust atún adj turco sust pavo sust Turquía v girar; torcer; dar la vuelta v bajar [volumen] v apagar, desconectar v encender, conectar v subir [volumen]; presentarse, aparecer sust bocacalle sust televisión adv dos veces sust gemelo; mellizo sust tipo sust paraguas sust incertidumbre sust tío adj poco claro, confuso adj inconsciente adj incontable, no numerable prep debajo de, bajo sust metro

tense terrible terrified terrorist textbook than thank thanks Thanksgiving Day that1 that2 the theatre their theirs theme then there these they thigh thin thing think third thirsty this those throat through Thursday thus ticket tie tiger till time

tired to toast toe together toilet tomato tomorrow tongue tonight too tooth toothpick tornado

tow away towards towel tower town town hall traffic lights train trainer transformer translation trapped travel

traveled (AmE) travelled (BrE) tray tree trip trouble trousers (BrE) trout truck (AmE) true trunk (AmE) truth try try on T-shirt tube (BrE) Tuesday tulip tuna Turk turkey Turkey turn turn down turn off turn on turn up turning tv, TV twice twin type umbrella uncertainty uncle unclear unconscious uncountable under underground (BrE)

-217-

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

Civilian Glossary

Civilian Glossary

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

underneath underpants understand unemployed unemployment unexpected unfortunate unit United Kingdom (UK) United States of America (USA)

prep debajo de, bajo sust pl calzoncillos v comprender, entender sust parado, desempleado sust paro, desempleo adj inesperado adj desgraciado sust unidad sust Reino Unido

way

sust camino; forma, manera; (a long ~) mucho tiempo; (by the ~) por cierto pron pers nosotros, nosotras v llevar [ropa] sust tiempo metereológico sust hombre del tiempo sust boda sust miércoles sust semana sust peso v pesar adj bienvenido; (you are ~) de nada, no hay de qué adv bien sust galés sust oeste sust interrogativa parcial pron int qué; cuál, cuáles adv cualquier cosa, lo que sea adv int cuándo adv int dónde conj si pron int qué; cuál, cuáles conj mientras sust whisky adj blanco; (~ tea) té con leche; (~ wine) vino blanco sust la Casa Blanca pron int quién, quiénes adv int por qué sust mujer, esposa adj salvaje sust testamento; (to make a ~) hacer testamento v ganar adj eólico sust viento sust ventana; ventanilla; (shop ~) escaparate sust vino; (red ~) vino tinto; (white ~) vino blanco sust vino de mesa sust ganador sust invierno adj sabio; prudente prep con prep en, dentro de prep sin, fuera de sust testigo v atestiguar sust mujer sust pl mujeres v preguntarse adj maravilloso sust palabra sust trabajo; (to do a ~) hacer un trabajo v trabajar; funcionar sust trabajador sust mundo adj mundial

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

university unless unlocked until up upon upstairs1 upstairs2 use usually vacation (AmE) valley valve vase veal vegetable vegetarian Venice verb very vice versa vinegar violin visit vitamin vodka volleyball volume waist wait wake up Wales walk wall want war warehouse warm warming wash wash-basin washing-up watch1 watch2 watchman water1 water2

sust Estados Unidos de América sust universidad conj a no ser que p pas de unlock sin cerrar, abierto prep hasta, hasta que prep sobre; en lo alto de prep sobre adv arriba sust planta de arriba v usar adv normalmente sust vacaciones sust valle sust válvula sust jarrón, florero sust ternera sust verdura; hortaliza adj vegetariano sust Venecia sust verbo adv muy adv viceversa sust vinagre sust violín v visitar sust vitamina sust vodka sust vóleibol sust volumen sust cintura v esperar, aguardar v levantarse, despertarse sust Gales v andar; pasear sust pared, muro v querer sust guerra; (to make ~) estar en guerra sust depósito; almacén adj cariñoso, afectuoso sust calentamiento v lavar sust lavabo sust ; colada; (to do the ~) hacer la colada sust reloj de pulsera v ver la televisión sust vigilante sust agua v regar

we wear weather weatherman wedding Wednesday week weight1 weigh2 welcome well Welsh west wh question what whatever when where whether which while whisky white White House who why wife wild will win wind1 wind2 window wine wine table winner winter wise with within without witness1 witness2 woman women wonder wonderful word work1 work2 worker world worldwide1

-218-

ENGLISH

SPANISH

worldwide2 worship wounded wrist writer wrong yard year yellow yes yes /no question yesterday yoghourt you

adv por todo el mundo sust culto, adoración p pas de wound herido sust muñeca sust escritor adv mal; (to do ~) hacer mal sust yarda sust año adj amarillo adv sí sust interrogativa total adv ayer sust yogurt pron pers tú; vosotros, vosotras; usted, ustedes adj joven adj pos tu, tus; vuestro, vuestra, vuestros, vuestras; su, sus [de usted /es] pron pos tuyo, tuya, tuyos, tuyas; vuestro, vuestra, vuestros, vuestras; suyo, suya, suyos, suyas [de usted /es] pron reflex tú mismo; usted mismo sust paso de cebra sust zoológico

young your

yours

yourself zebra crossing zoo

CIVILIAN GLOSSARY

Civilian Glossary

-219-

GLOSSARY

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

about turn about-face advance advanced aerial agreement aim at Air Force airborne operation

interj media vuelta interj media vuelta v avanzar sust vanguardia sust antena sust acuerdo v apuntar a sust Ejército del Aire sust operación aerotranspotada sust aeronave sust portaaviones sust aeropuerto sust misil aire-aire sust misil aire-tierra sust tropa sust emboscada sust munición sust antena sust artillería antiaérea sust mina contracarro sust arma contracarro

blank cartridge blister blow up body bombardment booby trap boot boot camp

sust cartucho de fogueo sust ampolla v explotar sust grueso sust bobardeo sust trampa explosiva sust bota sust campamento de reclutas (instrucción básica) sust ánima sust rama; arma v abrir brecha sust brigada sust pl cuartel general de brigada sust general de brigada sust magulladura sust hebilla (del cinturón) sust muelle recuperador sust corneta (persona) sust bala sust búnker sust quemadura sust ráfaga sust culata sust calibre sust indicativo v pasar lista sust camuflaje sust campamento sust cantimplora sust capitán sust cartucho sust baja sust prudencia sust caballería sust alto el fuego sust cadena de mando sust recámara sust canal sust palanca de montar sust puesto de control sust barbuquejo sust helicóptero v cifrar sust mensaje cifrado sust coronel sust combate sust avión de combate sust buceador de combate sust correaje de combate sust mochila de combate sust vehículo de combate v ordenar, mandar sust escalón de mando sust jefe sust pl transmisiones sust compañía sust jefe de compañía sust subgrupo táctico

aircraft aircraft carrier airport air-to-air missile air-to-surface missile all file and ranks ambush ammunition antenna antiaircraft artillery antitank mine antitank weapon APC (Armo(u)red Personnel Carrier) sust transporte de personal APC (Armo(u)red Personnel Carrier) sust vehículo de combate application form sust impreso de solicitud approaching avenue sust avenida de aproximación arm bandage sust vendaje de brazo armour squadron sust escuadrón acorazado armoured (BrE) sust acorazado armored (AmE) sust.acorazado Army sust Ejército Army Aviation sust FAMET (Fuerzas Aeromóviles del E.T.), helicópteros del E.T. arson sust incendio artillery piece sust pieza de artillería assault sust asalto assembly area sust zona de reunión assignment sust destino at ease interj descanso at ease-march sust paso de maniobra attack v atacar attack sust ataque badge sust parche, emblema barbed wire sust alambrada barracks sust pl cuartel barrage sust barrera barrel sust cañón base sust base-acuartelamiento battalion sust batallón battery sust batería battle group sust grupo táctico bayonet sust bayoneta belt sust cinturón beret sust boina bipod sust bípode blank adj de fogueo

bore branch break through brigade brigade headquarters brigadier bruise buckle buffer bugler bullet bunker burn burst butt caliber call sign call the roll camouflage campsite canteen captain cartridge casualty caution cavalry cease-fire chain of command chamber channel charging handle checkpoint chinstrap chopper code coded message colonel combat combat aircraft combat diver combat harness combat pack combat vehicle command command schelon commander communications company company commander company task force

-221-

MILITARY GLOSSARY

MILITARY

MILITARY GLOSSARY

Military Glossary

ENGLISH

SPANISH

ENGLISH

SPANISH

company team compass computer concealment conscript soldier contaminated zone convoy coordination line copy cord corporal corps counterattack courtyard cover crawl creep crest

sust subgrupo táctico sust brújula sust ordenador sust abrigo sust soldado de reemplazo sust zona contaminada sust convoy sust línea de coordinación sust copia sust cable sust cabo sust pl cuerpo de ejército sust contraataque sust patio de armas sust cubierta v gatear v reptar sust metopa (de una unidad) sust tripulación sust fecha límite sust cubierta sust derrota sust defensa sust defensiva v distribuir sust demolición sust línea de partida sust segundo al mando sust oficial segundo en el mando v destruir v marcar (un número de teléfono) sust zanja sust división sust nave de dormitorio colectivo

fax feed cover feed tray fever FIBUA (Fight In Build-Up Areas) field artillery field jacket file

sust sust sust sust

crew deadline deck defeat defense defensive deliver demolition departure line deputy deputy officer destroy dial ditch division dormitory double action DP (Displaced People) drag dress uniform drill drill parade ejection port electronic warfare encircle endurance march enemy engineer entrenchment equipment ethnical cleansing evacuation exercise explosive extractor facility fall in fall out fatigue uniform

sust desplazado v arrastrar sust uniforme de paseo sust ejercicio sust ejércicios de orden cerrado sust ventana de expulsión sust guerra electrónica v rodear sust marcha de endurecimiento sust enemigo sust ingeniero sust fortificación sust equipo sust limpieza étnica sust evacuación sust ejercicio sust explosivo sust extractor sust instalación interj a formar interj rompan filas sust uniforme de faena

fire team firing pin firing position firing range first aid first lieutenant five star general flagpole flak jacket flank flash suppressor

fax teja bandeja fiebre

sust combate en localidades sust artillería de campaña sust chaquetón sust archivo, archivo informático sust escuadra sust percutor sust posición de tiro, posición de fuego sust campo de tiro sust primeros auxilios sust teniente sust capitán general sust mástil de la bandera sust chaleco antifragmentación sust flanco sust bocacha apagafuegos, apagallamas sust guardamanos sust fortificación v fortificar interj de frente sust general de ejército sust pozo de tirador sust fractura sust fuego amigo sust fragata sust punto de mira sust congelación sust cabo primero sust gorra cuartelera sust elecciones generales

forearm fortification fortify forward-march four star general foxhole fracture friendly fire frigate front sight frostbite full corporal garrison cap general election GO (Governmental Organization) sust OG (Organización Gubernamental) grazing fire sust fuego rasante ground sust suelo group sust batallón group sust grupo guerrilla sust guerrilla guided weapon sust arma guiada gun sust cañón gunner sust tirador halt interj alto hammer sust martillo hand grenade sust granada de mano hand-to-hand combat sust combate cuerpo a cuerpo hard disk sust disco duro hatch sust escotilla headquarters sust cuartel general headquarters battery sust batería de plana mayor heavy weaponry sust armamento pesado helicopter sust helicóptero helipad sust helipuerto helmet sust casco hit sust impacto

-222-

Military Glossary

SPANISH

hit holster howitzer humanitarian aid impact impact in charge indirect fire information source inspection parade interference INTREP (Intelligent Report) IO (International Organization)

v impactar sust pistolera sust obús sust ayuda humanitaria sust impacto v impactar adv al mando, al cargo sust fuego indirecto sust fuente de información sust revista sust interferencia

ENGLISH

SPANISH

minefield sust campo de minas missile sust misil mortar sust mortero motorised unit sust unidad motorizada mouse sust ratón movement sust movimiento murder sust asesinato name tag sust tirilla del nombre NATO (North Atlantic Treaty Organization) sust OTAN (Organización del Tratado del Atlántico Norte) sust informe de inteligencia Navy sust Armada NBC sust OI (Organización (Nuclear Bacteriological Chemical) adj NBQ (Nuclear, Internacional) Bacteriológico y Químico) jamming sust interferencia NCO join (up) v unirse a (Non Commissioned Officer) sust suboficial jumper sust jersey NGO (Non Governmental Organization) sust ONG (Organización No keyboard sust teclado Gubernamental) knife sust cuchillo night combat sust combate nocturno landing zone sust zona de lanzamiento sust visión nocturna landmark sust referencia en el terreno night vision obstacle sust obstáculo lead v liderar, mandar offensive sust ofensiva leader sust líder officer sust oficial left turn interj izquierda on duty adv de servicio left-face interj izquierda on leave adv de permiso lieutenant colonel sust teniente coronel on one rank interj en una fila light infantry sust infantería ligera one star general sust general de brigada light injure sust herida leve operate v operar light weaponry sust armamento ligero operation sust operación live ammunition sust munición de guerra, operator sust operador munición real outpost sust puesto avanzado loader sust cargador overall sust mono logistics sust logística papers sust pl documentación loot sust saqueo parachutist sust paracaidista loot v saquear parka sust chaquetón lorry sust camión parking place sust aparcamiento machine gun sust ametralladora path sust camino, senda magazine sust cargador sust patrulla magazine pouch sust cartuchera del correaje patrol peacekeeping mission sust misión de paz main gate sust puerta principal pill sust pastilla maintenance team sust equipo de pillbox sust casamata mantenimiento pilot sust piloto major sust comandante pistol sust pistola major general sust general de división pistol grip sust empuñadura maneuver (AmE) sust maniobra plaster sust escayola manoeuvre (BrE) sust maniobra platoon sust sección march sust marcha platoon position sust posición de sección march off interj de frente political asylum sust asilo político march past sust desfile polling station sust colegio electoral marksman sust tirador selecto poncho sust poncho mask sust máscara port sust proa mat sust esterilla post sust puesto, destino mechanised infantry sust infantería mecanizada pothole sust bache MEDEVAC REP sust prisionero de guerra (Medical Evacuation Report) sust informe de evacuación PoW (Prisoner of War) printer sust impresora médica private sust soldado mess sust mesón, cantina professional soldier sust soldado profesional message sust mensaje promotion sust ascenso military parade sust formación prow sust puerto military police sust policía militar pursue v perseguir mined zone sust zona minada -223-

MILITARY GLOSSARY

ENGLISH

Military Glossary

ENGLISH

MILITARY GLOSSARY

radio communication raid rank rate of fire ration RC (Red Cross) rear sight rearguard receive recognisance recovery lorry

SPANISH

sust transmisión radio sust golpe de mano sust empleo sust cadencia de fuego sust ración sust Cruz Roja sust alza sust retaguardia v recibir sust reconocimiento sust camión grúa, recuperador recruit sust recluta refugee sust refugiado regiment sust regimiento reinforce v reforzar reinforcement sust refuerzos replacement sust relevo report sust informe report v informar returnee sust retornado revolver sust revólver rifle sust rifle right turn interj derecha right-face interj derecha riot sust alboroto rocket sust cohete rocket launcher sust lanzagranadas round sust disparo rucksack sust mochila rush v avanzar rápidamente safe-conduct sust salvoconducto salary sust sueldo salute sust saludo salute v saludar sapper sust zapador screen sust pantalla seaman sust marinero second lieutenant sust alférez section sust pelotón seize an objective v tomar un objetivo self propelled gun sust cañón autopropulsado send v enviar sentry sust centinela sergeant sust sargento sergeant major sust suboficial mayor serve v servir (en el Ejército) service cap sust gorra (tb gorro) de bonito service record sust hoja de servicios severe injury sust herida grave shell sust granada de mortero shell crater sust cráter de granada shelter sust contenedor shock sust shock shoot v disparar shooting range sust campo de tiro shoulder arms interj sobre el hombro shrapnel sust metralla siege v sitiar signal sust transmisión simulation sust simulación SITREP (Situation Report) sust informe de situación

ENGLISH

SPANISH

sleeping bag sling sniper Spanish Legion special operations

sust saco de dormir sust portafusa sust francotirador sust Legión Española sust pl operaciones especiales sust especialidad sust esquirla sust escuadra sust subgrupo táctico sust Estado Mayor sust sargento primero; brigada sust camilla sust punto fuerte sust subfusil sust submarino v remitir, enviar sust golpe de calor sust unidad de abastecimiento sust apoyo v neutralizar sust vuelo de reconocimiento sust supervivencia sust espada sust hombrera sust pl transmisiones tácticas sust carro de combate sust avión nodriza sust objetivo sust misión sust agrupación táctica sust especialidad técnica sust oficial de complemento interj firmes sust tienda de campaña sust terreno sust teniente general v solicitar v archivar sust artllería remolcada sust cadena sust camino, senda sust huella, rastro sust instructor sust instrucción sust Centro de Instrucción sust transporte sust trinchera sust gatillo, disparador sust guardamontes sust trípode sust torreta sust general de división sust ONU (Organización de las Naciones Unidas)

speciality splinter squad squadron team Staff staff sergeant stretcher stronghold sub-machine gun submarine submit sunstroke supply unit support suppress surveillance flight survival sword tab tactical communications tank tanker plane target task task force technical branch temporary officer tense tent terrain three star general to apply for to file towed artillery track trail trail trainer training Training Centre transportation trench trigger trigger guard tripod turret two star general UN (United Nations)

-224-

Military Glossary

SPANISH

UNHCR (United Nations High Commission for Refugees) sust ACNUR (Alto Comisionado de las Naciones Unidas para los Refugiados) uniform sust uniforme unit sust unidad UNMO (United Nations Military Observer) sust observador militar de las Naciones Unidas urban combat sust combate en localidades, combate urbano vehicle sust vehículo vessel sust buque warehouse sust almacén warjet sust avión de combate warning order sust orden preparatoria warrant officer sust subteniente warrior faction sust bando combatiente warship sust barco de guerra wave sust onda weapon support company sust compañía de armas de apoyo wine sweeper sust dragaminas wing sust ala wire sust cable wireless adj sin cable withdraw v retirarse withdrawal sust retirada wound v herir wound sust herida; herido

-225-

MILITARY GLOSSARY

ENGLISH

VERBS REGULAR

VERBS

PREFACE A continuación se ofrece el modelo de conjugación para los verbos regulares de los tiempos verbales que se ven en el libro. El presente anexo aparece dividido en dos partes principales: la conjugación activa (active voice) y la conjugación pasiva (passive voice). A su vez cada parte cuenta con tres bloques: En el primer bloque están recogidas las formas afirmativas (affirmative form), negativas (negative form) e interrogativas (question form*) de los siguientes tiempos verbales: el presente simple de indicativo (simple present) el pretérito perfecto de indicativo (present perfect)

el pretérito imperfecto y el pretérito indefinido de indicativo (simple past) el pasado continuo de indicativo (past continuous) el futuro simple de indicativo (future) el futuro próximo de indicativo (future with “going to” [present]) el pasado próximo de indicativo (future with “going to” [past]) y el condicional simple de indicativo (conditional)

En el segundo bloque se recogen las formas afirmativas y negativas del imperativo (imperative). Por último, en el tercer bloque se presentan las formas conocidas en español como “no personales del verbo”, a saber, el infinitivo (infinitive), el participio pasado (past participle) y el gerundio (gerund).

* Cabe señalar que por defecto se ofrece la forma interrogativa para la segunda persona del singular (“you”, ‘tú’, ‘usted’) y del plural (“you”, ‘nosotros/ as’, ‘ustedes’) ya que esta forma suele coincidir con el resto de las formas verbales para el mismo tiempo a excepción, claro está, del pronombre personal que sirve como sujeto (“you”, “we”, “they”, etc.). En el caso de que dicha forma verbal sea diferente para otra persona (como suele ocurrir con la primera y tercera del singular [“I”, ‘yo’; “he/ she/ it”, ‘él/ ella/ *ello’]) dicha forma también aparece recogida.

-183-

REGULAR VERBS

el presente continuo de indicativo (present continuous)

ACTIVE VOICE AFFIRMATIVE FORM Present perfect

Simple present English 1st S I love

2nd

English

Spanish

Spanish

(yo) amo

I have loved 1st S I’ve loved

(yo) he amado

(tú) amas

you have loved 2nd S you’ve loved

(tú) has amado

S you love

(usted) ha amado

(usted) ama 3rd S he/ she/ it loves

(él/ ella/ *ello) ama

1st P we love

(nosotros/ as) amamos

he/ she/ it has loved 3rd S he’s/ she’s/ it’s loved (él/ ella/ *ello) ha amado we have loved 1st P we’ve loved

(nosotros/ as) hemos amado (vosotros/ as) habéis amado

(ustedes) aman

you have loved 2nd P you’ve loved

(ellos/ as) aman

they have loved 3rd P they’ve loved

(ellos/ as) han amado

(vosotros/ as) amáis 2nd P you love

3rd P they love

REGULAR VERBS

Present continuous English Spanish I am loving 1st S I’m loving

(yo) estoy amando

you are loving 2nd S you’re loving

(tú) estás amando

Simple past English 1st S I loved

Spanish (yo) amaba; amé (tú) amabas; amaste

2nd S you loved

(usted) está amando

(usted) amaba; amó

he/ she/ it is loving 3rd S he’s/ she’s/ it’s loving (él/ ella/ *ello) está amando we are loving 1st P we’re loving

(ustedes) han amado

3rd S he/ she/ it loved

(él/ ella/ *ello) amaba; amó

1st P we loved

(nosotros/ as) amábamos; amamos

2nd

(vosotros/ as) amabais; amasteis

(nosotros/ as) estamos amando

you are loving 2nd P you’re loving

(vosotros/ as) estáis amando

they are loving 3rd P they’re loving

(ellos/ as) están amando

P you loved

(ustedes) están amando

(ustedes) amaban; amaron 3rd P they loved

Future

Past continuous English 1st S I was loving 2nd S you were loving

English

Spanish (yo) estaba amando (tú) estabas amando (usted) estaba amando

he/ she/ it was 3rd S loving

(él/ ella/ *ello) estaba amando

1st P we were loving

(nosotros/ as) estábamos amando (vosotros/ as) estabais amando

2nd P you were loving (ustedes) estaban amando 3rd P they were loving (ellos/ as) estaban amando

(ellos/ as) amaban; amaron

Spanish

I will love 1st S I’ll love

(yo) amaré

you will love 2nd S you’ll love

(tú) amarás (usted) amará

he/ she/ it will love 3rd S he’ll/ she’ll/ it’ll love

(él/ ella/ *ello) amará

we will love 1st P we’ll love

(nosotros/ as) amaremos

you will love 2nd P you’ll love

(vosotros/ as) amaréis

they will love 3rd P they’ll love

(ellos/ as) amarán

-184-

(ustedes) amarán

Future with “going to” (present) English I am going to love 1st S I’m going to love you are going to love 2nd S you’re going to love

Future with “going to” (past)

Spanish

English

Spanish

(yo) voy a amar

1st S I was going to love

(tú) vas a amar

2nd S you were going to love

(yo) iba a amar (tú) ibas a amar (usted) iba a amar

(usted) va a amar

he/ she/ it is going to love 3rd S he’s/ she’s/ it’s going to love (él/ ella/ *ello) va a amar

3rd S he/ she/ it was going to love (él/ ella/ *ello) iba a amar

we are going to love 1st P we’re going to love

(nosotros/ as) vamos a amar

1st P we were going to love (nosotros/ as) íbamos a amar

you are going to love 2nd P you’re going to love

(vosotros/ as) vais a amar

they are going to love 3rd P they’re going to love

2nd P you were going to love

(vosotros/ as) ibais a amar

(ustedes) van a amar

(ustedes) iban a amar

(ellos/ as) van a amar

3rd P they were going to love (ellos/ as) iban a amar

Conditional English

Spanish

I would love 1st S I’d love

(yo) amaría

you would love 2nd S you’d love

(tú) amarías

he/ she/ it would love 3rd S he’d/ she’d/ it’d love

(él/ ella/ *ello) amaría

we would love 1st P we’d love

(nosotros/ as) amaríamos

you would love 2nd P you’d love

(vosotros/ as) amaríais

they would love 3rd P they’d love

(ellos/ as) amarían

REGULAR VERBS

(usted) amaría

(ustedes) amarían

ACTIVE VOICE NEGATIVE FORM Simple present English

Present perfect Spanish

I do not love 1st S I don’t love

(yo) no amo

you do not love 2nd S you don’t love

(tú) no amas (usted) no ama

English I have not loved 1st S I haven’t loved you have not loved 2nd S you haven’t loved

Spanish (yo) no he amado (tú) no has amado (usted) no ha amado

he/ she/ it does not love 3rd S he/ she/ it doesn’t love (él/ ella/ *ello) no ama

he/ she/ it has not loved 3rd S he/ she/ it hasn’t loved (él/ ella/ *ello) no ha amado

we do not love 1st P we don’t love

we have not loved 1st P we haven’t loved

(nosotros/ as) no hemos amado

you have not loved 2nd P you haven’t loved

(vosotros/ as) no habéis amado

they have not loved 3rd P they haven’t loved

(ellos/ as) no han amado

(nosotros/ as) no amamos

you do not love 2nd P you don’t love

(vosotros/ as) no amáis

they do not love 3rd P they don’t love

(ellos/ as) no aman

(ustedes) no aman

-185-

(ustedes) no han amado

Simple past

Present continuous English Spanish I am not loving (yo) no estoy amando 1st S I’m not loving (tú) no estás amando you are not loving 2nd S you aren’t loving (usted) no está amando

English I did not love 1st S I didn’t love

(yo) no amaba; no amé (tú) no amabas; no amaste

you did not love 2nd S you didn’t love

(usted) no amaba; no amó

he/ she/ it is not loving 3rd S he/ she/ it’ isn’t loving

(él/ ella/ *ello) no está amando

he/ she/ it did not love (él/ ella/ *ello) no amaba; no 3rd S he/ she/ it didn’t love amó

we are not loving 1st P we aren’t loving

(nosotros/ as) no estamos amando

we did not love 1st P we didn’t love

you are not loving 2nd P you aren’t loving

(vosotros/ as) no estáis amando

they are not loving 3rd P they aren’t loving

(ustedes) no están amando (ellos/ as) no están amando

English

(ustedes) no amaban; no amaron (ellos/ as) no amaban; no amaron

Future

I was not loving 1st S I wasn’t loving

(yo) no estaba amando

you were not loving 2nd S you weren’t loving

(tú) no estabas amando

English

(usted) no estaba amando

he/ she/ it was not loving (él/ ella/ *ello) no estaba 3rd S he/ she/ it wasn’t loving amando we were not loving 1st P we weren’t loving

(nosotros/ as) no estábamos amando

you were not loving 2nd P you weren’t loving

(vosotros/ as) no estabais amando (ustedes) no estaban amando

they were not loving 3rd P they weren’t loving

(ellos/ as) no estaban amando

Spanish

I will not love 1st S I won’t love

(yo) no amaré

you will not love 2nd S you won’t love

(tú) no amarás (usted) no amará

he/ she/ it will not love 3rd S he/ she/ it won’t love (él/ ella/ *ello) no amará we will not love 1st P we won’t love

(nosotros/ as) no amaremos

you will not love 2nd P you won’t love

(vosotros/ as) no amaréis

they will not love 3rd P they won’t love

Future with “going to” (past) English Spanish

you were not going to love 2nd S you weren’t going to love

(vosotros/ as) no amabais; no amasteis

they did not love 3rd P they didn’t love

Spanish

I was not going to love 1st S I wasn’t going to love

(nosotros/ as) no amábamos; no amamos

you did not love 2nd P you didn’t love

Past continuous

REGULAR VERBS

Spanish

(ustedes) no amarán (ellos/ as) no amarán

Future with “going to” (present) English

Spanish

(yo) no iba a amar

I am not going to love 1st S I’m not going to love

(tú) no ibas a amar

you are not going to love (tú) no vas a amar 2nd S you aren’t going to love (usted) no va a amar

(usted) no iba a amar

(yo) no voy a amar

he/ she/ it was not going to love 3rd S he/ she/ it wasn’t going to love (él/ ella/ *ello) no iba a amar

he/ she/ it is not going to love 3rd S he/ she/ it isn’t going to love (él/ ella/ *ello) no va a amar

we were not going to love (nosotros/ as) 1st P we weren’t going to love no íbamos a amar

we are not going to love 1st P we aren’t going to love

you were not going to love 2nd P you weren’t going to love

(vosotros/ as) no ibais a amar (ustedes) no iban a amar

they were not going to love 3rd P they weren’t going to love (ellos/ as) no iban a amar

(nosotros/ as) no vamos a amar

(vosotros/ as) you are not going to love 2nd P you aren’t going to love no vais a amar (ustedes) no van a amar they are not going to love 3rd P they aren’t going to love (ellos/ as) no van a amar

-186-

Conditional English 1st S

Spanish

I would not love I wouldn’t love

(yo) no amaría (tú) no amarías

you would not love 2nd S you wouldn’t love

(usted) no amaría

3rd S

he/ she/ it would not love he/ she/ it wouldn’t love

(él/ ella/ *ello) no amaría

1st P

we would not love we wouldn’t love

(nosotros/ as) no amaríamos (vosotros/ as) no amaríais

you would not love 2nd P you wouldn’t love 3rd P

(ustedes) no amarían

they would not love they wouldn’t love

(ellos/ as) no amarían

ACTIVE

VOICE

QUESTION FORM

Simple present English

Spanish ¿amas (tú)?; ¿ama (usted)?

do you love? ¿amáis (vosostros/ as)?; ¿aman (ustedes)?

Negative

¿no amas (tú)?; ¿no ama (usted)?

do you not love? don’t you love?

¿no amáis (vosostros/ as)?; ¿no aman (ustedes)?

Affirmative

does he/ she/ it love?

¿ama (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative

does he/ she/ it not love? doesn’t he/ she/ it love?

¿no ama (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Present perfect English

Spanish ¿has amado (tú)?; ¿ha amado (usted)?

Affirmative

have you loved? ¿habéis amado (vosostros/ as)?; ¿han amado (ustedes)?

Negative

¿no has amado (tú)?; ¿no ha amado (usted)?

have you not loved? haven’t you love?

¿no habéis amado (vosostros/ as)?; ¿no han amado (ustedes)?

Affirmative

has he/ she/ it loved?

¿ha amado (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative

has he/ she/ it not love? hasn’t he/ she/ it love?

¿no ha amado (él/ ella/ *ello)? -187-

REGULAR VERBS

Affirmative

Present continuous English

Spanish

Affirmative

am I loving?

¿estoy amando (yo)?

Negative

am I not loving?

¿no estoy amando (yo)? ¿estás amando (tú)?; ¿está amando (usted)? ¿estáis amando (vosotros/ as); ¿están amando (ustedes)? ¿no estás amando (tú)?; ¿no está amando (usted)? ¿no estáis amando (vosotros/ as); ¿no están amando (ustedes)?

Affirmative

are you loving?

Negative

are you not loving? aren’t you loving?

Affirmative

is he/ she/ it loving?

¿está amando (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative

is he/ she/ it not loving? isn’t he/ she/ it loving?

¿no está amando (él/ ella/ *ello)? Simple past

English

Spanish ¿amabas; amaste (tú)?; ¿amaba; amó (usted)?

Affirmative

did you love? ¿amabais; amasteis (vosostros/ as)?; ¿amaban; amaron (ustedes)?

Negative

¿no amabas; no amaste (tú)?; ¿no amaba; no amó (usted)?

did you not love? didn’t you love?

REGULAR VERBS

¿no amabais; no amasteis (vosostros/ as)?; ¿no amaban; no amaron (ustedes)? Past continuous English Affirmative Negative

Affirmative

were you loving?

Negative

were you not loving? weren’t you loving?

Affirmative

was he/ she/ it loving? was he/ she/ it not loving? wasn’t he/ she/ it loving?

Negative

Spanish ¿estaba amando (yo)?

was I loving? was I not loving? wasn’t I loving?

¿no estaba amando (yo)? ¿estabas amando (tú)?; ¿estaba amando (usted)? ¿estabais amando (vosotros/ as); ¿estaban amando (ustedes)? ¿no estabas amando (tú)?; ¿no estaba amando (usted)? ¿no estabais amando (vosotros/ as); ¿no estaban amando (ustedes)? ¿estaba amando (él/ ella/ *ello)? ¿no estaba amando (él/ ella/ *ello)? Future

English

Spanish ¿amarás (tú)?; ¿amará (usted)?

Affirmative

will you love? ¿amaréis (vosostros/ as)?; ¿amarán (ustedes)?

Negative

¿no amarás (tú)?; ¿no amará (usted)?

will you not love? won’t you love?

¿no amaréis (vosostros/ as)?; ¿no amarán (ustedes)? -188-

Future with “going to” (present) English

Spanish

Affirmative

am I going to love?

¿voy a amar (yo)?

Negative

am I not going to love?

¿no voy a amar (yo)? ¿vas a amar (tú)?; ¿va a amar (usted)?

Affirmative

are you going to love?

Negative

are you not going to love? aren’t you going to love?

Affirmative

is he/ she/ it going to love?

¿va a amar (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative

is he/ she/ it not going to love? isn’t he/ she/ it going to love?

¿no va a amar (él/ ella/ *ello)?

¿vais a amar (vosotros/ as); ¿van a amar (ustedes)? ¿no vas a amar (tú)?; ¿no va a amar (usted)? ¿no vais a amar (vosotros/ as); ¿no van a amar (ustedes)?

Future with “going to” (past) Spanish

Affirmative

was I going to love?

¿iba a amar (yo)?

Negative

was I not going to love? wasn’t I going to love?

¿no iba a amar (yo)? ¿ibas a amar (tú)?; ¿iba a amar (usted)?

Affirmative

were you going to love?

Negative

were you not going to love? weren’t you going to love?

Affirmative

was he/ she/ it going to love?

¿iba a amar (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative

was he/ she/ it not going to love? wasn’t he/ she/ it going to love?

¿no iba a amar (él/ ella/ *ello)?

¿ibais a amar (vosotros/ as); ¿iban a amar (ustedes)? ¿no ibas a amar (tú)?; ¿no iba a amar (usted)? ¿no ibais a amar (vosotros/ as); ¿no iban a amar (ustedes)?

Conditional English

Spanish ¿amarías (tú)?; ¿amaría (usted)?

Affirmative

would you love? ¿amaríais (vosostros/ as)?; ¿amarían (ustedes)?

¿no amarías (tú)?; ¿no amaría (usted)? Negative

would you not love? wouldn’t you love? ¿no amarías (vosostros/ as)?; ¿no amarían (ustedes)?

-189-

REGULAR VERBS

English

ACTIVE VOICE

ACTIVE VOICE

IMPERATIVE FORM

INFINITIVE

/ PAST PARTICPLE / GERUND FORM English

Imperative English

Spanish

Spanish ama (tú); ame (usted)

Infinitive

to love

amar

Past Participle

loved

amado/ a, amados/ as

Gerund

loving

amando

Affirmative love amad (vosostros/ as); amen (ustedes)

Negative

do not love don’t love

no ames (tú); no ame (usted) no améis (vosostros/ as); no amen (ustedes)

Affirmative let’s love

amemos (nosotros/ as)

Negative

no amemos (nosotros/ as)

let’s not love

PA S S I V E V O I C E AFFIRMATIVE FORM Simple present English Spanish

REGULAR VERBS

1st S

I am loved I’m loved

you are loved 2nd S you’re loved

(yo) he sido amado/ a

(tú) eres amado/ a

you have been loved 2nd S you’ve been loved

(tú) has sido amado/ a

(usted) es amado/ a

1st P

we are loved we’re loved

they are loved they’re loved

2nd

you are being loved S you’re being loved

(usted) ha sido amado/ a

he/ she/ it has been loved 3rd S he’s/ she’s/ it’s been loved (él/ ella/ *ello) ha sido amado/ a

(nosotros/ as) somos amados/ as (vosotros/ as) sois amados/ as

we have been loved 1st P we’ve been loved you have been loved 2nd P you’ve been loved

(ustedes) son amados/ as

they have been loved 3rd P they’ve been loved

(ellos/ as) son amados/ as

Present continuous English Spanish I am being loved 1st S I’m being loved

Spanish

I have been loved 1st S I’ve been loved

he/ she/ it is loved he’s/ she’s/ it’s loved (él/ ella/ *ello) es amado/ a

3rd P

English

(yo) soy amado/ a

3rd S

you are loved 2nd P you’re loved

Present perfect

(nosotros/ as) hemos sido amados/ as (vosotros/ as) habéis sido amados/ as (ustedes) han sido amados/ as (ellos/ as) han sido amados/ as

Simple past English

(yo) estoy siendo amado/ a (tú) estás siendo amado/ a

1st S I was loved

Spanish (yo) era; fui amado/ a (tú) eras; fuiste amado/ a

2nd S you were loved (usted) era; fue amado/ a

(usted) está siendo amado/ a

he/ she/ it is being loved (él/ ella/ *ello) 3rd S he’s/ she’s/ it’s being loved está siendo amado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ it was loved (él/ ella/ *ello) era; fue amado/ a

we are being loved 1st P we’re being loved

1st P we were loved

you are being loved 2nd P you’re being loved they are being loved 3rd P they’re being loved

(nosotros/ as) estamos siendo amados/ as (vosotros/ as) estáis siendo amados/ as

2nd P you were loved

(ustedes) están siendo amados/ as (ellos/ as) están siendo amados/ as

3rd P they were loved -190-

(nosotros/ as) éramos; fuimos amados/ as (vosotros/ as) erais; fuisteis amados/ as (ustedes) eran; fueron amados/ as (ellos/ as) eran; fueron amados/ as

Future

Past continuous English

Spanish

1st S I was being loved

(yo) estaba siendo amado/ a

I will be loved 1st S I’ll be loved

(yo) seré amado/ a

you will be loved 2nd S you’ll be loved

(tú) serás amado/ a

(tú) estabas siendo amado/ a 2nd S you were being loved (usted) estaba siendo amado/ a

Spanish

(usted) será amado/ a

(él/ ella/ *ello) 3rd S he/ she/ it was being loved estaba siendo amado/ a

he/ she/ it will be loved 3rd S he’ll/ she’ll/ it’ll be loved (él/ ella/ *ello) será amado/ a

(nosotros/ as) 1st P we were being loved estábamos siendo amados/ as

we will be loved 1st P we’ll be loved

2nd P you were being loved

(vosotros/ as) estabais siendo amados/ as (ustedes) estaban siendo amados/ as

(ellos/ as) 3rd P they were being loved estaban siendo amados/ as

they will be loved 3rd P they’ll be loved

1st S I was going to be loved (yo) iba a ser amado/ a

(ustedes) serán amados/ as (ellos/ as) serán amados/ as

you are going to be loved (tú) vas a ser amado/ a 2nd S you’re going to be loved (usted) va a ser amado/ a

(tú) ibas a ser amado/ a 2nd S you were going to be loved (usted) iba a ser amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello) iba a ser amado/ a

(nosotros/ as) 1st P we were going to be loved íbamos a ser amados/ as

2nd P you were going to be loved

(vosotros/ as) seréis amados/ as

Future with “going to” (present) English Spanish I am going to be loved (yo) voy a ser amado/ a 1st S I’m going to be loved

Future with “going to” (past) English Spanish

he/ she/ it 3rd S was going to be loved

you will be loved 2nd P you’ll be loved

(nosotros/ as) seremos amados/ as

he/ she/ it is going to be loved 3rd S he’s/ she’s/ it’s going to be loved

(él/ ella/ *ello) va a ser amado/ a

we are going to be loved 1st P we’re going to be loved

(vosotros/ as) ibais a ser amados/ as (ustedes) iban a ser amados/ as

3rd P they were going to be loved (ellos/ as) iban a ser amados/ as

(nosotros/ as) vamos a ser amados/ as (vosotros/ as) vais a ser amados/ as you are going to be loved 2nd P you’re going to be loved (ustedes) van a ser amados/ as they are going to be loved 3rd P they’re going to be loved (ellos/ as) van a ser amados/ as

Conditional English 1st S

Spanish

I would be loved I’d be loved

(yo) sería amado/ a (tú) serías amado/ a

you would be loved 2nd S you’d be loved

(usted) sería amado/ a

he/ she/ it would be loved 3rd S he’d/ she’d/ it’d be loved 1st P

(él/ ella/ *ello) sería amado/ a

we would be loved we’d be loved

(nosotros/ as) seríamos amados/ as (vosotros/ as) seríais amados/ as

you would be loved 2nd P you’d be loved

(ustedes) serían amados/ as

they would be loved 3rd P they’d be loved

(ellos/ as) serían amados/ as -191-

REGULAR VERBS

English

PA S S I V E V O I C E NEGATIVE FORM

English I am not loved 1st S I’m not loved

Simple present Spanish

Present perfect English Spanish I have not been loved (yo) no he sido amado/ a 1st S I haven’t been loved

(yo) no soy amado/ a

you are not loved (tú) no eres amado/ a 2nd S you aren’t loved (usted) no es amado/ a

you have not been loved (tú) no has sido amado/ a 2nd S you haven’t been loved (usted) no ha sido amado/ a

he/ she/ it is not loved 3rd S he/ she/ it isn’t loved (él/ ella/ *ello) no es amado/ a

he/ she/ it has not not been loved (él/ ella/ *ello) no ha sido 3rd S he/ she/ it amado/ a hasn’t been loved

we are not loved 1st P we aren’t loved (nosotros/ as) no somos amados/ as you are not loved (vosotros/ as) no sois amados/ as 2nd P you aren’t loved (ustedes) son no amados/ as

REGULAR VERBS

they are not loved 3rd P they aren’t loved (ellos/ as) son no amados/ as

Present continuous English Spanish I am not being loved (yo) no estoy siendo 1st S I’m not being loved amado/ a (tú) no estás siendo you are not being loved amado/ a nd 2 S you aren’t being loved (usted) no está siendo amado/ a he/ she/ it is not being loved (él/ ella/ *ello) no está 3rd S he/ she/ it isn’t being siendo amado/ a loved we are not being loved (nosotros/ as) no estamos 1st P we aren’t being loved siendo amados/ as (vosotros/ as) no estáis siendo amados/ as you are not being loved 2nd P you aren’t being loved (ustedes) no están siendo amados/ as they are not being loved (ellos/ as) no están 3rd P they aren’t being loved siendo amados/ as

1st

S

2nd S

3rd S 1st P 2nd

P

3rd P

we have not been loved (nosotros/ as) no hemos sido 1st P we haven’t been loved amados/ as (vosotros/ as) no habéis sido you have not been loved amados/ as nd 2 P you haven’t been loved (ustedes) no han sido amados/ as they have not been loved (ellos/ as) no han sido 3rd P they haven’t been loved amados/ as

Simple past English I was not loved 1st S I wasn’t loved

Spanish (yo) no era; no fui amado/ a

you were not loved 2nd S you weren’t loved he/ she/ it was not loved 3rd S he/ she/ it wasn’t loved we were not loved 1st P we weren’t loved you were not loved 2nd P you weren’t loved they were not loved 3rd P they weren’t loved

Past continuous English Spanish I was not being loved (yo) no estaba siendo I wasn’t being loved amado/ a (tú) no estabas siendo amado/ a you were not being loved you weren’t being loved (usted) no estaba siendo amado/ a he/ she/ it was not being loved (él/ ella/ *ello) no estaba he/ she/ it wasn’t being siendo amado/ a loved we were not being loved (nosotros/ as) no estábamos we weren’t being loved siendo amados/ as (vosotros/ as) no estabais you were not being loved siendo amados/ as you weren’t being loved (ustedes) no estaban siendo amados/ as they were not being loved (ellos/ as) no estaban they weren’t being loved siendo amados/ as

(tú) no eras; no fuiste amado/ a (usted) no era; no fue amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello) no era; no fue amado/ a (nosotros/ as) no éramos; no fuimos amados/ as (vosotros/ as) no erais; no fuisteis amados/ as (ustedes) no eran; no fueron amados/ as (ellos/ as) no eran; no fueron amados/ as

Future English I will not be loved 1st S I won’t be loved you will not be loved 2nd S you won’t be loved

Spanish (yo) no seré amado/ a (tú) no serás amado/ a (usted) no será amado/ a

he/ she/ it will not be loved 3rd S he/ she/ it won’t be loved (él/ ella/ *ello) no será amado/ a we will won’t be loved (nosotros/ as) no seremos 1st P we won’t be loved amados/ as you will not be loved 2nd P you won’t be loved

(vosotros/ as) no seréis amados/ as (ustedes) no serán amados/ as

they will not be loved (ellos/ as) no serán amados/ as 3rd P they won’t be loved

-192-

Future with “going to” (past) English Spanish I was not going to be loved 1st S I wasn’t going to be loved (yo) no iba a ser amado/ a

Future with “going to” (present) English Spanish I am not going to be loved 1st S I’m not going to be loved (yo) no voy a ser amado/ a

you were not going to be loved (tú) no ibas a ser amado/ a 2nd S you weren’t going to be loved (usted) no iba a ser amado/ a

you are not going to be loved (tú) no vas a ser amado/ a 2nd S you aren’t going to be loved (usted) no va a ser amado/ a

he/ she/ it was not going to be loved 3rd S he/ she/ it wasn’t going to be loved we were not going to be loved 1st P we weren’t going to be loved

he/ she/ it is not going to be loved 3rd S he/ she/ it isn’t going to be loved we are not going to be loved 1st P we aren’t going to be loved

(él/ ella/ *ello) no iba a ser amado/ a

(nosotros/ as) no íbamos a ser amados/ as (vosotros/ as) no ibais a you were not going to be loved ser amados/ as nd 2 P you weren’t going to be loved (ustedes) no iban a ser amados/ as they were not going to be loved (ellos/ as) no iban a ser 3rd P they weren’t going to be loved amados/ as

you are not going to be loved 2nd P you aren’t going to be loved they are not going to be loved 3rd P they aren’t going to be loved

(él/ ella/ *ello) no va a ser amado/ a (nosotros/ as) no vamos a ser amados/ as (vosotros/ as) no vais a ser amados/ as (ustedes) no van a ser amados/ as (ellos/ as) no van a ser amados/ as

Conditional English

Spanish

I would not be loved 1st S I wouldn’t be loved

(yo) no sería amado/ a (tú) no serías amado/ a

you would not be loved 2nd S you wouldn’t be loved he/ she/ it would not be loved 3rd S he/ she/ it wouldn’t be loved

(él/ ella/ *ello) no sería amado/ a

we would not be loved 1st P we wouldn’t be loved

(nosotros/ as) no seríamos amados/ as (vosotros/ as) no seríais amados/ as

you would not be loved 2nd P you wouldn’t be loved

(ustedes) no serían amados/ as

they would not be loved 3rd P they wouldn’t be loved

(ellos/ as) no serían amados/ as

PA S S I V E V O I C E QUESTION FORM Simple present English

Spanish

Affirmative am I loved?

¿soy amado/ a (yo)?

Negative

¿no soy amado/ a (yo)?

am I not loved?

¿eres amado/ a (tú)?; ¿es amado/ a (usted)?

Affirmative are you loved?

Negative

¿sois amados/ as (vosotros/ as); ¿son amados/ as (ustedes)? ¿no eres amado/ a (tú)?; ¿no es amado/ a (usted)?

are you not loved? aren’t you loved?

¿no sois amados/ as (vosotros/ as); ¿no son amados/ as (ustedes)?

Affirmative is he/ she/ it loved? Negative

¿es amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

is he/ she/ it not loved? isn’t he/ she/ it loved?

¿no es amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)? -193-

REGULAR VERBS

(usted) no sería amado/ a

Present perfect English

Spanish ¿has sido amado/ a (tú)?; ¿ha sido amado/ a (usted)?

Affirmative

have you been loved? ¿habéis sido amados/ as (vosostros/ as)?; ¿han sido amados/ as (ustedes)?

Negative

¿no has sido amado/ a (tú)?; ¿no ha sido amado/ a (usted)?

have you not been loved? haven’t you been love?

¿no habéis sido amados/ as (vosostros/ as)?; ¿no han sido amados/ as (ustedes)? Affirmative

has he/ she/ it been loved?

¿ha sido amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative

has he/ she/ it not been love? hasn’t he/ she/ it been love?

¿no ha sido amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Present continuous

REGULAR VERBS

English

Spanish

Affirmative

am I being loved?

¿estoy siendo amado/ a (yo)?

Negative

am I not being loved?

¿no estoy siendo amado/ a (yo)? ¿estás siendo amado/ a (tú)?; ¿está siendo amado/ a (usted)?

Affirmative

are you being loved?

Negative

are you not being loved? aren’t you being loved?

Affirmative

is he/ she/ it being loved?

¿está siendo amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative

is he/ she/ it not being loved? isn’t he/ she/ it being loved?

¿no está siendo amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

¿estáis siendo amados/ as (vosotros/ as); ¿están siendo amados/ as (ustedes)? ¿no estás siendo amado/ a (tú)?; ¿no está siendo amado/ a (usted)? ¿no estáis siendo amados/ as (vosotros/ as); ¿no están siendo amados/ as (ustedes)?

Simple past English

Spanish

Affirmative

was I loved?

¿era; fui amado/ a (yo)?

Negative

was I not loved? wasn’t I loved?

¿no era; no fui amado/ a (yo)? ¿eras; fuiste amado/ a (tú)?; ¿era; fue amado/ a (usted)? ¿erais; fuisteis amados/ as (vosotros/ as); ¿eran; fueron amados/ as (ustedes)? ¿no eras; no fuiste amado/ a (tú)?; ¿no era; no fue amado/ a (usted)? ¿no erais; no fuisteis amados/ as (vosotros/ as); ¿no eran; no fueron amados/ as (ustedes)?

Affirmative

were you loved?

Negative

were you not loved? weren’t you loved?

Affirmative

was he/ she/ it loved?

¿era; fue amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative

was he/ she/ it not loved? wasn’t he/ she/ it loved?

¿no era; no fue amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)? -194-

Past continuous English

Spanish

Affirmative

was I being loved?

¿estaba siendo amado/ a (yo)?

Negative

was I not being loved? wasn’t I being loved?

¿no estaba siendo amado/ a (yo)? ¿estabas siendo amado/ a (tú)?; ¿estaba siendo amado/ a (usted)? ¿estabais siendo amados/ as (vosotros/ as); ¿estaban siendo amados/ as (ustedes)? ¿no estabas siendo amado/ a (tú)?; ¿no estaba siendo amado/ a (usted)? ¿no estabais siendo amados/ as (vosotros/ as); ¿no estaban siendo amados/ as (ustedes)?

Affirmative

were you being loved?

Negative

were you not being loved? weren’t you being loved?

Affirmative

was he/ she/ it being loved?

Negative

was he/ she/ it not being loved? ¿no estaba siendo amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)? wasn’t he/ she/ it being loved?

¿estaba siendo amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Future English

Spanish ¿serás amado/ a (tú)?; ¿será amado/ a (usted)?

will you be loved? ¿seréis amados/ as (vosostros/ as)?; ¿serán amados/ as (ustedes)?

¿no serás amado/ a (tú)?; ¿no será amado/ a (usted)? Negative

will you not be loved? won’t you be loved? ¿no seréis amados/ as (vosostros/ as)?; ¿no serán amados/ as (ustedes)?

Future with “going to” (present) English

Spanish

Affirmative

am I going to be loved?

¿voy a ser amado/ a (yo)?

Negative

am I not going to be loved?

¿no voy a ser amado/ a (yo)? ¿vas a ser amado/ a (tú)?; ¿va a ser amado/ a (usted)? ¿vais a ser amados/ as (vosotros/ as); ¿van a ser amados/ as (ustedes)? ¿no vas a ser amado/ a (tú)?; ¿no va a ser amado/ a (usted)? ¿no vais a ser amados/ as (vosotros/ as); ¿no van a ser amados/ as (ustedes)?

Affirmative

are you going to be loved?

Negative

are you not going to be loved? aren’t you going to be loved?

Affirmative

is he/ she/ it going to be loved?

¿va a ser amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative

is he/ she/ it not going to be loved? isn’t he/ she/ it going to be loved?

¿no va a ser amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

-195-

REGULAR VERBS

Affirmative

Future with “going to” (past) English Affirmative was I going to be loved?

¿iba a ser amado/ a (yo)?

was I not going to be loved? wasn’t I going to be loved?

Negative

¿no iba a ser amado/ a (yo)? ¿ibas a ser amado/ a (tú)?; ¿iba a ser amado/ a (usted)? ¿ibais a ser amados/ as (vosotros/ as); ¿iban a ser amados/ as (ustedes)? ¿no ibas a ser amado/ a (tú)?; ¿no iba a ser amado/ a (usted)? ¿no ibais a ser amados/ as (vosotros/ as); ¿no iban a ser amados/ as (ustedes)?

Affirmative were you going to be loved?

were you not going to be loved? weren’t you going to be loved?

Negative

Spanish

Affirmative was he/ she/ it going to be loved?

¿iba a ser amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

was he/ she/ it not going to be loved? ¿no iba a ser amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)? wasn’t he/ she/ it going to be loved?

Negative

Conditional English

Spanish ¿serías amado/ a (tú)?; ¿sería amado/ a (usted)?

Affirmative would you be loved?

REGULAR VERBS

¿seríais amados/ as (vosostros/ as)?; ¿serían amados/ as (ustedes)?

¿no serías amado/ a (tú)?; ¿no sería amado/ a (usted)? would you not be loved? wouldn’t you be loved?

Negative

¿no seríais amados/ as (vosostros/ as)?; ¿no serían amados/ as (ustedes)?

PA S S I V E V O I C E

PA S S I V E V O I C E

IMPERATIVE FORM

INFINITIVE

Imperative English

/ PAST PARTICPLE / GERUND FORM English

Spanish

Spanish sé amado/ a (tú); sea amado/ a (usted)

Infinitive

Affirmative be loved

to be loved

ser amado/ a, amados/ as

sed amados/ as (vosostros/ as); sean amados/ as (ustedes)

Negative do not be loved don’t be loved

Affirmative let’s be loved

no seas amado/ a (tú); no sea amado/ a (usted) Past Participle been loved

sido amado/ a, amados/ as

Gerund

siendo amado/ a, amados/ as

no seáis amados/ as (vosostros/ as); no sean amados/ as (ustedes) seamos amados/ as (nosotros/ as)

Negative let’s not be loved no seamos amados/ as (nosotros/ as) -196-

being loved

VERBS

PRESENT

SIMPLE PAST

PAST PARTICIPLE

SPANISH

arise awake be beat become begin bend bind bite bleed blow break bring build burn burst buy can catch choose come cost creep cut dig do draw dream drink drive eat fall feed feel fight find flee fling fly forbid forget forgive freeze

arose awoke was, were beat became began bent bound bit bled blew broke brought built burnt burst bought could caught chose came cost crept cut dug did drew dreamt drank drove ate fell fed felt fought found fled flung flew forbade forgot forgave froze

levantarse despertar ser; estar golpear llegar empezar doblar atar, amarrar morder sangrar soplar romper traer construir quemar estallar comprar poder coger escoger venir costar trepar cortar cavar hacer arrastrar, tirar; dibujar soñar beber conducir comer caer alimentar sentir luchar encontrar escapar, huir arrojar volar prohibir olvidar perdonar helar

get go grow hang have hear hide hit hold hurt keep know lay lead lean

got went grew hung had heard hid hit held hurt kept knew laid led leant

arisen awoke(n) been beaten become begun bent bound bitten bled blown broken brought built burnt burst bought could caught chosen come cost crept cut dug done drawn dreamt drunk driven eaten fallen fed felt fought found fled flung flown forbidden forgotten forgiven frozen got (BrE) gotten (AmE) gone grown hung had heard hidden hit held hurt kept known laid led leant -197-

lograr, alcanzar ir crecer colgar tener oír esconder golpear sujetar, agarrar herir, dañar gardar, mantener saber poner, colocar conducir, guiar apoyarse

IRREGULAR VERBS

IRREGULAR

IRREGULAR VERBS

PRESENT

SIMPLE PAST

PAST PARTICIPLE

SPANISH

leave lend let lie lie light lose make mean meet pay put read rent

left lent let lay lied lit lost made meant met paid put read rent

left lent let lain lied lit lost made meant met paid put read rent

ride ring rise run say see seek sell send set shake shine shoot show shut sing sink sit sleep slide smell speak speed spell spend spill split spoil spread spring stand steal sting swear sweep swell swim take teach tell think throw understand wake wear win write

rode rang rose ran said saw sought sold sent set shook shone shot showed shut sang sank sat slept slid smelt spoke sped spelt spent spilt split spoilt spread sprang stood stole stung swore swept swelled swam took taught told thought threw understood woke wore won wrote

ridden rung risen run said seen sought sold sent set shaken shone shot shown shut sung sunk sat slept slid smelt spoken sped spelt spent spilt split spoilt spread sprung stood stolen stung sworn swept swollen swum taken taught told thought thrown understood woke(n) worn won written

dejar, abandonar prestar dejar echarse, tumbarse mentir encender perder hacer significar encontrarse pagar poner leer alquilar montar [caballo, bicicleta] sonar levantarse; elevarse correr decir ver buscar vender enviar colocar temblar, agitar brillar disparar mostrar cerrar cantar hundir sentarse dormir resbalar oler hablar aligerar deletrear gastar; pasar tiempo derramar dividir estropear derramar brotar sostenerse, estar en pie robar picar [insecto] jurar barrer hinchar, inflamar nadar tomar enseñar decir pensar arrojar comprender despertar llevar puesto [ropa] ganar escribir

-198-

UNIT 1 GRAMMAR 1.-PERSONAL PRONOUNS (PRONOMBRES PERSONALES) SINGULAR English

TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Simple present / Negative form English Spanish Spanish

1st

I

yo

2nd 3rd

you

tú/ usted

he/ she/ it

él/ ella/ *ello

PLURAL English 1st

we

2nd

you

3rd

they

1st S

you are not 2nd S you aren’t

Spanish nosotros/ as vosotros/ as ustedes ellos/ as

1st P

we are not we aren’t

3rd P

(tú) eres; (tú) estás (usted) es; (usted) está

he/ she/ it is he's/ she's/ it's

(él/ ella/ *ello) es (él/ ella/ *ello) está

1st P

we are we're

(nosotros/ as) somos (nosotros/ as) estamos

3rd P

they are they're

1st S

(yo) soy (yo) estoy

3rd S

you are 2nd P you're

they are not they aren’t

(nosotros/ as) no somos (nosotros/ as) no estamos (vosotros/ as) no sois (vosotros/ as) no estáis (ustedes) no son (ustedes) no están (ellos/ as) no son (ellos/ as) no están

TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Simple present / Question form English Spanish

TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Simple present / Affirmative form English Spanish

you are 2nd S you're

(tú) no eres; (tú) no estás (usted) no es; (usted) no está

he/ she/ it is not (él/ ella/ *ello) no es he/ she/ it isn’t (él/ ella/ *ello) no está

2.-THE VERB “TO BE” (EL VERBO “TO BE”)

I am I'm

(yo) no soy (yo) no estoy

3rd S

you are not 2nd P you aren’t

Nótese que en inglés, a diferencia de lo que ocurre en español, hay tres géneros (masculino, femenino y neutro) para el pronombre personal de tercera persona del singular. La traducción que ofrecemos para el pronombre personal neutro de tercera persona del singular (“it”) es “*ello”.

1st S

I am not I'm not

(vosotros/ as) sois (vosotros/ as) estáis (ustedes) son (ustedes) están (ellos/ as) son (ellos/ as) están

am I?

¿soy (yo)? ¿estoy (yo)?

2nd S are you?

¿eres (tú)?; ¿estás (tú)? ¿es (usted)?; ¿está (usted)?

3rd S

is he/ she/ it?

¿es (él/ ella/ *ello)? ¿está (él/ ella/ *ello)?

1st P

are we?

¿somos (nosotros/ as)? ¿estamos (nosotros/ as)?

2nd P are you?

¿sois (vosotros/ as)? ¿estáis (vosotros/ as)? ¿son (ustedes)? ¿están (ustedes)?

3rd P

¿son (ellos/ as)? ¿están (ellos/ as)?

are they?

A diferencia de lo que ocurre en español, todas las formas verbales en inglés han de estar acompañadas por un sujeto explícito, ya sea un pronombre personal (“I”, “you”, etc.) o uno o varios sustantivos (“John”, “Paul and Ane”, etc.) -9-

1

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-GREETINGS (SALUDOS)

Hello! My name’s Isabel. What’s your name?

Isabel: Isabel:

1

My name’s Nuria

Hello! My name’s Isabel. What’s your name? ¡Hola! Me llamo Isabel. ¿Cómo te llamas?

Nuria: Nuria:

My name’s Nuria. Me llamo Nuria.

Isabel: Isabel:

How old are you? ¿Cuántos años tienes?

Nuria: Nuria:

I’m thirty-six years old. And you? Tengo treinta y seis años. ¿Y tú?

Isabel: Isabel:

I’m thirty-nine. Tengo treinta y nueve.

Alicia: Alicia.

Hi! ¡Hola!

Isabel: Isabel:

Hi! How are you? ¡Hola! ¿Cómo estás?

Alicia: Alicia:

Fine, thank you. And you? Bien, gracias. ¿Y tú?

Isabel: Isabel:

Fine, thanks. Bien, gracias.

How old are you?

I’m thirty-six years old. And you?

I’m thirty-nine

Hi! Hi! How are you? Fine, thank you. And you? Fine, thanks

-10-

CIVILIAN

VOCABULARY

1.-CARDINAL NUMBERS I (1-30) (NÚMEROS CARDINALES I [1-30]) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

one two three four five six seven eight nine ten

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

eleven twelve thirteen fourteen fifteen sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

twenty-one twenty-two twenty-three twenty-four twenty-five twenty-six twenty-seven twenty-eight twenty-nine thirty

Examples: English

Spanish

I have three cars.

Tengo tres coches.

George is twenty-six years old.

George tiene veintiséis años.

My brother spent eight days in London.

Mi hermano estuvo ocho días en Londres.

2.-ORDINAL NUMBERS I (1st-5th) (NÚMEROS ORDINALES I [1º-5º])

English

Spanish

1st

first

primero/ a/ os/ as

2nd

second

segundo/ a/ os/ as

3rd

third

tercero/ a/ os/ as

4th

fourth

cuarto/ a/ os/ as

5th

fifth

quinto/ a/ os/ as

Examples: English

Spanish

The Fourth of July is the American Independence Day.

El cuatro de julio es el Día de la Independencia estadounidense.

The second day of the week is Tuesday.

El segundo día de la semana es martes.

His first last name is Pérez.

Su primer apellido es Pérez.

-11-

1

READING

COMPREHENSION

1.DESCRIPTION OF MIGUEL AND TERESA (DESCRIPCIÓN DE MIGUEL Y TERESA)

2.- ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS) 1) How old is Miguel? 2) What are they? 3) What is her telephone number?

Miguel and Teresa are a couple. He is twenty-four years old and she is twenty-three years old. They are students. He is a biologist and she is an economist. His telephone number is 4-8-6-7-1-5 and her telephone number is 7-6-9-1-6-4. Miguel is a sportsman but she is not. They are in Granada, they live at 13 Telephone Road. This is the first time they live together.

MILITARY

TERMS

1.-RANKS (EMPLEOS MILITARES)

1

all rank and file Private

Corporal

Full Corporal

Corporal Major

N.C.O. Sergeant

Staff Sergeant Warrant Officer

Sergeant Major

officers Second First Captain Lieutenant Lieutenant

Major

Lieutenant Colonel Colonel

generals Brigadier

Major General

Three Star General

Four Star General

Five Star General

2.-VARIOUS (VARIOS) English English

Spanish

recruit

recluta

all rank and file

tropa

N.C.O.

suboficiales -12-

Spanish

temporary officer

oficial de complemento

conscript soldier

soldado de reemplazo

professional soldier

soldado profesional

generals

oficiales generales

MILITARY

CONVERSATION Private: Soldado:

May I come in, Sir? ¿Puedo entrar, mi Brigada?

Staff Sergeant: Yes, come in. Brigada: Sí, entre. Private: May I come in, Sir?

Soldado: Yes, come in

Staff Sergeant: What’s your post given to you by the Sergeant? Brigada: ¿Cuál es el encuadramiento que te ha dado el Sargento?

This is the Private Juan Ramírez Martínez, assigned to this Rifle Company, Sir

Private: Soldado:

What’s your post given to you by the Sergeant? OK, why did you join the Army?

This is the Private Juan Ramírez Martínez, assigned to this Rifle Company, Sir. Mi Brigada, soy el Soldado Juan Ramírez Martínez, destinado a la Compañía de Fusiles.

Second Rifle Platoon, first Squad

Second Rifle Platoon, first Squad. Segunda Sección de Fusiles, primer Pelotón.

Staff Sergeant: OK, why did you join the Army? Brigada: De acuerdo, ¿por qué entró en el Ejército? Private:

Because I always liked this kind of life and I love serving my country in the Army

Soldado:

Because I always liked this kind of life and I love serving my country in the Army. Porque siempre me ha gustado este tipo de vida y me encanta servir a mi patria en el Ejército.

EXERCISES 1) FILL EACH

OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING THE CORRECT WORD.

2) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE CORRECT FORM OF THE VERB “TO BE”.

a) Hello. My name is Cristina. What is your name? b) My _____ is Patricia.

a) Are you a student? b) _____ she Patricia? c) _____ they Spanish? d) _____ I nice? e) _____ we friends?

c) Hello. I _____ Charles. What is _____ name? d) _____ _____ _____ Hellen. e) I am twenty-two years old. How old _____ you? f) _____ _____ nineteen _____ old.

3) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A SUITABLE WORD.

a) Are you a student? g) _____ old are _____? h) I am _____ years _____?

b) No, I am not a _____. c) Are they Paul and Mary? d) _____, they are.

i) What is your telephone number? j) My _____ number is 5-6-2-8-4-5.

e) _____ I your friend? f) Yes, you _____.

k) Is your telephone _____ 5-6-2-8-4-5 l) Yes, it _____.

g) Are you a soldier? h) No, I _____ _____ a soldier. -13-

1

4) REWRITE

THE FOLLOWING CARDINAL NUMBERS BY USING WORDS.

6) REWRITE

THE FOLLOWING ORDINAL NUMBERS BY USING WORDS.

a) 14

a) 1st

a) Fourteen

a) First

b) 30

b) 2nd

b)

b)

__________________

c) 28 c)

c) 3rd

__________________

c)

d) 16 d)

__________________

__________________

d) 4th

__________________

d)

__________________

e) 13 e)

e) 5th

__________________

e) f) 11 f)

7) HOW MUCH DO THESE COUPLES OF NUMBERS ADD UP? WRITE THE SOLUTIONS WITH THE CORRECT WORD.

__________________

a) six + ten a) Sixteen

g) 25

1

g)

__________________

b) five + nine b) __________________

h) 3 h)

__________________

__________________

5) REWRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING CONTRACTIONS.

c) one + three c) __________________ d) thirteen + nine d) __________________

a) What is your name? a) What's your name?

e) two + eight e) __________________

b) My name is Michael. b) ______________________________.

f) three + three f) __________________

c) What is your telephone number? c) ______________________________?

g) four + ten g) __________________

d) My telephone number is 4-5-6-3-7-5. h) eleven + twelve h) __________________

d) ______________________________. e) I am thirty years old.

i) twenty + ten i) __________________

e) ______________________________. f) She is twenty-four years old.

j) twenty-four + one j) __________________

f) ______________________________. -14-

8) MATCH

WORDS

1)

TO

8)

WITH WORDS A) TO H).

English terms

Spanish terms

1) Recruit

a) General de Brigada

2) First Lieutenant

b) Teniente

3) Conscript

c) Cabo Primero

4) Non-commissioned officer

d) Coronel

5) Staff Sergeant

e) Recluta

6) Full Corporal

f) Suboficial

7) Brigadier

g) Soldado de reemplazo

8) Colonel

h) Sargento Primero/ Brigada

9) PUT a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j)

THE RANKS IN THE RIGHT DECREASING ORDER.

____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ 1 ____________

Three Star General Lieutenant Colonel Warrant Officer Corporal Sergeant Major General Second Lieutenant Captain Five Star General Private

1

-15-

UNIT 2 GRAMMAR 1.-ARTICLES (ARTÍCULOS)

2.-POSSESSION (POSESIÓN)

El artículo determinado "the" es invariable, 2.1.-SAXON GENITIVE esta única forma se usa para el masculino, el (GENITIVO SAJÓN) femenino, el singular y el plural: En inglés para expresar posesión o pertenencia se puede emplear el genitivo sajón. Examples: Se forma añadiendo al nombre del poseedor una "s" precedida de un apóstrofo. Para expresar English Spanish posesión también puede utilizarse la preposición the girl la chica "of" (‘de’), como ocurre en español. Cuando se usa el genitivo sajón, el orden de las palabras en the boy el chico la oración se altera y se coloca el poseedor en the girls las chicas primer lugar seguido del apóstrofo y la "s", y a continuación el objeto poseído sin artículo. the boys los chicos Examples: El artículo indefinido para las formas del masculino, del femenino y del neutro singular es "a", pero se cambia por "an" delante de "h" muda y de vocal cuyo sonido no sea [ju:]:

English the mother of the girl

la madre de la niña

Examples: English

the girl's mother the hats of these men

Spanish

a girl

una chica

a boy

un chico

a dog

un perro

an arm

un brazo

an hour

una hora

a human being

un ser humano

los sombreros de estos hombres these men's hats

La "s" del genitivo, en los siguientes casos, se omite aunque se conserva el apóstrofo : a) Si el poseedor es un sustantivo en plural acabado en "s":

El artículo indefinido no tiene plural, y en su lugar se usan adjetivos indefinidos, la forma "some" para oraciones afirmativas y "any" para oraciones negativas e interrogativas:

English

Examples: English

Spanish

Spanish

these girls' mother

la madre de estas niñas

these boys' pens

los bolígrafos de estos niños

Spanish

I have some questions.

Tengo algunas preguntas.

Is there any question?

¿Hay alguna pregunta?

I don't have any question.

No tengo ninguna pregunta.

He has a question.

(Él) tiene una pregunta.

b) Si el poseedor es un sustantivo singular acabado en "s": English

Spanish

Moses’ law

la ley de Moisés

Jesús’ friend

el amigo de Jesús

There are some students. Hay algunos estudiantes. There is a student.

Hay un estudiante.

-17-

2

Sin embargo, si el poseedor es un sustantivo Nótese que el adjetivo posesivo en inglés monosílabo terminado en "s", se conserva la "s" concuerda con el poseedor, indistintamente del del genitivo: género y número del objeto poseído: Examples:

Examples: English

English

Spanish

Bess's table

Spanish

her house

su casa (de ella)

her houses

sus casas (de ella)

their house

su casa (de ellos/ as)

their houses

sus casas (de ellos/ as)

our car

nuestro coche

our apples

nuestras manzanas

la mesa de Bess

El genitivo sajón se emplea con nombres propios, sustantivos que denotan persona, sustantivos que denotan seres animados, etc.: Examples: English

Spanish

Mary's cat

el gato de Mary

my sister's book

el libro de mi hermana

the dog's tail

el rabo del perro

2.3.-POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS (PRONOMBRES POSESIVOS) SINGULAR English

Si el poseedor es un sustantivo compuesto o bien son varios poseedores, el genitivo se forma con el último sustantivo: Examples:

2

English

Spanish

1st

mine

mío/ a/ os/ as

2nd

yours

tuyo/ a/ os/ as suyo/ a/ os/ as (de usted)

3rd

his, hers, its

suyo/ a/ os/ as

Spanish

my sister-in-law's car

el coche de mi cuñada

Mary and Peter's house

la casa de Mary y Peter

PLURAL English

2.2.-POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES (ADJETIVOS POSESIVOS) SINGULAR English

Spanish

1st

ours

nuestro/ a/ os/ as

2nd

yours

vuestro/ a/ os/ as suyo/ a/ os/ as (de ustedes)

3rd

theirs

suyo/ a/ os/ as

Spanish

1st

my

mi

2nd

your

tu/ su (de usted)

3rd

his, her, its

su/ sus

Nótese que el pronombre posesivo en inglés concuerda con el poseedor, indistintamente del género y número del objeto poseído: Examples: English

PLURAL English

Spanish

Spanish

This car is mine.

Este coche es mío.

1st

our

nuestro/ a/ os/ as

These oranges are mine.

Estas naranjas son mías.

2nd

your

vuestro/ a/ os/ as su/ sus (de ustedes)

The cat is hers.

El gato es suyo (de ella).

3rd

their

su/ sus

The tables are hers.

Las mesas son suyas (de ella).

-18-

TO HAVE (‘tener’) Simple present / Question form English Spanish

3.-THE VERB “TO HAVE” (EL VERBO “TO HAVE”) TO HAVE (‘tener’) Simple present / Affirmative form English Spanish 1st S

I have

2nd S you have

3rd S

1st P

he /she /it has

we have

2nd P you have

3rd P

they have

I have not I haven’t

have I?

(yo) tengo

(tú) tienes (usted) tiene

2nd S have you?

¿(tú) tienes? ¿(usted) tiene?

3rd S

has he/ she/ it?

¿tiene (él/ ella/ *ello)?

1st P

have we?

¿tenemos (nosotros/ as)?

(nosotros/ as) tenemos

(vosotros/ as) tenéis (ustedes) tienen

(ellos/ as) tienen

2nd P have you ?

¿tenéis (vosotros/ as)? ¿tienen (ustedes)?

3rd P

¿tienen (ellos/ as)?

have they?

4.1.-REGULAR PLURALS (PLURALES REGULARES) El plural de los nombres en inglés se forma añadiendo una "s" al singular: Examples:

(yo) no tengo

3rd S

1st P

(tú) no tienes (usted) no tiene

he /she /it has not he /she /it hasn’t

(él/ ella/ *ello) no tiene

we have not we haven’t

(nosotros/ as) no tenemos

3rd P

they have not they haven’t

Spanish

plate/ plates

plato/ platos

roof/ roofs

tejado/ tejados

Los nombres que terminan en "s", "ss", "sh", "x" o "z" forman el plural añadiendo la sílaba "es": Examples: English

you have not 2nd P you haven’t

2

4.-PLURALS (PLURALES)

English you have not 2nd S you haven’t

¿tengo yo?

(él/ ella/ *ello) tiene

TO HAVE (‘tener’) Simple present / Negative form English Spanish 1st S

1st S

(vosotros/ as) no tenéis (ustedes) no tienen

Spanish

class/ classes

clase/ clases

box/ boxes

caja/ cajas

watch/ watches

reloj/ relojes

(ellos/ as) no tienen

-19-

Los nombres terminados en "o" precedida de 4.2.-IRREGULAR PLURALS consonante también forman el plural añadiendo (PLURALES IRREGULARES) la sílaba "es". Sin embargo, si la "o" está precedida por una vocal forman el plural Existen algunos nombres en inglés cuyo añadiendo solamente "s": plural es irregular: Examples: English

Examples: Spanish

potato/ potatoes

patata/ patatas

hero/ heroes

duo/ duos

English

Spanish

ox/ oxen

buey/ bueyes

héroe/ héroes

child/ children

niño/ niños

dúo/ dúos

man/ men

hombre/ hombres

woman/ women

mujer/ mujeres

tooth/ teeth

diente/ dientes

foot/ feet

pie/ pies

mouse/ mice

ratón/ ratones

goose/ geese

ganso/ gansos

person/ people

persona/ personas

Algunos nombres de origen sajón terminados en "f" o en "fe" cambian la "f" en "v" antes de añadir la terminación "es": Examples:

2

English

Spanish

calf/ calves

ternera/ terneras

elf/ elves

duende/ duendes

leaf/ leaves

hoja/ hojas

Los nombres terminados en "y" precedida de consonante al formar el plural cambian aquélla en "i" antes de añadir la terminación "es". Cuando la "y" está precedida por vocal al para formar el plural simplemente hay que añadir "s":

Hay nombres que siempre se emplean en plural:

Examples: English

Examples: English

Spanish

trousers

pantalones

sweets

caramelos

thanks

gracias

scissors

tijeras

Spanish

sky/ skies

cielo/ cielo

body/ bodies

cuerpo/ cuerpos

boy/ boys

niño/ niños

day/ days

día/ días

-20-

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-INTRODUCTIONS (PRESENTACIONES)

Good afternoon!! It's one o'clock

Good morning!

Alicia: Alicia:

Good morning! ¡Buenos días!

Nuria:

Good afternoon!! It’s one o’clock. ¡¡Buenas tardes!! Es la una de la tarde.

Nuria:

Nuria, this is my friend Miguel

Hi, Miguel!

Nice to meet you

CIVILIAN

Alicia: Alicia:

Nuria, this is my friend Miguel. Nuria, éste es mi amigo Miguel.

Nuria: Nuria:

Hi, Miguel! ¡Hola, Miguel!

Miguel: Miguel:

Nice to meet you. Encantado de conocerte.

VOCABULARY

1.-COLOURS (COLORES)

English

Spanish

English

Spanish

black

negro

green

verde

white

blanco

pink

rosa

purple

violeta

red

rojo grey

gris

orange

naranja

brown

marrón

blue yellow

azul amarillo

-21-

2

La mayoría de los colores son susceptibles 3.-ORDINAL NUMBERS II (6th-25th) de aparecer junto con adjetivos que denoten su (NÚMEROS ORDINALES II [6º-25º]) luminosidad (un color claro, un color oscuro). En inglés estos adjetivos son "light" (‘claro’) y "dark" (‘oscuro’): English Spanish Examples: English

Spanish

light red

rojo claro

dark pink

rosa oscuro

2.-CARDINAL NUMBERS II (30-100) (NÚMEROS CARDINALES II [30-100]) 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100

2

thirty thirty-five forty forty-five fifty fifty-five sixty sixty-five seventy seventy-five eighty eighty-five ninety ninety-five one hundred

READING

6th

sixth

sexto

7th

seventh

séptimo

8th

eighth

octavo

9th

ninth

noveno

10th

tenth

décimo

11th

eleventh

undécimo

12th

twelfth

duodécimo

13th

thirteenth

décimo tercero

14th

fourteenth

décimo cuarto

15th

fifteenth

décimo quinto

16th

sixteenth

décimo sexto

17th

seventeenth

décimo séptimo

18th

eighteenth

décimo octavo

19th

nineteenth

décimo noveno

20th

twentieth

vigésimo

21st

twenty-first

vigésimo primero

22nd

twenty-second

vigésimo segundo

23rd

twenty-third

vigésimo tercero

24th

twenty-fourth

vigésimo cuarto

25th

twenty-fifth

vigésimo quinto

COMPREHENSION

1.-DESCRIPTION (DESCRIPCIÓN)

2.-ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS) 1) How old is Pedro? 2) What is Pedro's favourite sport? 3) Who is Beckham? 4) Who are Antonio, Carlos, Juan and Rubén?

This is Miguel's little brother, his name is Pedro and he is eight years old. He has lots of toys: a football, some tennis balls, a yellow bicycle, a pair of skates and a blue radiocontrolled car. He likes some sports but his favourite sport is football. His idol is David Beckham, a Real Madrid football player. He plays football with his friends Antonio, Carlos, Juan and Rubén. Their idol is also Beckham. Pedro has a football T-shirt but he hasn't any trainers.

-22-

MILITARY

TERMS

1.-IN THE BARRACKS AND GENERALITIES (EN EL CUARTEL Y GENERALIDADES) English

Spanish

barracks

cuartel

main gate

puerta principal

mess

mesón, cantina

lorry

weapon support company compañía de armas de apoyo

rucksack headquarters battery

batería de plana mayor

armour squadron

escuadrón acorazado

courtyard

patio de armas

crest

metopa [de una unidad]

boot camp

campamento de reclutas

sleeping bag

saco de dormir

rucksack

mochila

lorry

camión

on duty

de servicio

on leave

de permiso

promotion

ascenso

outpost

puesto avanzado

military parade

formación

march past

desfile

inspection parade

revista

drill parade

ejercicios de orden cerrado

sentry

centinela

base

base

flagpole

mástil de la bandera

dormitory

nave de dormitorio

Navy

Armada

Air Force

Ejército del Aire

equipment

equipo

salute

saludar; saludo

salary

sueldo

military parade

2 inspection parade march past

sentry

drill parade

Air Force

Navy -23-

salute

MILITARY

Are you on duty this weekend?

CONVERSATION

Yes, I’m the sentry in the main gate next Saturday

Full Corporal: Cabo Primero:

Are you on duty this weekend? ¿Estás de servicio este fin de semana?

Private: Soldado:

Yes, I’m the sentry in the main gate next Saturday. Sí, soy el centinela de la puerta principal el próximo sábado.

Full Corporal: Cabo Primero:

Did you already clean your rifle? ¿Has limpiado ya tu fusil?

Private:

Yes, tomorrow there’s an inspection parade in the battery. Sí, mañana hay una revista en la batería.

Soldado:

2

Yes, tomorrow there’s an inspection parade in the battery

Did you already clean your rifle?

EXERCISES 1) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING 2) WRITE THE SUITABLE GREETING ACCORDING TO THE THE CORRECT WORD. WATCHES. a) Anna: Hello. Good morning!

a) 10:00 a) Good morning

b) Paul: Good _____! c) Anna: _____ are you?

b) 15:00

d) Paul: Fine, thank _____. And you?

b) ______________________________

e) Anna: _____. Paul, this _____ my boyfriend, John. f) Paul: Nice to _____ you, John!

c) 20:00 c)

g) John: _____ to _____ _____, Paul! h) Anna: John is twenty-five _____ old, he _____ a student.

______________________________

d) 23:45 (bed time) d) ______________________________

i) Paul: That is right! I _____ a student too.

-24-

3) WHAT

d) 13 + 54

ARE THE COLOURS OF THE FOLLOWING NUMBERS?

d) ______________________________

a) 6 a) Number six is blue.

e) 12 + 15 e) ______________________________

b) 17 b) __________________.

f) 17 + 10

c) 7 c) __________________.

f)

d) 1 d) __________________.

______________________________

g) 9 + 57 g) ______________________________

e) 3 e) __________________. f) f)

h) 25 + 8 h) ______________________________

20 __________________.

5) REWRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

g) 29 g) __________________.

a) Mary's book a) The book is hers.

h) 1 3 h) __________________. b) Peter and Paul's dog i) i)

9

j) j)

11

b) ______________________________. __________________. c) Laura's house __________________.

c) ______________________________.

k) 15 k) __________________.

d) My car

4) HOW MUCH DO THESE COUPLES OF NUMBERS ADD UP? WRITE THE SOLUTIONS BY USING WORDS.

d) ______________________________.

a) 45 + 23

e) Your note book

a) Sixty-eight

e) ______________________________.

b) 13 + 8

f) Michael's ball

b) ______________________________

f) ______________________________.

c) 24 + 10 c)

g) Anna's doll

______________________________

g) ______________________________. -25-

2

6) WRITE

SENTENCES BY USING THE NEGATIVE FORM OF THE VERB “ TO HAVE ”: (1) HAVE NOT / HAS NOT ( FULL FORM ) (2) HAVEN ’ T / HASN ’ T (ABBREVIATED FORM).

8) ANSWER

a) What is the colour of your tie? a) My tie es red.

a) Peter / computer. a) Peter has not a computer. a) Peter hasn’t a computer.

b) What is the colour of the sky? b) ______________________________

b) Hellen and Michael / newspaper. b) ______________________________ b) ______________________________

c) What is the colour of the sun? c) ______________________________

c) Julian / house. c) ______________________________ c) ______________________________

d) What is the colour of your dog? d) ______________________________ e) What is the colour of your mother’s hair? e) ______________________________

d) Andrew / girlfriend. d) ______________________________ d) ______________________________

f) What is the colour of your hair? f) ______________________________

e) My mother / dog. e) ______________________________ e) ______________________________

g) What is the colour of the snow? g) ______________________________

f) I / bag f) ______________________________ f) ______________________________

2

THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS.

9) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH AN INDEFINITE ARTICLE (A OR AN FORM).

a) My neighbour is a photographer.

g) Louise / a pair of shoes. g) ______________________________ g) ______________________________

b) I have _____ very bad night.

7) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING THE SUITABLE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE.

c) _____ travel agent gives you information about hotels. d) Mr Smith is _____ old man.

a) These are (1ª sg) my keys. e) You are not _____ worker, you are _____ capitalist.

b) That is (3ª pl) _______ house c) This is (3ª sg fem) _______ boyfriend, and this is (3ª sg mas.) father.

f) He goes to _____ concert.

d) Those are (1ª pl) _______ teachers.

g) I have _____ day off.

e) Those are (1ª sg) _______ pencils. f) That was (2ª sg) _______ girlfriend.

h) I had _____ amazing experience last night, I saw _____ dinosaur.

g) That was (2ª pl) _______ class.

10) MATCH

WORDS

1)

TO

8)

WITH WORDS A) TO H).

English terms

Spanish terms

1)

on leave

a)

cuartel

2)

drill parade

b)

escuadrón acorazado

3)

dormitory

c)

de permiso

4)

salute

d)

ascenso

5)

on duty

e)

ejercicios de orden cerrado

6)

armour squadron

f)

saludar o saludo

7)

barracks

g)

nave de dormitorio colectivo

8)

promotion

h)

de servicio

-26-

UNIT 3 GRAMMAR 1.-DEMONSTRATIVES (DEMOSTRATIVOS)

3.-SIMPLE PRESENT (PRESENTE SIMPLE) 3.1.-AFFIRMATIVE FORM (FORMA AFIRMATIVA DEL VERBO)

SINGULAR English

Spanish

this

TO WALK (‘andar’) Simple present / Affirmative form English Spanish

este/ a/ o ese/ a/ o

that

1st S I walk

aquel/ aquella/ o

(yo) ando (tú) andas

2nd S you walk (usted) anda THAT

3rd S he/she/it walks

(él/ ella/ *ello) anda

1st P we walk

(nosotros/ as) andamos (vosotros/ as) andáis

2nd P you walk (ustedes) andan 3rd P they walk

(ellos/ as) andan

La forma del presente simple se forma quitando la partícula "to" al infinitivo (“to walk”, ‘andar’; “I walk”, ‘yo ando’). Es invariable para todas las personas excepto para la tercera persona del singular (“he”, “she”, “it”) que añade una "-s" o la sílaba "-es" (se aplica la regla de ortografía del plural de los sustantivos).

THIS

3.2.-NEGATIVE FORM (FORMA NEGATIVA DEL VERBO)

PLURAL English these those

Spanish estos/ as esos/ as

you do not walk 2nd S you don’t walk

aquellos/ as

2.-INFINITIVE, PAST PARTICIPLE AND GERUND (FORMAS IMPERSONALES DEL VERBO) English INFINITIVE

to walk

TO WALK (‘andar’) Simple present / Negative form English Spanish I do not walk (yo) no ando 1st S I don’t walk

Spanish

you do not walk 2nd P you don’t walk they do not walk 3rd P they don’t walk

walked

andado

GERUND

walking

andando

(usted) no anda

he/she/it does not walk 3rd S he/she/it doesn’t walk (él/ ella/ *ello) no anda we do not walk (nosotros/ as) no andamos 1st P we don’t walk

andar

PAST PARTICIPLE

(tú) no andas

(vosotros/ as) no andáis (ustedes) no andan (ellos/ as) no andan

En inglés la forma negativa del verbo se forma con el auxiliar "to do" en forma negativa, "do not" (“don’t”). Esto ocurre con todas las personas, salvo en el caso de la tercera persona del singular, que se forma con "does not" (“doesn’t”.) - 27 -

3

Examples: AFFIRMATIVE English

NEGATIVE English I don’t eat

Spanish (yo) como (tú) andas (vosotros/ as) andáis (usted) anda (ustedes) andan (él) bebe (ella) ama llueve (nosotros/ as) conducimos (ellos/ as) nadan

I eat

you walk

he drinks she loves it rains we drive they swim

you do not walk

he does not drink she doesn’t love it does not rain we don’t drive they do not swim

Spanish (yo) no como (tú) no andas (vosotros/ as) no andáis (usted) no anda (ustedes) no andan (él) no bebe (ella) no ama no llueve (nosotros/ as)noconducimos (ellos/as) nadan

4.-THE TIME (LA HORA) five o’clock (cinco en punto)

3

What time is it? (Qué hora es?)

It is... It’s... (Son las...) (Es la...)

ten to five (cinco menos diez)

ten past five (cinco y diez)

a quarter to five (cinco menos cuarto)

a quarter past five (cinco y cuarto)

half past five (las cinco y media) noon (mediodía) midnight (medianoche)

Como se ve en el cuadro, en inglés para decir la hora se utilizan las expresiones: "o'clock" (‘en punto’); "half past" (‘y media’); "to" (‘menos’); "past" (‘y’); “o’clock”

"noon" (‘mediodía’); "midnight" (‘medianoche’). A excepción de la expresión "It is ... o'clock" (son las/ es la ... en punto) la cifra que indica las horas se pospone a la cifra o expresión que indica los minutos: English

“to”

Spanish

It is half past one.

Es la una y media.

It is twenty to ten.

Son las diez menos veinte.

It is nine o’clock.

Son las nueve en punto.

“past” - 28 -

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-THE TIME (LA HORA)

What time is it? It’s half past five

Are you sure?

Nuria: Nuria:

What time is it? ¿Qué hora es?

Alicia: Alicia:

It’s half past five. Son las cinco y media.

Nuria: Nuria:

Are you sure? ¿Estás segura?

Alicia: Alicia:

Yes, I’m. Sí, lo estoy.

Nuria: Nuria:

Oh! My watch doesn’t work! Thank you very much. ¡Vaya! ¡No me funciona el reloj! Muchas gracias.

Alicia: Alicia:

You are welcome. De nada.

Yes, I am

Oh! My watch doesn’t work! Thank you very much

You are welcome

3

2.-HOW ARE YOU? (¿CÓMO ESTÁS?)

Bye! Hi, Nuria!

Hi, Alicia! How are you?

... I’m not fine... I’m very tired

I usually get up at seven o’clock, but today I got up at half past five Lately I don’t sleep very well...

Why?

Maybe... Oh, it’s too late! I have to go home! Bye, see you soon!

Really? Take some sleeping pills

Alicia: Alicia:

Hi, Nuria! ¡Hola, Nuria!

Nuria: Nuria:

Really? ¿De veras?

Nuria: Nuria:

Hi, Alicia! How are you? ¡Hola, Alicia! ¿Cómo estás?

Alicia: Alicia:

Lately I don’t sleep very well… Últimamente no duermo muy bien…

Alicia: Alicia:

… I’m not fine… I’m very tired. … No estoy bien… Estoy muy cansada.

Nuria: Nuria:

Take some sleeping pills. Toma somníferos.

Nuria: Nuria:

Why? ¿Por qué?

Alicia:

Maybe… Oh, it is too late! I have to go home! Bye, see you soon! Tal vez… ¡Vaya, es muy tarde! ¡Me tengo que ir a casa! ¡Adiós, hasta luego!

Alicia: Alicia:

Alicia: I usually get up at seven o’clock, but today I got up at half past five. Me suelo levantar a siete en punto, pero hoy Nuria: me he levantado a las cinco y media. Nuria: - 29 -

Bye! ¡Adiós!

CIVILIAN

VOCABULARY

1.-FAMILY AND RELATIONSHIP (LA FAMILIA Y PARENTESCOS)

English

3

Spanish

husband

marido, esposo

wife

mujer, esposa

father

padre

mother

madre

parents

padres [padre y madre]

son

hijo

daughter

hija

children

hijos [hijos e hijas]

brother

hermano

sister

hermana

aunt

tía

uncle

tío

cousin

primo/ a

grandmother

abuela

grandfather

abuelo

grandparents

abuelos [abuelo y abuela]

granddaughter

nieta

grandson

nieto

grandchildren

nietos/ as

nephew

sobrino

niece

sobrina

brother-in-law

cuñado

sister-in-law

cuñada

daugther-in-law

nuera

son-in-law

yerno

mother-in-law

suegra

father-in-law

suegro

grandfather and grandson

husband and wife

mothers and children

Examples: English

Spanish

My grandmother is my mother´s mother.

Mi abuela es la madre de mi madre.

My cousin got married last year.

Mi primo se casó el año pasado.

My brother is very kind.

Mi hermano es muy agradable.

I do not get along with my mother-in-law.

No me llevo bien con mi suegra. - 30 -

2.-MEALS I (LAS COMIDAS I)

breakfast (desayuno) to have breakfast (desayunar)

lunch (almuerzo) to have lunch (almorzar)

lemond (limón)

vegetable (verdura)

tea time (hora del té) to have a cup of tea (tomar una taza de té)

dinner (cena) to have dinner (cenar)

orange (naranja)

potato (patata)

fruit (fruta)

fish (pescado)

meat (carne)

eggs (huevos)

milk (leche)

dessert (postre)

Examples: English

Spanish

I usually have eggs for breakfast.

Normalmente tomo huevos para desayunar.

In Great Britain people have lunch at midday.

En Gran Bretaña la gente almuerza a mediodía.

I invited some friends for dinner.

Invité a algunos amigos a cenar.

READING

COMPREHENSION

3

1.-MY FAMILY (MI FAMILIA)

I am Sarah. My mother’s name is Anne. My father's name is Paul. I have one brother. His name is Richard and he is seven years old. My mother's parents are my grandparents. My grandmother likes singing and my grandfather likes painting. I am my grandparent’s granddaughter. My parent's brothers and sisters are my uncles and aunts. I have four uncles and five aunts and I am their niece. Their sons and daughters are my cousins. One day I hope I get married to a nice man (my husband) and have lots of children.

AUNT

UNCLE

FATHER

GRANDFATHER

MOTHER

GRANDMOTHER

SARAH BROTHER

COUSIN

2.- ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS) 1) What are my parents' names? 2) How old is my brother? 3) Who are my aunt's sons and daughters?

- 31 -

MILITARY

TERMS

1.-UNITS AND COMMAND SCHELONS (UNIDADES Y ESCALONES DE MANDO) English

squad

section

platoon

Spanish

fire team

escuadra

task force

agrupación táctica

battalion task group grupo táctico battalion group company task force

company

brigade

3

battalion

division

What’s that unit? ¿Cuál es esa unidad?

Corporal:

It’s the second Rifle Company of the 3rd battalion. Es la segunda Compañía de Fusiles del tercer Batallón. Who’s the commander? ¿Quién es el jefe?

Corporal: Cabo:

Captain Mayoral. El Capitán Mayoral.

Private: Soldado:

That´s right, and the deputy? Bien, ¿y el oficial segundo en el mando?

Corporal:

Lieutenant Gálvez. He’s just arrived. He’s commanding the 2nd Rifle Platoon. El Teniente Gálvez. Se acaba de incorporar. Va a mandar la segunda Sección de Fusiles.

Private: Soldado:

brigade headquarters

cuartel general de brigada

chain of command

cadena de mando

commander

jefe

company commander

jefe de compañía

deputy officer

oficial segundo en el mando

leader

líder

What’s that unit?

Private: Soldado:

Cabo:

rama; arma

CONVERSATION

Private: Soldado:

Cabo:

branch

corps

army

MILITARY

subgrupo táctico

company/ squadron team

regiment

He looks very young. Parece muy joven.

- 32 -

It’s the second Rifle Company of the 3rd battalion

Who’s the commander?

Captain Mayoral

That´s right, and the deputy?

Lieutenant Gálvez. He’s just arrived. He’s commanding the 2nd Rifle Platoon

He looks very young

EXERCISES FAMILY TREE (ÁRBOL GENEALÓGICO)

Alfred

Joshua

Joan

William

Bob

Caroline

Alex

Emily

1) FILL EACH

Hannah

Peter

Susanne

OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS ACCORDING TO THE FAMILY TREE.

Mary

John

Paul

2) FILL EACH

OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS ACCORDING TO THE FAMILY TREE.

a) (JOHN) Alex and Emily are my... a) Alex and Emily are my cousins.

a) Caroline is Joshua and Peter's… a) Caroline is Joshua and Peter's sister.

b) (PETER) Mary is my… b) ____________________________.

b) Joan and Alfred are Joshua's… b) ____________________________.

c) (MARY) Peter is my… c) ____________________________.

c) Mary is Alex and Emily's… c) ____________________________.

d) (JOHN) Paul is my… d) ____________________________.

d) Alex and Emily are John's… d) ____________________________.

e) (HANNAH) Peter is my… e) ____________________________.

e) Susanne is Caroline's… e) ____________________________.

f) (WILLIAM) John is my… f) ____________________________.

f) Susanne is Mary's… f) ____________________________.

g) (JOAN) Mary is my… g) ____________________________.

g) Peter is Alex and Emily's… g) ____________________________.

h) (ALFRED) Emily is my… h) ____________________________.

h) Joan is Paul's… h) ____________________________.

i) (PAUL) Joan and Hannah are my… i) ____________________________.

i) Bob is Peter's… i) ____________________________.

j) (CAROLINE) Paul is my… j) ____________________________.

j) Alex is Peter's… j) ____________________________.

k) (PETER) Emily is my… k) ____________________________.

k) Hannah is Peter's… k) ____________________________. - 33 -

3

3) MATCH

TIMES

1)

TO

5)

SENTENCES A) TO E).

English terms

Spanish terms

1) It is seven o´clock in the morning

a) I have lunch

2) It is midnight

b) I have dinner

3) It is a quarter past two in the afternoon

c) I wake up

4) It is ten to ten in the evening

d) I go to bed

5) It is nine o´clock in the morning

e) I go to work

4) LOOK AT

THE WATCHES AND WRITE THE TIME.

5) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING “THIS”, “THESE”, “THAT” OR “THOSE”. a) (Aquellos) Those boys are my friends.

a) 12:00 a) It is twelve o´clock/ It is midday/ It is noon

b) I live with (estos) _____ boys. c) (Esa) _____ woman is her mother. d) I love (ese) _____ car.

3

b) 13:45 b) ______________________

e) (Esos) _____ cats are wild. f) My father says (estas) _____ words. g) They go to (aquella) _____ city.

c) 02:15 c) ______________________

h) You smell (aquellas) _____ flowers.

6) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A SUITABLE WORD OF THE BOX.

d) 19:40 d) ______________________

e) 09:35 e) ______________________

eggs

vegetable

car

milk

past

oranges

midnight

wake up

fruit

lemons

o'clock

meat

potatoes

television

a) I wake up at seven o’clock. For breakfast I have toast, one glass of _____ and an orange juice. At half _____ seven I go to work by _____.

f) 17:10 f) ______________________

g) 20:05 g) ______________________

b) Vegetarian people do not eat _____. They eat _____ and _____. c) Spanish omelette is made of _____ and _____.

h) 00:00 h) ______________________

d) _____ and _____ are rich in vitamin C. e) I go to bed at _____ and I watch _____. - 34 -

7) MATCH

WORDS

1)

TO

8)

WITH WORDS A) TO H).

English terms

Spanish Terms

1) Army

a) Cuarter General de Brigada

2) Task Force

b) Regimiento

3) NATO

c) Agrupación Táctica

4) Brigade Headquarters

d) Ejército

5) Squad

e) Sección

6) Regiment

f) Escuadra

7) Branch

g) OTAN

8) Platoon

h) Arma, Rama (Inf., Art., Cab., etc.)

8) MAKE

SENTENCES WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS.

a) mother's /My / my/ aunt/ sister /is a) My mother's sister is my aunt. b) wake up /I /past /seven /at /half b) ______________________________. c) soup /dinner /take / for/I /take c) ______________________________. d) mine /books /are /These d) ______________________________.

3

e) expensive /car /Julian's/ very /is e) ______________________________. f) with /whisky /drink /I /soda f) ______________________________.

- 35 -

UNIT 4 GRAMMAR 1.-THE ADJECTIVE (EL ADJETIVO) El adjetivo calificativo en inglés es invariable (es decir, tiene la misma forma para el singular masculino y femenino y para el plural masculino y femenino) y precede al sustantivo: Examples: English

b) Los adjetivos calificativos monosílabos (aquellos compuestos por unas sola sílaba) acabados en consonante precedida de vocal corta*, duplican dicha consonante final.

Spanish

the good boy a slim girl the bad cats some white flags

Para añadir las terminaciones propias del comparativo y superlativo se siguen las reglas usuales de ortografía que se han visto anteriormente, por ejemplo, las palabras terminadas en "y" precedida de consonante cambian la "y" por "i" antes de tomar la terminación correspondiente.

el niño bueno una niña delgada los gatos malos algunas banderas blancas

Examples: English

2.-DEGREES OF COMPARISON (GRADOS DE COMPARACIÓN) 2.1.-SUPERIORITY COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES (GRADO COMPARATIVO DE SUPERIORIDAD Y SUPERLATIVO RELATIVO) El grado comparativo de superioridad (“más + adjetivo”) y el grado superlativo relativo (“el/ la/ los/ las más + adjetivo”) de los adjetivos en inglés se forma:

Spanish

hot / hotter

cálido / más cálido

thin / thinner

delgado / más delgado

*Se entiende por “vocal corta” la existencia de una única vocal (“hot”, “thin”), por el contrario, nótese que “cheap” también es un adjetivo calificativo monosílabo, sin embargo, está compuesto por dos vocales.

a) Añadiendo al adjetivo positivo la terminación Recuerde que, por ejemplo, “cold” o “rich” "er" para el comparativo de superioridad, y la tampoco duplican dicha consonante final ya que terminación "est" para el superlativo relativo. Esto la consonante final está precedida de otra ocurre con los adjetivos monosílabos, con los consonante. bísilabos y con los trisílabos terminados en "ow", "er", "y", "e", "l": c) El resto de adjetivos de dos o más sílabas forman el comparativo añadiendo "more" y el superlativo añadiendo "the most": Examples:

Positive

English Comparative

Examples: Superlative English Comparative

happy

happier

happiest

wise

wiser

wisest

easy

easier

easiest

terrible

more terrible

the most terrible

cold

colder

coldest

sensible

more sensible

the most sensible

yellow

yellower

yellowest candid

more candid

the most candid

Positive

Spanish Comparative

Positive

Superlative

feliz

más feliz

el más feliz

sabio

más sabio

el más sabio

fácil

más fácil

el más fácil

frío

más frío

el más frío

amarillo

más amarillo

el más amarillo

Positive

-37-

Spanish Comparative

Superlative

Superlative

terrible

más terrible

el más terrible

sensato

más sensato

el más sensato

cándido

más cándido

el más cándido

4

2.2.-INFERIORITY COMPARATIVES (GRADO DE INFERIORIDAD DEL ADJETIVO) Para formar el grado de inferioridad del adjetivo ("menos + adjetivo”, “el /la /los /las menos + adjetivo") siempre se utiliza la forma "less" en el comparativo, y "the least" en el superlativo, antepuesto al adjetivo (ya sea un adjetivo de una o más sílabas):

3.-IRREGULAR FORMS OF THE COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE (FORMAS IRREGULARES DEL ADJETIVO COMPARATIVO Y SUPERLATIVO) Varios adjetivos en inglés tienen la forma del comparativo y superlativo irregulares, y/o derivadas de otras raíces.

Examples: English Comparative

Positive

Superlative

terrible

less terrible

the least terrible

happy

less happy

the least happy

Spanish Comparative

Positive

Superlative

good

better

the best

bad

worse

the worst

little

less

the least

old

older/ elder

the oldest/ eldest

Positive

Spanish Comparative

Superlative

terrible

menos terrible

el menos terrible

feliz

menos feliz

el menos feliz

2.3.-EQUALITY COMPARATIVES (GRADO DE IGUALDAD DEL ADJETIVO)

4

Positive

English Comparative

La comparación de igualdad en inglés se forma con "as + adjetivo en grado positivo +as" (‘tan + adjetivo + como’) para las oraciones afirmativas. Para las oraciones negativas se emplea "so + adjetivo en grado positivo + as”. Examples:

Superlative

bueno

mejor

el óptimo

malo

peor

el pésimo

pequeño

menos

el mínimo

viejo

más viejo mayor

el más viejo el mayor

4.-HOW TO MAKE COMPARISONS (FORMACIÓN DE COMPARACIONES) Para realizar comparaciones entre dos sustantivos en inglés se utiliza la siguiente estructura:

English Joan is as beautiful as Mary, but she is not so good as she is/ as her. *

How to make comparisons

I am not so lazy as you are/ as you. ** SUST + VERBO +

adjetivo en grado + THAN + SUST comparativo

Examples:

Spanish Joan es tan guapa como Mary, pero no es tan buena como ella.

English You are stronger than me.

No soy tan perezoso como tú.

My sister is taller than your mother.

* Nótese que en la segunda parte de la estructura comparativa la construcción “she is” se puede sustituir por el pronombre personal “her”. ** Nótese que en la segunda parte de la estructura comparativa la construcción “you are” se puede sustituir por el pronombre personal “you”. -38-

You love him more than me, and less than her.

Spanish (Tú) eres más fuerte que yo. Mi hermana es más alta que tu madre. (Tú) lo quieres (a él) más que yo, y menos que ella.

5.-THE ADVERB I (EL ADVERBIO I)

d) sin embargo, los adverbios siguen al verbo "to be" y a los verbos anómalos; Examples:

5.1.-WHERE TO PUT THE VERB (COLOCACIÓN DEL ADVERBIO)

English

A la hora de colocar los adverbios en inglés hay que tener en cuenta una serie de consideraciones:

Spanish

He is never in time.

Nunca llega a tiempo.

I could hardly read it.

Apenas pude leerlo.

a) si el verbo no tiene complemento, el adverbio sigue inmediatamente al verbo; 5.2.-ADVERBS CLASSIFICATION (CLASIFICACIÓN DE LOS ADVERBIOS) b) si tiene complemento y éste es corto, Los adverbios en inglés según su significado puede intercalarse entre el verbo y el adverbio; se dividen en: Examples: English

Spanish

He reads well.

(Él) lee bien.

She walks quickly.

(Ella) anda deprisa.

English Manner

Place

Time

Quantity

here

early

so

only

there

late

quickly

rather

in

before

certainly

almost

out

after

thus

much

near

still

far

soon

4

Examples: English I shall read your letter now.

Spanish Spanish Time Manner

Place

Leeré su carta ahora.

Put your hat on, please. Póngase el sombrero, por favor.

c) los adverbios de tiempo indefinido y algunos de modo preceden generalmente al verbo;

Quantity

aquí

pronto

así

sólo

allí

tarde

deprisa

bastante

en

antes

ciertamente

casi

fuera

después

así

mucho

cerca

hasta

lejos

pronto

Examples: Examples: English

Spanish

I always read the newspaper. Siempre leo el periódico.

He briefly told the news.

(Él) dijo las noticias brevemente.

English

Spanish

My sister is so nice!

¡Mi hermana es tan simpática!

Your house is very far from Tu casa está muy lejos de here. aquí.

-39-

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-ON THE PHONE (AL TELÉFONO) Is that Teresa? Nuria: Nuria:

Is that Teresa? ¿Es usted Teresa?

Alicia: Alicia:

Who's calling? ¿Quién llama?

Nuria: Nuria:

This is Nuria. Soy Nuria.

Alicia:

She isn’t here at the moment. Do you want to leave a message? No se encuentra aquí en estos momentos. ¿Quiere dejar un mensaje?

This is Nuria

Alicia:

Nuria: Nuria:

Alicia: Alicia:

Yes, please. Could you tell her that I called?

Who’s calling?

She isn’t here at moment. Do you want to leave a message?

Yes, please. Could you tell her that I called? Sí, por favor. ¿Podría decirle que la he llamado? Does she have your phone number? ¿Tiene su número de teléfono?

Does she have your phone number?

4 Yes, I think she does. I’m going to give you my number just in case. Do you have a pen and a piece of paper with you?

Nuria: My phone number is: 0-9-8-2-3-4-7-9-6 Nuria:

Thank you very much

Yes, I do OK, she’ll call you back later You are welcome

-40-

Yes, I think she does. I’m going to give you my number just in case. Do you have a pen and a piece of paper with you? Sí, creo que lo tiene. De todas maneras le voy a dar mi número de teléfono. ¿Tiene bolígrafo y papel?

Alicia: Alicia:

Yes, I do. Sí.

Nuria: Nuria:

My phone number is: 0-9-8-2-3-4-7-9-6. Mi número de teléfono es: 098 23 47 96.

Alicia: Alicia:

OK, she’ll call you back later. Vale, ya la llamará ella más tarde.

Nuria: Nuria:

Thank you very much. Muchas gracias.

Alicia: Alicia:

You are welcome. De nada.

CIVILIAN

VOCABULARY

1.-DAYS OF THE WEEK (DÍAS DE LA SEMANA) English

Spanish

Monday

lunes

Tuesday

martes

Wednesday

miércoles

Thursday

jueves

Friday

viernes

Saturday

sábado

Sunday

domingo

En inglés, a diferencia de lo que ocurre en español, los días de la semana y los meses del año reciben el tratamiento que se da a los nombres propios, es decir, la inicial de cada uno de ellos siempre aparece en mayúscula: Examples: English The third day of the week is Wednesday. The last month of the year is December. Spanish

2.-SEASONS OF THE YEAR (ESTACIONES DEL AÑO)

El tercer día de la semana es miércoles. El último mes del año es diciembre.

4.-DATES (FECHAS) spring

autumn/ fall

What is the date today? What’s the date today?

summer

first

January

2000

Today is the Today’s the

second

Febrary

2001

(BrE)

fourth

April

2003

...

...

...

January

first

2000

second

2001

winter

3.-MONTHS OF THE YEAR (MESES DEL AÑO) English

Spanish

January

enero

February

febrero

March

marzo

April

abril

May

mayo

June

junio

July

julio

August

agosto

September

septiembre

October

octubre

November

noviembre

December

diciembre

4

third

Today is the Febrary Today’s the March (AmE)

of

the

March

third

of

of

2002

2002

April

fourth

2003

...

...

...

5.-CARDINAL NUMBERS III (101-2.000.000) (NÚMEROS CARDINALES III [101-2.000.000]) 101 102 103 110 125 130

-41-

one one one one one one

hundred hundred hundred hundred hundred hundred

and and and and and and

one two three ten twenty-five thirty

145 150 165 170 185 190 200

one hundred one hundred one hundred one hundred one hundred one hundred two hundred

and and and and and and

forty-five fifty sixty-five seventy eighty-five ninety

1 000 1 100 1 101 10 000 100 000 1 000 000 2 000 000

Nótese que en inglés entre la decena y la unidad (“forty-five”, ‘cuarenta y cinco’) no se emplea la conjunción "and" (‘y’) como ocurre en español. También hay que tener en cuenta que después de “million”, "thousand" y "hundred" los números inferiores a cien deben ir precedidos por la conjunción "and" (1 304, "one thousand three hundred and four").

one thousand one thousand and a hundred one thousand one hundred and one ten thousand one hundred thousand one million two million

"Million", "thousand" y "hundred" son invariables, es decir, aparecen siempre en singular aunque su traducción en español pueda ser plural. Sin embargo, sí que tienen forma de plural cuando se utilizan como sustantivos:

Examples: English

4

Spanish

Are there many books here?

¿Hay muchos libros aquí?

Yes, there are several hundreds.

Sí, hay varios centenares.

READING

COMPREHENSION

1.-HOLIDAYS (VACACIONES) In Great Britain, Ireland and the United States of America there are quite a few important holidays. Families get together to celebrate these important holidays. The 25th of December is Christmas and the 31st of the same month New Year's Eve. On St. Valentine's Day (14th of February) some men give roses and presents to their girlfriends or wifes

2.- ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS) 1) What do people celebrate on the 25th of December? 2) What is the biggest party for Irish people? 3) What are the most important dates at Easter?

In Ireland people celebrate St. Patrick's Day on the 17th of March, for Irish people it is the biggest party. People don't work in bank holidays, Easter and Mother's and Father's Day. The date of these holidays changes every year. The most important dates in Easter are: Festival of Passover, Good Friday, Easter Day and Easter Monday. In the United States of America people celebrate the Independence Day on the 4th of July and Thanksgiving Day in November.

-42-

MILITARY

TERMS

1.-WEAPONS, SPECIALITIES AND ASSIGNMENTS (ARMAS, ESPECIALIDADES Y DESTINOS) English

Spanish

light infantry

infantería ligera

field artillery

artillería de campaña

antiaircraft artillery

artillería antiaérea

cavalry

caballería

engineers

ingenieros

sappers

zapadores

signals/ communications

transmisiones

recognisance

reconocimiento

logistics

logística

transportation

transporte

electronic warfare

guerra electrónica

army aviation

FAMET (helicópteros del E.T.)

technical branch

especialidad técnica

maintenance team

equipo de mantenimiento

supply unit

unidad de abastecimiento

special operations

operaciones especiales

parachutist

paracaidista

Spanish Legion

Legión Española

airborne operation

operación aerotransportada

combat diver

buceador de combate

light infantry field artillery

cavalry

engineers

4

communications

army aviation APC

APC BMR (Armo(u)red Personnel Carrier) (transporte de personal) mechanised infantry

infantería mecanizada

motorised unit

unidad motorizada

armoured

acorazado

military police

policía militar

bugle

corneta [objeto]

bugler

corneta [persona]

vehicle

vehículo

parachutists vehicle

special operations

Spanish Legion -43-

MILITARY

CONVERSATION

What’s your branch, Ramírez?

Full Corporal: Cabo Primero

What’s your branch, Ramírez? ¿Cuál es tu especialidad, Ramírez?

Corporal:

Light Infantry, Sir. I’m posted in the 3rd Rifle Company. Infantería Ligera, mi Primero. Estoy destinado en la 3ª Compañía de Fusiles.

Cabo: Light Infantry, Sir. I’m posted in the 3rd Rifle Company

Full Corporal: Cabo Primero: Corporal: Cabo: Full Corporal: Cabo Primero:

I need a driver for this recovery truck

4

Don’t worry, I’ll look for a driver in the Headquarters Company

I’m sorry, Sir, I don’t have the driving license

Corporal: Cabo:

Certainly, I should apply for the driving course

I need a driver for this recovery truck. Necesito un conductor para este camión grúa. I’m sorry, Sir, I don´t have the driving license. Lo siento, mi Primero, no tengo el carnet de conducir. Don’t worry, I’ll look for a driver in the Headquarters Company. No te preocupes, buscaré a un conductor en la Compañía del Cuartel General. Certainly, I should apply for the driving course. La verdad es que debería solicitar el curso de conducción.

EXERCISES 1) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS SUPERIORITY COMPARATIVES.

BY USING

2) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING THE SUPERLATIVE FORM OF THE ADJECTIVES.

a) (tall) Peter is taller than John.

a) (good) Only you is the best song in the history of music.

b) (happy) Sally is _____ than her sister.

b) (old) My ______ brother is already married.

c) (difficult) This exam is _____ than the previous one.

c) (intelligent) William is the ______ person in his class.

d) (good) My teacher is _____ than yours.

d) (strong) Peter is the ______ person in this base.

e) (easy) This exercise is _____ than last one.

e) (pretty) Sally is the ______ girl in this town.

f) (cheap) In this shop this book is _____.

f) (brilliant) Shakespeare is the ______ writer of English literature.

g) (bad) This year my grades are _____ than the

g) (rich) Bill Gates is the ______ on earth.

year before. h) (thin) Anna is the ______ girl in her class. h) (old) I am four years _____ than you.

i) hot) August is the ______ month of the year. -44-

3) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING INFERIORITY COMPARATIVES.

6) FILL

a) (clever) Julian is less clever than you. b) (happy) I am sure Judith is ______ than Mary.

EACH OF THE BOXES OF COLUMN B BY INSERTING THE NAMES OF THE MONTHS. ANSWER THE QUESTIONS ACCORDING TO THE INFORMATION SHOWN IN COLUMN C.

A

c) (angry) This morning I am ______ than yesterday.

1st month of the year

B

C

January

d) (beautiful) Pekin is ______ than Tokyo. 5th month of the year

e) (blue) The sky in England is ______ than in Spain. f) (cold) April is ______ than January.

William's interview

11th month of the year

g) (clear) Things seem to be ______ with this book. 3rd month of the year

h) (clean) Jodie is ________than Mary.

4) FILL

THE BOXES WITH THE SUITABLE FORM OF THE FOLLOWING ADJECTIVES.

8th month of the year 4th month of the year

Positive

Comparative

Superlative

hot

hotter

hottest

Spring begins

Sally's holidays

2nd month of the year

good 6th month of the year

Summer begins

9th month of the year

Peter's wedding

least older beautiful 12th month of the year

worst green

greenest

10th month of the year

dirtier 7th month of the year

small

5) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH AN ADVERB. a) (aquí) The prices here are very expensive.

Julian's birthday

a) When is Peter's wedding? a) Peter’s wedding is in September. b) When is your birthday? b) ____________________________.

b) (después) We'll go to the party ______ the cinema.

c) When is Julian's birthday? c) ____________________________.

c) (temprano) We have to get up ______ in the morning to go to work.

d) When does Spring begin? d) ____________________________.

d) (casi) It is ______ two o'clock.

e) When is William's interview? e) ____________________________.

e) (lejos) Don't go too ______! We are having lunch in half an hour.

f) When does summer begin? f) ____________________________.

f) (fuera) There were lots of people ______ of the building!

g) When are Sally's holidays? g) ____________________________.

g) (tarde) Last night I went to bed very ______. -45-

4

7) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING BOXES WITH THE CORRESPONDING NAME OF MONTH AND/OR SEASON.

March SPRING September November June SUMMER December

8) MATCH

4

WORDS

1)

TO

10)

WITH WORDS A) TO J).

English terms

Spanish terms

1)

technical branch

a)

equipo de mantenimiento

2)

APC (Armo(u)red Personnel Carrier)

b)

Logística

3)

maintenance team

c)

operaciones especiales

4)

cavalry

d)

unidad motorizada

5)

special operations

e)

FAMET (helicópteros del ET)

6)

parachutist

f)

especialidad técnica

7)

logistics

g)

acorazado

8)

motorised unit

h)

caballería

9)

armoured

i)

transporte de personal (BMR)

10) army aviation

j)

paracaidista

-46-

UNIT 5 GRAMMAR 1.-THE ADVERB II (EL ADVERBIO II)

2.-ADVERB DEGREES (GRADOS DEL ADVERBIO)

1.1.-“-LY” ENDING ADVERBS (ADVERBIOS TERMINADOS EN “-LY”)

Los adverbios en inglés, al igual que los adjetivos calificativos, admiten los grados de comparación. Los monosílabos y algunos La mayor parte de los adverbios de modo y bisílabos forman el comparativo añadiendo la de cantidad derivan de los adjetivos terminación “-er”, y el superlativo, añadiendo la calificativos y participios pasados. La mayoría terminación “-est”. de estos adverbios terminan en “-ly”, Los polisílabos, categoría donde se incluyen equivalente a la terminación española “-mente”. casi todos los adverbios terminados en “-ly”, Para formar adverbios, se añade “-y” a los forman el comparativo anteponiendo el adjetivos que terminan en “-ll”; los adjetivos que terminan en “-le” cambian la “e” por una “y”, así adverbio de cantidad “more” al adverbio como los que terminan en “-ue” pierden la “e” comparado y colocando inmediatamente después de éste la conjunción “than”. El grado antes de tomar la terminación “-ly”. superlativo se consigue anteponiendo “the Sin embargo hay adjetivos que no tienen que most” al adverbio. sufrir modificación alguna para funcionar como Examples: adverbios: Examples: English English

Spanish Yesterday I ate sooner than last week.

proud/ proudly

orgulloso/ orgullosamente

full/ fully

completo/ completamente

noble/ nobly

noble/ noblemente

Spanish Ayer comí más temprano que la semana pasada.

English true/ truly

He works harder than Mary.

verdad/ verdaderamente

Spanish friendly/ friendly

amistoso/ amistosamente

daily/ daily

diario/ diariamente

Trabaja más duro que Mary.

English hard/ hard*

duro/ duramente I believe most honestly and strongly that...

*Nótese que el adverbio “hard”, para referirse a “duramente” no añade la terminación “-ly”, ya que cambiaría su significado por el de ‘apenas’. -47-

Spanish Creo de la manera más honesta y firme que...

5

Positive

ADVERB DEGREES English Comparative Superlative

wisely

more wisely

the most wisely

easily

more easily

the most easily

late

later

the latest

near

nearer

the nearest

Nótese que “far” puede ser tanto adjetivo calificativo como adverbio. En el primer supuesto (adjetivo), forma el comparativo en “farther” y el superlativo en “farthest”. En el segundo supuesto (adverbio), forma el comparativo y superlativo como se muestra en los ejemplos. 4.-ADVERBIAL PHRASES (LOCUCIONES ADVERBIALES) Algunas de las locuciones adverbiales más comunes en inglés son:

ADVERB DEGREES Spanish Positive Comparative Superlative más lo más prudentemente prudentemente prudentemente lo más fácilmente más fácilmente fácilmente tarde

más tarde

lo más tarde

cerca

más cerca

lo más cerca

English

this

3.-IRREGULAR FORMS (FORMAS IRREGULARES) Algunos adverbios forman el comparativo y el superlativo de manera irregular:

5

in the

Spanish

morning

esta mañana

afternoon

esta tarde

evening

esta noche

morning

por la mañana

afternoon

por la tarde

evening

por la noche

morning

mañana por la mañana

afternoon

mañana por la tarde

evening

mañana por la noche

morning

ayer por la mañana

afternoon

ayer por la tarde

evening

ayer por la noche

Examples: ADVERB DEGREES (IRREGULAR) English Positive Comparative Superlative well

better

the best

badly

worse

the worst

little

less

the least

much

more

the most

far

further

the furthest

tomorrow

yesterday

English

Spanish

last night

anoche, ayer noche

Superlative

at night in the night

por la noche de noche

mejor

lo mejor óptimamente

a week ago

hace una semana

peor

lo peor pésimamente

two days ago

hace dos días

menos

lo menos lo mínimo

mucho

más

lo más lo máximo

in the day time by day

de día durante el día

lejos

más lejos

lo más lejos

at noon

a mediodía al mediodía

ADVERB DEGREES (IRREGULAR) Spanish Positive bien mal poco

Comparative

-48-

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-AT THE TRAVEL AGENCY (EN LA AGENCIA DE VIAJES) Travel agent: Agente:

Good morning! Can I help you? ¡Buenos días! ¿Puedo ayudarle?

Customer:

Yes, please. I’d like to know if there are any seats on the first plane tomorrow to London. Sí, por favor. Me gustaría saber si hay alguna plaza en el primer avión de mañana a Londres.

Cliente:

Travel agent: Agente:

Customer: Cliente: Travel agent:

Let me check on the computer, there are seats available. Would you like smoking or non-smoking? Déjeme comprobarlo en el ordenador, hay plazas disponibles. ¿Prefiere fumador o no fumador?

Good morning! Can I help you? Let me check on the computer, there are seats available. Would you like smoking or non smoking? I’m afraid there are no windows available

I prefer non-smoking and, if it’s possible, a window

I prefer non-smoking and, if it’s possible, a window. Prefiero no fumador, y, si es posible, ventana.

Agente:

I’m afraid there are no windows available. Me temo que no hay ventanas disponibles.

Customer: Cliente:

OK, an aisle will do. Bueno, me conformaré con el pasillo.

Can you give me your forename and surname?

OK, an aisle will do

Travel agent:

Teresa Smith. At what time does the plane leave?

Agente: Customer: Cliente: Travel agent:

Thank you very much At nine a.m., but you should be at the airport at least one hour before take-off

You are welcome

Yes, please. I’d like to know if there are any seats on the first plane tomorrow to London

Can you give me your forename and surname? ¿Me puede dar su nombre y apellido? Teresa Smith. At what time does the plane leave? Teresa Smith. ¿A qué hora sale el avión?

Agente:

At nine a.m., but you should be at the airport at least one hour before take-off. Alas nueve de la mañana, pero tiene que estar en el aeropuerto al menos una hora antes del despegue.

Customer: Cliente:

Thank you very much. Muchas gracias.

Travel agent: Agente:

You are welcome. De nada.

2..-ON THE PLANE (EN EL AVIÓN) Customer: Cliente:

Is there still a long way to go? ¿Falta mucho para llegar?

Air hostess: Azafata:

No, just ten minutes. Are you feeling OK? No, tan sólo diez minutos. ¿Se siente bien?

Customer: Cliente:

I’m feeling a bit sick. Me siento un poco mareado.

Air hostess: Azafata:

Do you want a sick bag? ¿Quiere una bolsa para el mareo?

Customer: Cliente:

No, thank you. No, gracias.

Air hostess:

The plane is landing now, you will feel better in a few minutes. El avión esta aterrizando ahora, se sentirá mejor en unos minutos.

Azafata:

Is there still a long way to go?

-49-

No, just ten minutes. Are you feeling OK?

I’m feeling a bit sick

No, thank you

Do you want a sick bag?

The plane is landing now, you will feel better in a few minutes

5

CIVILIAN 1.-MOODS (ESTADOS DE

VOCABULARY

ÁNIMO)

English

happy

sad

angry

nervous

scared

surprised

Spanish contento triste cansado exhausto hambriento sediento despierto dormido nervioso sorprendido interesado enfadado asustado relajado calmado aterrorizado

happy sad tired exhausted hungry thirsty awake asleep nervous surprised interested angry scared relaxed calm terrified

Examples: English

5

Spanish

He makes me feel happy when I’m sad.

(Él) me hace feliz cuando estoy triste.

I’m usually nervous before an exam.

Normalmente me pongo nervioso antes de un examen.

She gets scared when she sees a big dog.

(Ella) se asusta cuando ve un perro grande.

2.-WEATHER PHENOMENA AND NATURAL CATASTROPHES (FENÓMENOS METEOROLÓGICOS Y CATÁSTROFES NATURALES)

English

Spanish

What is the weather like? ¿qué tiempo hace? rain

lluvia

snow

nieve

fog

niebla

storm

tormenta

wind

viento

cloud

nube

sun

sol

tornado

tornado

hurricane

huracán

drought

sequía

seaquake

maremoto

earthquake

terremoto

fire

incendio

snowy

cloudy -50-

English

foggy

Spanish

rain

llover

snow

nevar

freeze

helar

shine

brillar

it’s rainy/ it’s raining

está lluvioso/ lloviendo

it rains

llueve

it’s snowy/ it’s snowing

está nevado/ nevando

it snows

nieva

it’s foggy

hay niebla

it’s stormy

hay tormenta

it’s windy

hace viento

it’s cloudy

está nublado

it’s frozen/ freezing

está helado/ helando

it’s sunny

hace sol

it’s cold

hace frío

it’s hot

hace calor

freezing Examples: English

Spanish

When it rains I always bring my umbrella.

Cuando llueve siempre llevo mi paraguas.

Lots of people died in the earthquake.

Mucha gente murió en el terremoto.

READING

COMPREHENSION

1.-EL NIÑO AND LA NIÑA (EL NIÑO Y LA NIÑA)

2.- ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS)

El Niño takes place in 1997-98. Peruvian fishermen call this phenomenon El Niño -the Spanish name for Christ child- because these effects on the Pacific Ocean occur around Christmas. It is considered* extremely severe when it causes drought in one country and rampant floodings, in another. Other phenomena** observed with El Niño’s appearance include forest fires in Indonesia. These fires create a cloud of smoke that chokes 20 million people and affect Southeast Asian cities. In Australia it causes droughts and bush fires. In the late 1998, an episode of La Niña -a cooling of those same tropical Pacific waterschanges the weather conditions. Opposite to El Niño, droughts occur in areas drenched by El Niño***. Climate historians speculate that significant events are linked**** to El Niño.

many

* Se considera. ** “Phenomena” es la forma de plural de “phenomenon”. *** En zonas inundadas por El Niño. **** Están relacionados.

-51-

1) Why do Peruvian fishermen call this phenomenon El Niño? 2) What are the consequences of forest fires? 3) What is the name of the opposite phenomenon to El Niño? 4) What does La Niña consist of?

5

MILITARY

TERMS

1.-THE UNIFORM (EL UNIFORME)

5

English garrison cap service cap tab badge fatigue uniform boots combat harness belt buckle dress uniform helmet beret holster chinstrap flak jacket mat combat pack compass magazine pouch canteen poncho name tag overall jumper field jacket parka

Spanish gorra cuartelera gorra (tb gorro) de bonito hombrera parche, emblema uniforme de faena botas correaje de combate cinturón hebilla del cinturón uniforme de paseo casco boina pistolera barbuquejo chaleco antifragmentación esterilla mochila de combate brújula cartuchera del correaje cantimplora poncho tirilla del nombre mono jersey

beret

canteen

tabs

garrison cap

combat pack

chaquetón

MILITARY

CONVERSATION These boots are very big for me

Private: Soldado:

These boots are very big for me. Estas botas son muy grandes para mí.

Private: Soldado:

Tell the Full Corporal about it, he’ll change them for you. Díselo al Cabo Primero, te las cambiará.

Private: Soldado:

What’s your size? ¿Qué número calzas?

Private: Soldado:

Normally, 8 ½. Normalmente, el 42.

Private:

I need a size 10. I’m going to tell the Full Corporal about it. Necesito el número 44. Voy a decírselo al Cabo Primero.

Soldado: Private: Soldado:

Tell the Full Corporal about it, he’ll change them for you

What’s your size? Normally, 8 1/2

That’s OK, he may solve your problem. Muy bien, el Cabo Primero te puede solucionar el problema.

I need a size 10. I’m going to tell the Full Corporal about it

-52-

That’s OK, He may solve your problem

EXERCISES 1) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING 3) FILL THE SUITABLE ADVERB IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ADJECTIVES IN BRACKETS.

THE BOX BY INSERTING THE SUITABLE FORMS OF THE FOLLOWING ADVERBS.

Positive

a) (unfortunate) Unfortunately this year we don’t have holidays. b) (former) Do you know him ______? c) (frequent) Lebanon is more ______ associated with civil war. d) (perfect) I understand the book ______ well. e) (cheap) The trip is done ______. f) (easy) These exercises are ______ done. g) (serious) I am ______ telling you that you must stay here. h) (real) He is ______ a good doctor.

a) late

Comparative

Superlative

later

latest

b) far

c) recently

d) near

2) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING THE COMPARATIVE FORM OF THE ADVERBS IN BRACKETS.

e) well

f) easily

a) (far) I went as far as the house, not further. b) (late) Six years ______ he got married.

g) little

c) (long) Today the palace is no ______ a royal institution.

5

h) badly

d) (near) Madrid is ______ Barcelona than London. e) (wise) Nowadays things are done ______ than years before.

i) early

f) (well) Today she is well but tomorrow she will be ______.

j) soon

g) (little) No ______ than 50 people came to the party.

4) MATCH

WORDS

1)

TO

9)

WITH WORDS A) TO I).

English terms

Spanish terms

1) in the morning(s) / afternoon/ evening

a) ayer noche / anoche

2) this morning / afternoon / evening

b) ayer por la mañana / tarde / noche

3) yesterday morning / afternoon / evening

c) a /al mediodía

4) tomorrow morning / afternoon / evening

d) de día / durante el día

5) last night

e) esta mañana / tarde / noche

6) in the night / at night

f) por la(s) mañana(s) / tarde / noche

7) a week ago / last week

g) por la noche

8) in the day time / by day

h) mañana por la mañana / tarde / noche

9) at noon

i) hace una semana -53-

5) FILL

THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING THE TRANSLATION INTO ENGLISH OF THE ADVERBS IN BRACKETS.

6) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS INSERTING THE SUITABLE STATE OF MIND.

BY

a) When I won the prize I was very happy. b) I want to drink, I am __________.

a) (ayer noche) I could not sleep last night.

c) Before an exam I get very __________. d) At 8 o’clock I am still __________. b) (esta mañana) _______ I got up at 8 o’clock. e) After working for ten hours I was __________ or __________. c) (mediodía) In Great Britain people eat _______.

f) I want to learn lots of things about Biology, I am quite __________ in that subject. g) When I am in dark places I get __________.

d) (la semana pasada) I went to Málaga _______. h) When I heard the bad news I was __________. e) (durante el día) I study _______ from Monday

7) TRANSLATE SENTENCES.

to Friday.

FOLLOWING

c) Llueve. c) ____________________________. d) Hace un día nublado. d) ____________________________.

g) (esta tarde) _______ there is a good film on tv.

e) ¿Qué tiempo hace? e) ____________________________.

h) (mañana por la noche) _______ I work in that old pub.

WORDS

THE

b) En verano hace calor. b) ____________________________.

the beach.

8) MATCH

ENGLISH

a) En invierno nieva. a) In winter it snows.

f) (ayer por la mañana) _______ we went to

5

INTO

f) El sol brilla. f) ____________________________.

1)

TO

8)

WITH WORDS A) TO H).

English terms

Spanish terms

1) uniform

a) cinturón

2) garrison cap

b) uniforme de faena

3) belt

c) brújula

4) chinstrap

d) uniforme

5) fatigue uniform

e) gorra cuartelera

6) combat harness

f) correaje de combate

7) overall

g) barbuquejo

8) compass

h) mono

-54-

UNIT 6 GRAMMAR Examples:

1.“THERE IS” AND “THERE ARE” SENTENCES AND PARTITIVES (IMPERSONALES CON “THERE IS” Y “THERE ARE” Y PARTITIVOS)

English

1.1. “THERE IS” AND “THERE ARE” SENTENCES (ORACIONES CON “THERE IS” Y “THERE ARE”)

There are some children in the house. Spanish

Algunas de las oraciones impersonales en presente, que en español se forman con “hay” se construyen en inglés utilizando “there is” (para hacer referencia a la existencia de un objeto, ser, etc.) o “there are” (para hacer referencia a la existencia de más de un objeto, ser, etc.), en inglés, a diferencia de lo que ocurre en español, el verbo de estas oraciones concuerda con el sujeto. En español, sin embargo, se utiliza una misma forma verbal (“hay”) para referirse a la existencia tanto de uno como de varios objetos, seres, fenómenos, etc.

Hay algunos niños en la casa.

English I have some friends at school. Spanish Tengo algunos amigos en el colegio.

English Pay me some attention. Spanish

Las oraciones interrogativas se construyen anteponiendo la forma verbal “is” o “are” a “there” y a continuación se colocan el sujeto y los complementos si los hubiera.

Présteme un poco de atención.

English He gave some credit to him. Spanish

Examples:

Le dio algún crédito. Simple present English Singular Affirmative

Negative

Question

There is a boy.

En español es muy frecuente omitir las palabras que expresan partición, sin embargo, en inglés es muy frecuente el uso de “some” para expresar esta idea; por lo tanto, en muchas ocasiones cuando en inglés se usa “some” en español no se usa ningún tipo de partícula partitiva.

Plural

There are five boys.

There isn’t any boy. There aren’t five boys.

Is there any boy?

Are there five boys? English

Spanish

1.2.-THE USE OF “SOME” (EL USO DE “SOME”)

I shall take some wine.

Tomaré vino.

“Some” equivale en español a “algo”, “un poco de”, “una pequeña cantidad de”, “algún”, “alguno(s)” “alguna(s)” o cualquier otra expresión que transmita la idea de partición indeterminada.

Give me some bread.

Dame pan.

-59-

6

Al igual que con “some”, puede que en la El uso de “some” suele restringirse a las oraciones afirmativas, sin embargo, también traducción hacia el español de una oración en puede utilizarse en oraciones interrogativas la que se emplee “any”, esta partícula no se cuando se espera una respuesta afirmativa, traduzca por nada. como por ejemplo cuando se ofrece alguna Examples: cosa, especialmente si la pregunta interrogativa se formula de forma negativa. Examples: English

Won’t you take some more tea?

Spanish

¿No vas a tomar algo más de té?

English

Won’t you take some time to think about the matter?

Spanish

¿No vas a tomarte algo de tiempo para pensar sobre el asunto?

Do you need any help?

Spanish

¿Necesitas ayuda?

. Asimismo, “any” puede emplearse en oraciones afirmativas, pero entonces su significado difiere del de “some” y debe traducirse por “cualquier(a)”. Examples:

1.3.-THE USE OF “ANY” (EL USO DE “ANY”)

6

English

“Any”, al igual que “some”, es un término partitivo en inglés. “Any” se emplea en oraciones negativas e interrogativas. En español “any” puede traducirse por “ningún”, “ninguno(s)”, “ninguna(s)”, “algún”, “alguno(s)” o “alguna(s)”.

English

Any day the war coud break out.

Spanish

Cualquier día la guerra podría estallar.

English

Any upset could kill him.

Spanish

Cualquier disgusto podría matarlo.

English

It’s true, ask any doctor.

Examples: English There aren’t any cats in the kennel. Spanish Spanish Es cierto, pregúntale a cualquier médico.

No hay ningún gato en la perrera. English Is there any teacher in the garden? Spanish

Por lo tanto, después de explicar los usos de “some” y “any”, podemos deducir que la respuesta afirmativa a una oración interrogativa en la que se use “any” hará uso de “some”.

¿Hay algún profesor en el jardín? English

English I don’t have any brother.

Spanish

Have you got any sister? ¿Tienes alguna hermana?

Spanish Yes, I have got some.

No tengo ningún hermano.

-60-

Si, tengo (algunas).

2.-QUANTITIES (CANTIDADES)

large quantities

small quantities

countable

uncountable

a lot(s) of (muchos/ as)

a lot(s) of (mucho/ a)

(not) many ([no] muchos/ as)

(not) much ([no] mucho/ a)

how many...? (¿cuántos/ as...?)

how much...? (¿cuánto/ a...?)

a few (pocos/ as)

a little (poco/a)

very few (muy pocos/ as)

very little (muy poco/ a)

Muchos términos ingleses que hacen referencia a comidas son incontables, sin embargo los envases que las contienen son contables. Examples: English

How much water did they drink?

Spanish

¿Cuánta agua bebieron?

English

How many bottles of water did they drink?

Spanish

¿Cuántas botellas de agua bebieron?

A continuación vamos a ver algunos ejemplos de las expresiones de cantidad más 2.1.-THE USE OF “TOO”, “TOO MUCH”, “TOO MANY”, comunes en inglés: “ENOUGH”, “NOT ENOUGH” (EL USO DE “TOO”, “TOO MUCH”, “TOO MANY”, “ENOUGH”, Examples: “NOT ENOUGH”) Para expresar la idea de que hay algo en exceso utilizaremos este tipo construcciones:

English

How many apples do you have?

Spanish

¿Cuántas manzanas tienes?

Examples:

English

I have only got a few tapes.

+

Spanish

Sólo tengo unas pocas cintas.

English

They drank a lot of wine, not much beer, and very little lemonade.

Spanish

Bebieron mucho vino, poca (no mucha) cerveza y muy poca limonada.

English

Were there many people?

Spanish

¿Había muchas personas?

English

How much money do you have?

Spanish

¿Cuánto dinero tienes?

English

I have got a lot of books, but I haven´t got many CD’s.

Spanish Hay demasiadas sillas en esta habitación.

Spanish

Tengo muchos libros, pero no tengo muchos compacts.

English

I have much money.

“Enough” se escribe después del adjetivo pero antes del sustantivo y expresa la idea de suficiencia, de tener todo lo que uno necesita.

Spanish

Tengo mucho dinero.

English

Was there much noise?

English

My screen is too small. I’d like a bigger one.

Spanish

¿Había mucho ruido?

Spanish

Mi pantalla es demasiado pequeña. Me gustaría una más grande.

English

There are many people here.

English

My house is too big. I’d like a smaller one.

Spanish

Aquí hay mucha gente.

Spanish

Mi casa es demasiado grande. Me gustaría una más pequeña.

adjetivo

TOO +

much

+

sustantivo incontable

+

many

+

sustantivo contable

Nótese que, frecuentemente, las connotaciones de este tipo de oraciones son negativas ya que expresan una queja por ese exceso: Examples: English

I don´t want to go out. I’m too tired.

Spanish No quiero salir. Estoy demasiado cansado. English

I’m stressed. I’ve got too much work.

Spanish Estoy estresado. Tengo demasiado trabajo. English

There are too many chairs in this room.

Examples:

-61-

6

Examples:

En inglés, al contrario que en español, no se debe negar dos veces. Por lo tanto, se utilizan los compuestos “anybody”, “anywhere” y “anything” cuando anteriormente se ha negado.

English

Have you got enough money?

Spanish

¿Tienes suficiente dinero?

English

The table isn’t big enough for six people.

Spanish

La mesa no es suficientemente grande para seis personas.

English

English

There isn’t enough food for everybody.

I can’t see anything with this fog.

Spanish

No hay suficiente comida para todos.

Examples:

I can see nothing with this fog.

2.2.-“SOME”, “ANY” AND “NO” COMPOUNDS (INDEFINIDOS CON “SOME”, “ANY” Y “NO”)

Spanish

Estos términos, como se ve, son compuestos de “any” y “some”, por lo tanto, se emplearán en frases negativas, afirmativas e interrogativas (de acuerdo con lo que se ha visto anteriormente) con la función de pronombres indefinidos.

No puedo ver nada con esta niebla.

English They are trapped, they can’t go anywhere.

Affirmative They are trapped, they can go nowhere.

6

People

somebody / someone alguien

Spanish

Things

something

Están atrapados, no pueden ir a ninguna parte.

Places

somewhere

algo

alguna parte

English There wasn’t anybody in the party.

Negative People

There was nobody in the party.

nobody / no one nadie

Spanish Things

Places

nothing

No había nadie en la fiesta.

nada

Examples:

nowhere ninguna parte

English

Are you doing anything tonight?

Spanish

¿Vas a hacer algo esta noche?

nadie, alguien, cualquier persona

English

I met somebody interesting last night.

anything

Spanish

Anoche conocí a alguien interesante.

English

Nobody turned up for the meeting.

Spanish

Nadie apareció en la reunión.

Negative and question People

Things

Places

anybody / anyone

nada, algo, cualquier cosa

anywhere ninguna parte, alguna parte, cualquier parte

-62-

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-AT THE HOTEL (EN EL HOTEL)

Good evening, ladies! Can I help you? Let me check on the computer. That’s right. Would you like two single rooms with a bathroom?

Receptionist: Good evening, ladies! Can I help you? Recepcionista: ¡Buenas noches, señoras! ¿Puedo ayudarles en algo? I’ve booked two single rooms for Mrs. Smith and Mrs. Johnson

Customer: Cliente:

Yes, please

I’ve booked two single rooms for Mrs. Smith and Mrs. Johnson. He reservado dos habitaciones individuales a nombre de la Sra. Smith y Sra. Johnson.

Receptionist:

Let me check on the computer. That’s right. Would you like two single rooms with a bathroom? Recepcionista: Déjeme comprobarlo en el ordenador. Sí, así es. ¿Quieren dos habitaciones individuales con baño?

How long are you going to stay at this hotel for? Would you like half or full board? We’re just going to stay at this hotel for two days. We’d like to have half board

Customer: Cliente:

Yes, please. Sí, por favor.

Receptionist:

How long are you going to stay at this hotel for? Would you like half or full board? Recepcionista: ¿Cuánto tiempo van a quedarse en este hotel? ¿Quieren media pensión o pensión completa? May I see your passports, please?

Customer:

Of course, here you are

Cliente:

Do we have to fill in any form?

We’re just going to stay at this hotel for two days. We’d like to have half board. Tan sólo vamos a quedarnos en este hotel dos días. Preferimos media pensión.

Receptionist: May I see your passports, please? Recepcionista: ¿Me pueden enseñar sus pasaportes, por favor?

Thank you very much No, I’ll do it for you

Customer: Cliente:

Of course, here you are. Por supuesto, aquí los tiene.

You are welcome

Customer: Cliente:

Do we have to fill in any form? ¿Tenemos que rellenar alguna hoja de registro de entrada?

Receptionist: No, I’ll do it for you. Recepcionista: No, lo haré yo por ustedes. Customer: Cliente:

Thank you very much. Muchas gracias.

Receptionist: You are welcome. Recepcionista: De nada. Customer: Cliente:

Could you please wake us up at seven a.m.? ¿Podría despertarnos a las siete de la mañana?

Could you please wake us up at seven a.m.?

Receptionist: Of course, anything else? Recepcionista: Por supuesto, ¿desean algo más? Customer: Cliente:

Could you change us pounds into euros? What’s the exchange rate? ¿Podría cambiarnos libras por euros? ¿A cómo está el cambio?

The exchange rate is 1.3 euro to the pound. How much would you like to change? Recepcionista: El cambio está a 1,3 euros por libra. ¿Cuánto quieren cambiar?

Of course, anything else?

Could you change us pounds into euros? What’s the exchange rate?

Receptionist:

Customer: Cliente:

£50, please. 50 libras, por favor. -63-

The exhange rate is 1,3 euro to the pound. How much would you like to change?

£50, please

6

CIVILIAN

VOCABULARY

1.-PARTS OF THE HOUSE (PARTES DE LA CASA) English

Spanish

window

ventana

door

puerta

floor

suelo

roof

tejado

wall

pared

door

2.-ROOMS OF THE HOUSE (HABITACIONES DE LA CASA) English

living-room

6

kitchen

Spanish

bedroom

dormitorio

bathroom

cuarto de baño

kitchen

cocina

living-room

sala de estar

dining-room

comedor

garage

garaje

toilet

aseo

garden

jardín

3.-FURNITURE (MOBILIARIO) English

Spanish

armchair

sillón

fridge

nevera

curtains

cortinas

cooker

hornilla

table

mesa

bed

cama

alarm clock

despertador

chair

silla

sofa

sofá

television

televisión

lamp

lámpara

carpet

alfombra

closet

armario

vase

florero

blanket

manta

pillow

almohada

sheets

sábanas

bedside table

mesita de noche

ashtray

cenicero

drawer

cajón

matress

colchón

ashtray

lamp

-64-

alarm-clock

bed

4.-THE BATHROOM (EL CUARTO DE BAÑO) English

wash-basin

tap

tooth brush

Spanish

shower

ducha

wash-basin

lavabo

towel

toalla

soap

jabón

tap

grifo

sponge

esponja

tooth brush

cepillo de dientes

brush

cepillo

comb

peine

lotion

loción

comb

READING

COMPREHENSION

1.-THE HISTORY OF HARRODS (LA HISTORIA DE HARRODS)

2.-ARE THESE SENTENCES TRUE (T) OR FALSE (F)? (DI SI ESTAS ORACIONES SON VERDADERAS O FALASAS)

The tale begins with Charles Henry Harrod who is a grocery wholesaler and a tea merchant. He buys this store in 1849, and in 1889 it becomes a public limited company, which sells food, furniture, perfumes, jewellery and glass. In 1902 it becomes London’s biggest store and remains like that throughout the 1920s and 1930s. The Canadian Royal Navy and the Royal Air Force use parts of the building during the Second World War. In 1985, the famous businessman Mohamed Al Fayed buys it and decides to prepare it for the decades ahead. Nowadays, Harrods is probably the best and the most well known department store in the world. Through constant innovation and evolution it is in the forefront of the changing trends.The stores motto is “everything for everyone everywhere”. If you are in London, don’t miss the opportunity to come!

a) Charles Henry Harrod is a grocery wholesaler and tea merchant.

T/F

b) The tale begins with Mohemend Al Fayed.

T/F

c) In 1889 it only sells food.

T/F

d) In 1902 it becomes London’s biggest store.

T/F

e) The Canadian Royal Navy and the Royal Air Force use parts of the building during the First World War.

T/F

f) In 1985 the famous businessman Mohamed Al Fayed buys Harrods.

T/F

g) Since 1985 Harrods is the best and the most well known department store in the world.

T/F

3.-ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS) 1) When does Charles Henry Harrod buy the store? 2) What is the name of the famous businessman who buys Harrods in 1985?

3) What is the stores motto? -65-

6

MILITARY

TERMS

1.-LIGHT WEAPONRY (ARMAMENTO LIGERO) English

6

bayonet mortar pistol sword knife revolver burst round machine gun rocket launcher bullet blank cartridge live ammunition shell hand grenade rate of fire barrel bore chamber flash suppressor trigger sub-machine gun shoot

Spanish bayoneta mortero pistola espada cuchillo revólver ráfaga disparo ametralladora lanzagranadas bala cartucho de fogueo munición de guerra granada de mortero granada de mano cadencia de fuego cañón ánima recámara bocacha apagafuegos disparador subfusil disparar

MILITARY

What are you doing? ¿Qué estás haciendo?

Private: Soldado:

I’m collecting ammunition for the exercise we have tomorrow. Estoy cogiendo munición para el ejercicio que tenemos mañana.

Private: Soldado:

What kind of exercise is it about? ¿De qué tipo de ejercicio se trata?

Private:

It’s a double action exercise, an ambush drill. Es un ejercicio de doble acción, un ejercicio de emboscada.

Private: Soldado:

Will it be carried out with live ammunition? ¿Se realizará con munición de guerra?

Private:

No, we’ll shoot blank cartridges. By the way, I must prepare the magazines. No, usaremos cartuchos de fogueo. Por cierto, tengo que preparar los cargadores.

Soldado:

knife-bayonet

machine gun bullet

sub-machine gun

CONVERSATION

Private: Soldado:

Soldado:

pistol

What are you doing?

I’m collecting ammunition for the exercise we have tomorrow

What kind of exercise is it about?

Will it be carried out with live ammnuniton?

It’s a double action exercise, an ambush drill

No, we’ll shoot blank cartridges. By the way, I must prepare my magazines

-66-

EXERCISES 1) FILL EACH OF THE “A” OR “AN”.

FOLLOWING GAPS WITH

“THE”, 3) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE SUITABLE FORM OF THE VERB “TO BE”.

a) There are twenty pupils in the room. b) There _____ a big dog in the street.

a) The door of the room is open.

c) There _____ two cats in the sofa. d) There _____ too much paint in your painting.

b) You are _______ pupil but I am a teacher.

e) There _____ some wine in the bottle. f) There _____ a lot of water in the swimming pool.

c) I have _______ uncle in Russia.

g) There _____ a couple of girls in the kitchen. h) There _____ a table in the dining-room.

d) Day after day she sees ______old dog in the street.

4)

WHERE CAN YOU FIND THE FOLLOWING THINGS?

e) _______ colour of this watch is very nice.

a) Sugar a) In the kitchen

f) Anthony is _______ best boy in the world.

b) Soap b) __________________

g) William wants _______ car for his birthday.

c) Water c) __________________

2) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH “MUCH” OR “MANY”.

d) Cheese d) __________________ e) Bed e) __________________

a) How many people are there in this room?

f) Rice f) __________________

b) How _____ money do you have?

g) Car g) __________________

c) How _____ chairs are there in the living-room?

h) Television h) __________________

d) How _____ milk is there?

i) Matress i) __________________

e) How _____ wine is there?

j) Cooker j) __________________

f) How _____ books are there in the bedroom?

k) Towel k) __________________

5) MATCH

WORDS

1)

TO

8)

WITH WORDS A) TO J).

English terms 1) flash suppressor 2) rate of fire 3) light weaponry 4) trigger 5) bullet 6) machine gun 7) shell 8) barrel 9) burst 10) round

Spanish terms a) cadencia de fuego b) ametralladora c) cañón d) granada de mortero e) bocacha de apagafuegos f) disparo g) armamento ligero h) bala i) disparador j) ráfaga -67-

6

6) FILL EACH OF THE “SOME” OR “ANY”.

FOLLOWING GAPS WITH

8) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A SUITABLE WORD FROM THE BOX.

curtains television than shower window toilets sofas

a) There is not any butter. b) There is not _____ table in my bedroom.

bedroom yours fridge carpets are a bathroom

c) There is _____ water in the bath. a) My bedroom is bigger than yours. d) There is _____ milk in your glass.

b) Peter’s house has a big bathroom and two little _____.

e) There is not _____ chocolate in the fridge. f) There are _____ trees in the garden.

c) Please, Michael, open the _____ and draw the _____.

g) There is _____ wine in Angelica’s glass.

d) In the zoo there _____ many animals.

h) There are _____ medicines in the first-aid kit.

e) Wasn’t she _____ very nice girl? f) The bed is in the _____, the _____ in the kitchen.

7) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH “SOME” OR “ANY”, MAKING THE APPROPRIATE COMPOUNDS IF NECESSARY (“SOMEBODY”, “ANYTHING”, “ANYONE”, “ANYBODY”, “SOMETHING”, “SOMEWHERE”, ETC.). a) There’s some milk in that jug.

6

g) The _____ and the towel are in the _____. h) In Adrian’s living-room there are two _____, three_____ and one _____.

9) MAKE SENTENCES USING THE FOLLOWING WORDS. a) many /How /children /in/ are/ room /the /there? a) How many children are there in the room?

b) I’m afraid there isn’t _______ coffee left; will you grind _______?.

b) sugar /any /not /There /is b) ______________________________.

c) Is there _______ here who speaks Italian?

c) living-room /very /isn’t /Your /nice c) ______________________________.

d) I’d like to buy you _______ new clothes but don’t have _______ money.

d) lamp /does / work /not / That d) ______________________________.

e) Are there _______ letters for me? f) When would you like to come? _______ day would suit me.

e) have /an /bed /We /old e) ______________________________.

10)CHANGE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTO THE INTERROGATIVE FORM.

a) There is a boy in the garden. a) Is there a boy in the garden?

g) _______ told me you’ve got _______ bad news for me.

b) There are two televisions in Thomas’ living-room. b) ______________________________

h) I see you don’t have _______ maps. Would you like to borrow _______ of mine?

c) There isn’t any sugar. c) ______________________________

i) Come and have supper with us if you aren’t doing _______ tonight.

d) There is some tea in the teapot. d) ______________________________

j) Don’t let _______ in. I’m too busy to see _______.

e) There are many people here. e) ______________________________

k) He lives _______ in France now.

f) There is a big bed in her living-room. f) ______________________________

l) Would you like _______ to drink?

g) There is some coffee in the coffeepot. g) ______________________________ -68-

UNIT 7 GRAMMAR 1.-QUESTIONS (ORACIONES INTERROGATIVAS)

1.2.-THE VERB "TO BE" (EL VERBO “TO BE” )

1.1.-AUXILIARY "TO DO" (AUXILIAR “TO DO”)

La forma interrogativa del verbo "to be" se constituye de la siguiente manera:

La forma interrogativa de las oraciones en presente de indicativo para los verbos regulares es la siguiente:

TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Simple present / Question form

REGULAR VERBS Simple present / Question form DO + SUJETO +

verbo en INFINITIVO

AM/ IS/ ARE

+ (complts.) ?

+

SUJETO

(complts.)

?

Examples: English

La forma del auxiliar "to do" cambia para la tercera persona del singular y adopta la forma de "does": REGULAR VERBS (3rd) Simple present / Question form verbo en DOES + SUJETO + INFINITIVO + (complts.) ?

Examples: English

+

Spanish

Am I tall?

¿Soy (yo) alto?

Are you clever?

¿Eres (tú) listo? ¿Es (usted) listo? ¿Sois (vosotros) listos? ¿Son (ustedes) listos?

Is he a student?

¿Es (él) un estudiante?

Is she intelligent?

¿Es (ella) inteligente?

Is it hard?

¿Es (eso) difícil?

Are we engaged?

¿Estamos (nosotros) comprometidos?

7

Spanish

Do you like any sport?

¿Te gusta algún deporte?

Do they eat apples?

¿Comen (ellos) manzanas?

Does she go to class?

¿Va (ella) a clase?

Are they interesting? ¿Son (ellos) interesantes?

Por lo general, en las oraciones interrogativonegativas "is not" se contrae en "isn´t" y "are Todos los verbos, exceptuando los anómalos not" en "aren´t”: o defectivos, se conjugan en su forma interrogativa según el modelo anterior. TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Simple present / Contracted negative question form

La forma interrogativo-negativa del auxiliar "to do" suele contraerse en "don´t" y "doesn´t". Las oraciones interrogativo-negativas se construyen siguiendo el mismo orden de la forma interrogativa en afirmativa: Examples: English

Spanish

Don’t you like English?

¿No te gusta el inglés?

Don’t they eat apples?

¿No comen (ellos) manzanas?

Doesn’t she go to class? ¿No va (ella) a clase?

- 69 -

ISN’T/ AREN’T

+

SUJETO

+

(complts.)

?

Examples: English

Spanish

Isn´t she pretty?

¿No es (ella) guapa?

Aren´t they tall?

¿No son (ellos) altos?

Aren´t we brave?

¿No somos (nosotros) valientes?

Aren´t you blind?

¿No eres (tú) ciego?

...

Si no se usa esta contracción, la forma para estas interrogativas es la siguiente: TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Simple present / Negative question form

English

Spanish

in

en; (a)dentro

near

AM/ IS/ ARE + SUJETO + NOT + (complts.) ?

next to

Examples: English

Spanish

of

de

off

separado de; lejos de

on

sobre, en

¿No es (ella) guapa?

out

fuera

Are they not tall?

¿No son (ellos) altos?

over

sobre; más allá de

Are we not brave?

¿No somos (nosotros)valientes?

(a) round

alrededor de

Are you not blind?

¿No eres (tú) ciego?

since

desde

till, until

hasta

through

por; por medio de

to

a, hacia; para

towards

hacia

under

debajo de, bajo

up

sobre, en lo alto de

underneath

debajo de, bajo

Is she not pretty?

2.-PREPOSITIONS I (PREPOSICIONES I) Las preposiciones inglesas más usadas son:

7

cerca de, junto a

English

Spanish

above

sobre

with

con

about

alrededor de; acerca de, sobre

within

entre; en el espacio de, dentro de

across

por medio de, a través de

without

sin; fuera de

against

contra

after

después de, tras

along

a lo largo de

at

en

English

Spanish

before

delante de, ante; antes de

a

at [reposo] to [movimiento]

behind

tras; detrás de por

by [el agente] for [la causa]

sobre

above (más elevado, arriba, superior) on, upon [con apoyo]

hasta

till, until [tiempo] as far as [espacio]

en

into [cuando está expresado el lugar]

de

of [posesión] from [procedencia] with [materia]

debajo

under (debajo de) below (más bajo de, inferior a) beneath (más bajo de, inferior a)

fuera

off (lejos de, quitado de)

entre

among [más de dos] between [dos]

below

debajo de

beneath

debajo de

beside

al lado de

besides

además de

between

entre

beyond

más allá de, sobre

by

por; de; junto a

down

abajo

during

durante

for

por; durante; para

from

de; desde; por

Las siguientes preposiciones en español pueden traducirse de varias formas. A continuación aparecen las más comunes:

... - 70 -

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-IN THE RESTAURANT (EN EL RESTAURANTE) Good evening! Where would you like to sit?

Good evening! Near the window, please

Waiter: Camarero: Customer: Cliente:

Here you have the menu

Here you have the menu. Aquí tienen el menú.

Customer:

Could you bring us whatever you think is best on the menu? ¿Podría traernos lo que más le guste del menú?

Waiter:

I'd go for veal cutlets and French fries.

Camarero:

Yo me tomaría unas chuletas de ternera con patatas fritas.

Customer:

That's wonderful. Which wine do you recommend? Perfecto. ¿Qué vino nos recomienda?

Cliente: Waiter: I'd go for veal cutlets and French fries

Camarero:

That's wonderful. Which wine do you recommend?

I think you'd love a bottle of table wine

- 71 -

Good evening! Near the window, please. ¡Buenas tardes! Cerca de la ventana, por favor.

Waiter: Camarero:

Cliente:

Could you bring us whatever you think is best on the menu?

Good evening! Where would you like to sit? ¡Buenas tardes! ¿Dónde desean sentarse?

I think you'd love a bottle of table wine. Creo que una botella de vino del país les encantaría.

7

CIVILIAN

VOCABULARY

1.-BREAKFAST (DESAYUNO) English

7

Spanish

milk

leche

egg (fried egg, boiled egg)

huevo (huevo frito, huevo cocido)

cheese

queso

ham

jamón

bread

pan

sugar

azúcar

salt

sal

omelette

tortilla

cereals

cereales

butter

mantequilla

jam

mermelada

honey

miel

tea

té

coffee

café

cereals jam

tea

coffee

fried eggs with ham

2.-FRUITS, CEREALS AND VEGETABLES (FRUTAS, CEREALES Y VERDURAS) English

lemons

apples

strawberries

pears

watermelons

dates

lemon orange pear grape banana fig plum peach tomato potato strawberry apple lettuce carrot beans onions olives cucumber flour peas watermelon dates rice pasta noodles

figs

oranges

grapes

- 72 -

Spanish limón naranja pera uva plátano higo ciruela melocotón tomate patata fresa manzana lechuga zanahoria judías cebollas aceitunas pepino harina guisantes melón dátiles arroz pasta fideos

3.-MEAT AND FISH (CARNE Y PESCADO)

4.-DRINKS (BEBIDAS)

English

Spanish

English

Spanish

salami

salchichón

water

agua

sausage

salchicha

beer

cerveza

ham

jamón

champagne

champán

veal

ternera

beef

buey

wine (white wine, red wine)

vino (vino blanco, vino tinto)

pork

cerdo

juice

zumo

chicken

pollo

whisky

whisky

steak

filete

lemonade

limonada

cutlet

chuleta

soda

gaseosa

trout

tucha

rum

ron

hake

merluza

gin

ginebra

tuna

atún

non-alcoholic drinks

bebidas no alcohólicas

mussels

mejillones

spirits

bebidas alcohólicas

crab

cangrejo

shrimp

gamba

sword-fish

pez espada

squid

calamar

turkey

pavo

hamburguer

hamburguesa

water beer

5.-DESSERTS (POSTRES)

6.-THE TABLE (LA MESA)

English

Spanish

ice-cream

helado

yoghurt

yogur

sweets / candies

caramelos

cake

tarta

pudding

pudin

rice pudding

arroz con leche

chocolate

chocolate

custard

natillas

jelly

gelatina

yogohurt

champagne

cake

English knife fork spoon teaspoon glass serviette napkin table cloth plate caster salt cellar vinegar pepper oil tray mug toothpicks lay / set the oven cook

ice-cream - 73 -

Spanish cuchillo tenedor cuchara cucharilla vaso servilleta servilleta mantel plato vinagrera salero vinagre pimienta aceite bandeja taza palillos de dientes poner la mesa horno cocinar

7

READING

COMPREHENSION

1.-BRITISH MEALS (COMIDAS BRITÁNICAS)

2.- ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS)

British people have at least three meals a day: breakfast, lunch and dinner. Many people take an additional meal known as tea. Beakfast is usually between half past seven and half past eight in the morning. It is a more substantial meal than the Spanish breakfast. British people usually choose: fruit, porridge, eggs (boiled or fried) bacon, ham, fish, bread and butter or toast with jam or marmalade, and coffee, tea or milk.

1)

At least, how many meals do British people have a day?

2)

Is British breakfast a more substantial meal than Spanish breakfast?

3)

When do British people have tea?

4)

According to the text, what is the last meal of the day?

The second meal of the day is lunch. People have lunch between midday and half past one. It is a light meal consisting of a simple dish of hot or cold meat, a vegetable, bread and butter and pudding. Sometimes fruit and cheese too.

7

In the afternoon, at about four o'clock, it is tea time. People eat bread and butter, toast, biscuits, cake and tea.The last meal of the day is dinner. This is the principal meal. It starts at seven o'clock in the afternoon. In special occasions a full dinner consists of several courses: soup, fish, meat or poultry with potatoes and vegetables, pudding, cheese and dessert.

MILITARY

TERMS

1.-HEAVY WEAPONRY (ARMAMENTO PESADO)

English

Spanish

loader

cargador

turret

torreta

hatch

escotilla

gun

cañón

howitzer

obús

towed artillery

artillería remolcada

self propelled gun

cañón autopropulsado

guided weapon

arma guiada

artillery piece

pieza de artillería

crew

tripulación

antitank weapon

arma contracarro

turret

howitzer - 74 -

tank

missile

English

gunner

MILITARY Sergeant: Sargento:

Did you check the track of the tank? ¿Has comprobado la cadena del carro de combate? Yes, Sir, everything was OK. Sí, mi Sargento, todo estaba correcto.

Sergeant:

Don't forget to install the machine gun on the turret. No olvides instalar la ametralladora en la torreta.

Private: Soldado:

gunner

tirador

tank

carro de combate

missile

misil

rocket

cohete

antitank mine

mina contracarro

explosive

explosivo

caliber

calibre

bombardment

bombardeo

indirect fire

fuego indirecto

barrage

barrera

shrapnel

metralla

splinter

esquirla

7

CONVERSATION

Private: Soldado:

Sargento:

Spanish

Did you check the track of the tank?

Don´t forget to install the machine gun on the turret

Yes, Sir, everything was OK

Don´t worry, Sir, it is already done

Don't worry, Sir, it is already done. No se preocupe, mi Sargento, ya está hecho. Did you already refuel the tank?

Sergeant: Sargento:

Did you already refuel the tank? ¿Has repostado ya el carro?

Private: Soldado:

Yes, this morning I went to the gas station. Sí, esta mañana fui a la gasolinera.

Sergeant: Sargento:

You're really efficient. Eres verdaderamente eficiente.

Private: Soldado:

Thanks, Sir. Gracias, mi Sargento. - 75 -

You’re really efficient

Yes, this morning I went to the gas station

Thanks, Sir

EXERCISES 1) MAKE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTERROGATIVE 3) AND NEGATIVE.

a) What city do you come from? a) ¿De qué ciudad vienes?

a) You like apples. a) Don't you like apples?

b) Put the glass on the table. b) __________________________________.

b) They want a car. b) ______________________________

c) The road passes across the valley. c) __________________________________.

c) She plays the guitar. c) ______________________________

d) The sun shines over the city. d) __________________________________.

d) We buy some tickets for the theatre. d) ______________________________

e) Stay by my side. e) __________________________________.

e) I have a mobile. e) ______________________________

7

TRANSLATE INTO SPANISH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES.

f) The chair is between the door and the window. f) __________________________________.

f) He takes several pictures. f) ______________________________

g) Don't leave until I tell you. g) __________________________________.

g) You eat potatoes. g) ______________________________

h) Before going out, put your application on the table. h) __________________________________.

2) MAKE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES (1) INTERROGATIVE AND (2) INTERROGATIVE AND NEGATIVE.

4) TRANSLATE SENTENCES.

a) You are tall. a) Are you tall? a) Aren't you tall?

INTO

ENGLISH

THE

FOLLOWING

a) Cerca de mi casa hay un cine. a) There is a cinema near my house. b) Debajo de nuestra casa hay un cementerio. b) __________________________________.

b) They are interested in Geography. b) ______________________________ b) ______________________________

c) Hay un supermercado detrás de la escuela. c) __________________________________.

c) She is a pretty girl. c) ______________________________ c) ______________________________

d) En septiembre llueve mucho. d) __________________________________. e) El martes se casa John. e) __________________________________.

d) We are Mary's best friends. d) ______________________________ d) ______________________________

f) Con un coche es suficiente. f) __________________________________.

e) I am five feet tall. e) ______________________________ e) ______________________________

g) De Madrid a Granada hay 450 km. g) __________________________________.

f) He is the best good-looking boy. f) ______________________________ f) ______________________________

h) Después de cuatro horas estamos cansados. h) __________________________________.

g) You are my sister-in-law's brother. g) ______________________________ g) ______________________________

i) La guerra contra aquel país es un fracaso. i) __________________________________. - 76 -

5) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING 6) WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING THE TRANSLATION INTO ENGLISH OF THE WORDS IN EACH COLUMN? BRACKETS. a) (pan, tomate, aceite de oliva) I like bread with tomato and olive oil. b) (cuchara, tenedor, cuchillo) Chinese people don't use ______ ,______ nor ______. c) (cocinar, pollo, horno) I ______ the ______ in the ______, that way it is very tasty!

WORDS DON'T FIT INTO

A

B

C

D

beer

salami

tea

lemon

sugar

sausage

strawberry

orange

wine

ham

apple

tuna

juice

veal

lettuce

grape

whisky

vinegar

carrot

banana

lemonade

pork

beans

fig

d) (vinagre, pimienta) I am allergic to ______ and ______. e) (azúcar, té) I don't like ______ with ______. f) (pavo) English people eat ______ at Christmas. g) (ensalada, tomate, lechuga, cebolla) I make ______ with ______ ,______ and ______.

7) MATCH

TERMS

1)

TO

8)

SENTENCES A) TO H).

English terms

Spanish terms

1) crew

a) escotilla

2) indirect fire

b) carro de combate

3) tank

c) artillería remolcada

4) artillery piece

d) tripulación

5) hatch

e) arma contracarro

6) towed artillery

f) pieza de artillería

7) antitank weapon

g) fuego indirecto

8) splinter

h) esquirla

- 77 -

7

UNIT 8 GRAMMAR 1.-SIMPLE PAST OF THE REGULAR VERBS (PASADO SIMPLE DE LOS VERBOS REGULARES)

b) Si termina en “y” precedida de consonante, al tomar la terminación “-ed” dicha “y” se cambia por “i”; pero si en lugar de estar precedida por consonante lo está por vocal, se sigue la regla general:

1.1.-AFFIRMATIVE FORM (FORMA AFIRMATIVA)

El pasado de los verbos regulares en inglés Examples: se forma añadiendo la terminación "-ed" al infinitivo sin la preposición "to". El pasado English to cry/ I cried simple en inglés equivale al pretérito imperfecto de indicativo español (e.g.: “I walked”, ‘andaba’; Spanish llorar/ (yo) lloraba; lloré “I worked”, ‘trabajaba’) y al pretérito perfecto simple de indicativo (e.g.: “I walked”, ‘anduve’; “I worked”, ‘trabajé’). A diferencia de lo que English to play/ I played ocurre en presente, que se añade la terminación "-s" para formar la tercera persona Spanish jugar/ (yo) jugaba; jugué del singular (e.g.: “he walks”, ‘[él] anda’), en pasado simple existe una única forma verbal para todas las personas, tanto en afirmativa, 1.2. NEGATIVE FORM (FORMA NEGATIVA) como en negativa, como en interrogativa. La forma negativa del pasado simple en inglés de los verbos (salvo los verbos anómalos), se construye (para todas las personas) anteponiendo la forma negativa del pasado simple del auxiliar “to do” (“did not” o “didn’t”) al verbo en infinitivo sin la partícula “to”.

TO WALK (‘andar’) Simple past / Affirmative form English Spanish 1st S I walked

(yo) andaba; anduve (tú) andabas; anduviste

TO WALK (‘andar’) Simple past / Negative form English Spanish

2nd S you walked (usted) andaba; anduvo

I did not walk 1st S I didn’t walk

3rd S he/ she/ it walked (él/ ella/ *ello) andaba; anduvo 1st P we walked

2nd P you walked

(nosotros/ as) andábamos; anduvimos

(yo) no andaba; no anduve (tú) no andabas; no anduviste

you did not walk 2nd S you didn’t walk

(vosotros/ as) andabais; anduvisteis

(usted) no andaba; no anduvo

(ustedes) andaban; anduvieron 3rd P they walked

he/ she/ it did not walk 3rd S he/ she/ it didn’t walk

(ellos/ as) andaban; anduvieron

Para la adición de la terminación "-ed" hay que tener en cuenta las siguientes reglas ortográficas: a) Si el infinitivo termina en "e", dicha "e" desaparece al añadir "-ed":

we did not walk (nosotros/ as) no andábamos; 1st P we didn’t walk no anduvimos

you did not walk 2nd P you didn’t walk

Example: English

to live/ I lived

Spanish

vivir/ (yo) vivía; viví

they did not walk 3rd P they didn’t walk -79-

(él/ ella/ *ello) no andaba; no anduvo

(vosotros/ as) no andabais; no anduvisteis (ustedes) no andaban; no anduvieron (ellos/ as) no andaban; no anduvieron

8

1.3.-QUESTION FORM (FORMA INTERROGATIVA)

TO WALK (‘andar’) Simple past / Negative question form English Spanish

La forma interrogativa del pasado simple en inglés se forma con el auxiliar "to do" en pasado ("did") -tal y como se explica en la unidad 7-, seguido del sujeto y del verbo en infinitivo sin la partícula "to". La forma verbal es igual para todas las personas, incluso para la tercera de singular:

did I not walk? 1st S didn’t I walk?

¿no andaba; no anduve (yo)? ¿no andabas; no anduviste (tú)?

did you not walk? 2nd S didn’t you walk? ¿no andaba; no anduvo (usted)? did he/ she/ it not walk? ¿no andaba; no anduvo rd 3 S didn’t he/ she/ it (él/ ella/ *ello)? walk?

TO WALK (‘andar’) Simple past / Question form English Spanish 1st S did I walk?

did we not walk? ¿no andábamos; no anduvimos 1st P didn’t we walk? (nosotros/ as)?

¿andaba; anduve (yo)?

¿andabas; anduviste (tú)?

did you not walk? 2nd P didn’t you walk?

2nd S did you walk? ¿andaba; anduvo (usted)?

8

did he/ she/ it 3rd S walk?

¿andaba; anduvo (él/ ella/ *ello)?

1st P did we walk?

¿andábamos; aduvimos (nosotros/ as)?

¿no andabais; no anduvisteis (vosotros/ as)? ¿no andaban; no anduvieron (ustedes)?

did they not walk? ¿no andaban; no anduvieron 3rd P didn’t they walk? (ellos/ as)?

2.-PAST SIMPLE OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS (PASADO SIMPLE DE LOS VERBOS IRREGULARES) En inglés hay un gran número de verbos que toman formas irregulares para las oraciones en pasado simple afirmativas (ver lista de verbos irregulares). En el resto de oraciones en pasado simple (las negativas, las interrogativas y las interrogativo-negativas) estos verbos se comportan como verbos regulares:

¿andabais; anduvisteis (vosotros/ as)? 2nd P did you walk? ¿andaban; anduvieron (ustedes)?

Examples: 3rd P did they walk?

English

¿andaban; anduvieron (ellos/ as)?

Spanish

When did you go to Madrid? ¿Cuándo fuiste a Madrid?

1.4.- NEGATIVE QUESTION (FORMA INTERROGATIVO-NEGATIVA) La forma interrogativo-negativa del pasado simple en inglés se forma con el auxiliar "to do" en pasado y la partícula negativa "not" ("did not" o "didn't") -tal y como se explica en la unidad 7- seguida del verbo en infinitivo sin la partícula "to". Existen dos maneras posibles para construir la forma interrogativo-negativa, no obstante, es más común el uso de la forma contraída (“didn’t”) que el de la forma no contraída ("did not"). La forma verbal es igual para todas las personas, incluso para la tercera de singular: -80-

I went to Madrid last week.

Fui a Madrid la semana pasada.

Didn’t you go to Barcelona?

¿No fuiste a Barcelona?

No, I didn’t go to Barcelona.

No, no fui a Barcelona.

3.-SIMPLE PAST OF THE VERB “TO BE” (PASADO SIMPLE DEL VERBO “TO BE”)

3.2.-NEGATIVE FORM (FORMA NEGATIVA)

3.1.-AFFIRMATIVE FORM (FORMA AFIRMATIVA) Las formas verbales del pasado simple del verbo “to be” en negativa son “was not” El verbo “to be” es un verbo anómalo, por lo /“wasn’t” para la primera y tercera persona del tanto para formar el pasado simple no hay que singular y “were not” /”weren’t” para el resto de seguir las reglas que hemos visto con anteriori- las personas. dad, sino que que hay que aprender las formas irregulares. Para la primera y tercera persona del singular la forma es “was”, para el resto de las personas es “were”. TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Simple past / Affirmative form English

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)

Spanish

Simple past / Affirmative form English

1st S I was

Spanish

I was not 1st S I wasn’t

(yo) no era; no fui (yo) no estaba; no estuve

(yo) era; fui (yo) estaba; estuve (tú) no eras; no fuiste (tú) no estabas; no estuviste (tú) eras; fuiste (tú) estabas; estuviste

you were not 2nd S you weren’t

2nd S you were

(usted) no era; no fue (usted) no estaba; no estuvo (usted) era; fue (usted) estaba; estuvo

he/ she/ it 3rd S was

1st P we were

he/ she/ it was not (él/ ella/ *ello) no era; no fue 3rd S he/ she/ it wasn’t (él/ ella/ *ello) no estaba; no estuvo

(él/ ella/ *ello) era; fue (él/ ella/ *ello) estaba; estuvo

we were not 1st P we weren’t

(nosotros/ as) éramos; fuimos (nosotos/ as) estábamos; estuvimos

(vosotros/ as) no erais; no fuisteis (vosotros/ as) no estabais; no estuvisteis

(vosotros/ as) erais; fuisteis (vosotros/ as) estabais; estuvisteis you were not 2nd P you weren’t

2nd P you were

(ustedes) no eran; no fueron (ustedes) no estaban; no estuvieron

(ustedes) eran; fueron (ustedes) estaban; estuvieron

3rd P they were

(nosotros/ as) no éramos; no fuimos (nosotos/ as) no estábamos; no estuvimos

they were not 3rd P they weren’t

(ellos/ as) eran; fueron (ellos/ as) estaban; estuvieron

-81-

(ellos/ as) no eran; no fueron (ellos/ as) no estaban; no estuvieron

8

3.3. QUESTION FORM (FORMA INTERROGATIVA) Como se ha visto en el punto 1.2. de la unidad 7, el verbo "to be" en su forma interrogativa no hace uso del auxiliar "to do". Para construir oraciones interrogativas en pasado simple con el verbo "to be" hay que seguir el mismo patrón que se emplea para las de presente simple, con la salvedad de que hay que cambiar las formas "am" e "is" por "was", y la forma "are", por "were".

3.4.- NEGATIVE QUESTION FORM (FORMA INTERROGATIVO-NEGATIVA) Para construir oraciones interrogativonegativas en inglés con el verbo "to be" hay dos posibilidades: (1) utilizar la forma contraída o (2) utilizar la forma no contraída. Lo más común es (como se ha visto en el punto 1.2. de la unidad 7) usar la forma contraída: La forma contraída sigue esta estructura: TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Simple past / Contracted negative question form

TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Simple past / Question form WAS / WERE

+

SUJETO

+

WASN’T / WEREN’T

(complementos) ?

TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Simple past / Question form English Spanish

1st S was I?

8

+

SUJETO

+

(complementos) ?

La forma no contraída sigue esta estructura:

¿era; fui (yo)? ¿estaba; estuve (yo)?

TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Simple past / Negative question form WAS/ WERE

¿eras; fuiste (tú)? ¿estabas; estuviste (tú)? 2nd S were you?

+ SUJETO + NOT + (complementos) ?

TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Simple past / Negative question form English Spanish

¿era; fue (usted)? ¿estaba; estuvo (usted)?

wasn’t I? 1st S was I not? ¿era; fue (él/ ella/ *ello)? 3rd S was he/ she/ it? ¿estaba; estuvo (él/ ella/ *ello)?

¿no era; no fui (yo)? ¿no estaba; no estuve (yo)? ¿no eras; no fuiste (tú)? ¿no estabas; no estuviste (tú)?

weren’t you? 2nd S were you not? 1st P were we?

¿no era; no fue (usted)? ¿no estaba; no estuvo (usted)?

¿éramos; fuimos (nosotros/ as)? ¿estábamos; estuvimos (nosotros/ as)?

wasn’t he/ she/ it? ¿no era; no fue (él/ ella/ *ello)? 3rd S was he/she/it not? ¿no estaba; no estuvo (él/ ella/ *ello)? ¿erais; fuisteis (vosotros/ as)? ¿estabais; estuvisteis (vosotros/ as)?

weren’t we? 1st P were we not?

2nd P were you? ¿eran; fueron (ustedes)? ¿estaban; estuvieron (ustedes)?

3rd P were they?

¿eran; fueron (ellos/ as)? ¿estaban; estuvieron (ellos/ as)?

weren’t you? 2nd P were you not?

weren’t they? 3rd P were they not?

-82-

¿no éramos; no fuimos (nosotros/ as)? ¿no estábamos; no estuvimos (nosotros/ as)? ¿no erais; no fuisteis (vosotros/ as)? ¿no estabais; no estuvisteis (vosotros/ as)? ¿no eran; no fueron (ustedes)? ¿no estaban; no estuvieron (ustedes)? ¿no eran; no fueron (ellos/ as)? ¿no estaban; no estuvieron (ellos/ as)?

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-IN THE TRAIN STATION (EN LA ESTACIÓN DE TREN) Miguel and Teresa: Miguel y Teresa:

Hi! How are you? ¡Hola! ¿Qué tal?

Itziar: Itzíar:

Hi! Fine, thanks, and you? ¡Hola! Bien, gracias, ¿y vosotros?

Miguel and Teresa: Miguel y Teresa:

Fine. Bien.

Itziar: Itzíar:

What are you doing here? ¿Qué estáis haciendo aquí?

Miguel:

We’re about to take a train to our family’s city. Estamos a punto de coger un tren que nos lleve a la ciudad de nuestra familia.

Miguel:

Itziar:

Fine

Itzíar:

And, when does your train leave? Y, ¿cuándo sale el tren?

Teresa: Teresa:

In fifteen minutes. Dentro de quince minutos.

Do you know where the platform four is?

Hi! How are you?

Miguel:

Do you know where the platform four is? ¿Sabes dónde está el andén cuatro?

Itziar:

Thank you very much

Itzíar:

At the back of the station, I go with you. Al final de la estación, os acompaño.

Miguel and Teresa: Miguel y Teresa:

Thank you very much. Muchas gracias.

Bye!

Itziar: Itzíar:

Bye! Have a good journey! ¡Adiós! ¡Buen viaje!

And, when does your train leave?

8 Miguel:

Bye! ¡Adiós!

What are you doing here?

We’re about to take a train to our family’s city

In fifteen minutes

At the back of the station, I go with you

Miguel and Teresa: Miguel y Teresa:

Hi! Fine, thanks, and you?

-83-

Bye! Have a good journey!

CIVILIAN

VOCABULARY

1.-COUNTRIES AND NATIONALITIES (PAÍSES Y NACIONALIDADES) COUNTRIES English Spanish

NATIONALITIES English Spanish

Australia

Australia

Austria

Austria

Austrian

austriaco

Belgium

Bélgica

Belgian

belga

England

Inglaterra

English

inglés

France

Francia

French

francés

German

alemán

Germany Alemania

Australian australiano

Greece

Grecia

Greek

griego

Holland

Holanda

Dutch

holandés

India

India

Indian

hindú

Ireland

Irlanda

Irish

irlandés

Europe

Africa

Asia

America

8

Oceania

Italy

Italia

Italian

italiano

Irak

Iraq

Iraqi

iraquí

Japan

Japón

Japanese

japonés

English

Spanish

English

Spanish

Norway

Noruega

Norwegian

noruego

Africa

África

African

africano

Portugal

Portugal

Portuguese portugés

America

América

American

americano

Russia

Rusia

Russian

ruso

Asia

Asia

Asiatic

asiático

Spain

España

Spanish

español Europe

Europa

European

europeo

Switzerland

Suiza

Swiss

suizo

Turkey

Turquía

Turk

turco

Oceania

Oceanía

Oceanic

oceánico

CONTINENTS

En inglés, al igual que en español, los topónimos se consideran nombres propios y, por lo tanto, su inicial se escribe con letra mayúscula(Spain, España; England, Inglaterra). Sin embargo, y a diferencia de lo que ocurre en español, en inglés los gentilicios también reciben este tratamiento (Spanish, español; English, inglés).

NATIONALITIES

Los gentilicios en inglés, al igual que ocurre en la mayoría de los casos en español, también sirven para referirse al idioma del país. Así, "él habla ruso" se traduce por "he speaks Russian" (los nombres de los idiomas en inglés también se escriben con mayúscula.)

Examples: English Where are you from? I’m from England, I’m English. Where are they from? They are from Switzerland, they are Swiss.

Spanish ¿De dónde eres? Soy de Inglaterra, soy inglés. ¿De dónde son? Son de Suiza, son suizos. -84-

READING

COMPREHENSION

1.-PREJUDICES (PREJUICIOS) There are a lot of prejudices according to nationalities. As Albert Einstein said, it is easier to split an atom than to erase prejudices. For example, Danish people are thought to be blond and to row in Viking boats, drinking a lot of beer; German people are considered to drink too much beer, to eat frankfurters and to have a straight mind (everything must go the right way); European people think that Swiss people do things very slowly; people from Russia are consided to drink too much vodka. Normally, French people are considered to be arrogant about their language

and to have the best European food. Spanish people are thought to be brave and party lovers and to like bullfights too. British people are believed to be snobs, to be always on time and to drink tea; people think that British people do the opposite things European people do in the continent, for example, driving on the left side. Italian mothers are thought to wear the trousers at home and to cook a lot of pasta and pizza. Italian men are considered to love football and to live at their parents’ house until the age of thirty.

2.-ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS) 1)

What did Albert Einstein say about prejudices?

2)

What do people think about English people?

3)

What do people think about Russian people?

4)

What do people think about Italian mothers?

MILITARY

8

TERMS

1.-THE NAVY AND THE AIR FORCE (LA ARMADA Y EL EJERCITO DEL AIRE) English seaman warship vessel warjet combat aircraft helicopter / chopper submarine wine sweeper frigate aircraft carrier wings deck air-to-surface missile air-to air missile tanker plane surveillance flight aircraft helipad pilot airport prow port

warjet / combat aircraft helicopter / chopper

warship

aircraft carrier submarine -85-

Spanish marinero barco de guerra buque avión de combate avión de combate helicóptero submarino dragaminas fragata portaaviones alas cubierta misil aire-tierra misil aire-aire avión nodriza vuelo de reconocimiento aeronave helipuerto piloto aeropuerto proa puerto

MILITARY

CONVERSATION

Did you see that warjet? Yes, that one flying over the city

What kind of warjet is it?

I think that it is an F-18

Really beautiful, isn’t it?

Private: Soldado:

Did you see that warjet? ¿Ha visto ese avión de combate?

Full Corporal: Cabo Primero:

Yes, that one flying over the city. Sí, aquel que sobrevuela la ciudad.

Private: Soldado:

What kind of warjet is it? ¿Qué clase de avión de combate es?

Full Corporal: Cabo Primero:

I think that it is an F-18. Creo que es un F-18.

Private: Soldado:

Really beautiful, isn’t it? Realmente bonito, ¿verdad?

Look at that helicopter

Full Corporal: Cabo Primero:

Look at that helicopter. Mira aquel helicóptero.

Private: Soldado:

Oh, yes! It’s an American APACHE. ¡Oh, sí! Es un APACHE americano.

8

Oh, yes! It’s an American APACHE

EXERCISES 1) WRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE PAST TENSE.

a) I go to school. a) I went to school.

h) She speaks slowly. h) ______________________________.

b) She likes oranges but she does not like lemons. b) ______________________________.

i) He leaves that house at six o’clock. i) ______________________________.

c) Peter goes to work by bus. c) ______________________________.

j) I usually pay him £5. j) ______________________________.

d) I meet her on Tuesday. d) ______________________________.

k) He rides every day. k) ______________________________.

e) Anke is my best German friend. e) ______________________________.

l) I lie down after lunch. l) ______________________________.

f) Europe is the cradle of civilization. f) ______________________________.

m) We sleep badly. m) ______________________________.

g) Andrea is less beautiful than Joan. g) ______________________________.

-86-

2) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING THE SUITABLE WORD.

h) We want those carpets. h) ______________________________.

a) I am from England, I am English.

h) ______________________________. b) I am from __________, I am German. i) I watch television at home. c) I am from __________, I am Australian. d) I am from France, I am __________.

i)

______________________________.

i)

______________________________.

4) REWRITE

e) I am from __________, I am Dutch.

THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS BY USING NEGATIVE QUESTIONS.

f) I am from Italy, I am __________. a) I don’t like apples. g) I am from Norway, I am __________.

a) Didn’t I like apples?

h) I am from __________, I am Turk. b) I go to Scotland.

i) I am from Spain, I am __________.

3) REWRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING NEGATIVE PAST TENSE.

b) ______________________________

a) I like apples. a) I did not like apples.

c) She is my best friend in London.

a) I didn’t like apples.

c)

______________________________

b) I go to Scotland. b) ______________________________.

d) I drive my car all night long.

b) ______________________________.

d) ______________________________

c) She is my best friend in London. c)

______________________________.

e) My parents drink beer.

c)

______________________________.

e) ______________________________

d) I drive my car all night long. d) ______________________________.

f) I don’t see her.

d) ______________________________.

f)

______________________________

e) My parents drink beer. e) ______________________________.

g) Peter loses his job.

e) ______________________________.

g) ______________________________

f) I see her. f)

______________________________.

h) We don’t want those carpets.

f)

______________________________.

h) ______________________________

g) Peter loses his job. g) ______________________________.

i) I watch television at home. i) ______________________________

g) ______________________________. -87-

8

5) MATCH

WORDS

1)

TO

8)

WITH WORDS A) TO H).

English terms

Spanish terms

1) chopper

a) submarino

2) submarine

b) avión de combate

3) frigate

c) cubierta

4) combat aircraft

d) helicóptero

5) deck

e) fragata

6) prow

f) avión nodriza

7) tanker plane

g) aeronave

8) aircraft

h) proa

6) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A SUITABLE WORD OF THE BOX.

8

didn’t

I

am

went

where

were

Greek

Did

Is

She

ate

from

Do

much

did

French

7) ANSWER

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES IN THE AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE FORM.

a) Did they have eggs for breakfast? a) Yes, they had eggs for breakfast. a) No, they didn’t have eggs for breakfast. b) Did he want a new coat? b) ______________________________. b) ______________________________.

a) Alice went to Ireland last year. ________ liked it very ________.

c) Did they have to work hard? c) ______________________________. c) ______________________________.

b) ________ you like baseball? Yes, ________ do.

d) Did he have a heart attack? d) ______________________________. d) ______________________________.

c) They ________ in Mario’s restaurant last week, and they ________ very well.

e) Did they do their homework after dinner? e) ______________________________. e) ______________________________.

d) ________ are you ________? I ________ from France, I am ________.

f) Did you see us? f) ______________________________. f) ______________________________.

e) ________ you enjoy yourself yesterday? No, I ________.

g) Did Mary know the way? g) ______________________________. g) ______________________________.

f) ________ your mother from Greece? Yes, she is ________.

h) Did you see the difference? h) ______________________________. h) ______________________________.

g) Did you see my sister? Yes, I ________.

i) Did he come every day? i) ______________________________. i) ______________________________. -88-

UNIT 9 GRAMMAR 1.-QUESTIONS II (ORACIONES INTERROGATIVAS II)

"Which" sirve para distinguir entre varias personas o cosas. "What" para preguntar sobre la naturaleza, calidad, etc. de un ser. "What" en sentido absoluto significa también "¿qué?", "¿qué cosa?". Con el verbo "to be" sirve para preguntar la profesión, el estado, etc. de alguien.

1.1.-WH QUESTIONS (INTERROGATIVAS PARCIALES) Hasta el momento hemos visto formas de construir oraciones interrogativas basadas en la inversión del orden de los elementos y/o en la utilización del auxiliar "to do". Estas oraciones interrogativas se conocen en español como interrogativas totales y en inglés como "yes/no questions"; esto quiere decir que la oración se contesta con una afirmación o con una negación.

Examples: English

Examples: English

Spanish

Isn't she pretty? Yes, she is.

¿No es guapa? Sí, lo es.

Do you like football? No, I don't.

¿Te gusta el fútbol? No, no me gusta.

Spanish

Where are you from?

¿De dónde eres?

Where is she?

¿Dónde está?

When is your birthday?

¿Cuándo es tu cumpleaños?

When did they eat?

¿Cuándo comieron?

How are you?

¿Cómo estás?

How is your house?

¿Cómo es tu casa?

1.2. HOW TO FORM WH QUESTIONS (FORMACIÓN DE LAS WH QUESTIONS)

A continuación vamos a ver las interrogativas parciales. Otra forma de construir oraciones en inglés que se basa, además de en la inversión y en la utilización del auxiliar "to do", en el uso de pronombres interrogativos (“what”, “who”, “which”, etc.) Debido a que la gran mayoría de los pronombres interrogativos ingleses empiezan con las letras "wh", este tipo de oraciones interrogativas se llaman "wh questions". Las oraciones interrogativas que hasta el momento habíamos visto, se contestaban afirmativa o negativamente (e.g.: “Do you like apples? Yes, I do/ No, I don't”), sin embargo, las "wh questions" necesitan otro tipo de respuesta (e.g.: “Where did you go? I went home”). Las partículas interrogativas con las que se construyen este tipo de oraciones son las siguientes:

a) Para formar este tipo de oraciones interrogativas en pasado y presente simple con verbos no anómalos (es decir, que no sean, por ejemplo, el verbo "to be"), lo único que hay que hacer es anteponer una partícula interrogativa a una oración construida con el auxiliar " to do" (tal y como se ha visto en el punto 1.1 de la unidad 7 y en el punto 1.3. de la unidad 8): Wh questions PARTÍCULA INTERROGATIVA (what, which, who, where, …)

AUXILIAR “TO DO” +

(conjugado en presente o pasado)

+ Verbo en INFINITIVO SUJETO + sin la particula + (complementos) ? “TO”

Examples: English what which

Spanish English

qué qué cuál / cuáles

Spanish

Where do they go?

¿A dónde van?

What do you do?

¿Qué haces?

who

quién / quienes

where

dónde

When did you see Mary? ¿Cuándo viste a Mary?

when

cuándo

Why does she want to do it? ¿Por qué quiere hacer eso?

how

cómo

why

por qué

How did you find it? -89-

¿Cómo lo encontraste?

9

b) Hay ocasiones en las que para formar oraciones interrogativas parciales con verbos no anómalos en presente y pasado simple no se utiliza el auxiliar "do". Estas oraciones son aquellas en las que las partículas interrogativas "who" o "which" hacen referencia al sujeto que lleva a cabo la acción. La partícula "which" va acompañada por un sustantivo y conjuntamente ejercen la función de sujeto, mientras que "who" es en sí el sujeto, por esta misma razón no es necesario que vaya acompañado por un sustantivo. La forma de construir este tipo de oraciones es la siguiente: Wh questions Verbo Partícula interrogativa + SUST. + CONJUGADO en presente o + WHICH pasado simple

(complmnts.)?

+

verbo CONJUGADO en presente o pasado simple

2.1.-DATE AND PLACE OF ORIGIN (FECHA Y DIRECCIÓN DEL REMITENTE) Según el lugar de procedencia del remitente, la fecha y dirección de éste se ubicarán en un lugar o en otro de la carta. Por un lado, los norteamericanos (estadounidenses y canadienses) colocan la dirección del remitente en el ángulo superior izquierdo de la carta. Ésta va seguida de la fecha, que puede ir tanto a la derecha como a la izquierda. Por otro lado, en Gran Bretaña la dirección del remitente se coloca en el ángulo superior derecho de la carta. La fecha se coloca o bien debajo de ésta o bien debajo de la dirección del destinatario a la izquierda. 2.2.-OPENING A LETTER (SALUDO)

Wh questions Partícula interrogativa WHO

2.-HOW TO WRITE A LETTER IN ENGLISH (CORRESPONDENCIA EN INGLÉS)

Las fórmulas más comunes son:

+ (complementos)?

· Dear

Examples: English

9

· Dear Mrs Smith

Spanish

Who cares?

¿A quién le importa?

Who opened the door?

¿Quién abrió la puerta?

Who ate here?

¿Quién comió aquí?

Which girl takes a picture?

¿Qué chica hace la foto?

· Dear Sir · Dear Madam · Dear Sir or Madam

Which boy answered the ¿Qué chico contestó la question? pregunta?

· Dear Sir / Madam

c) Para formar las wh questions con el verbo anómalo "to be" en presente o pasado simple se debe seguir este orden: Wh questions with the verb “to be” PARTÍCULA Verbo INTERROGA“TO BE” TIVA + (conjugado + SUJETO + (complementos)? (what, which, en presente who, where,...) o pasado)

· Dear Sirs Cuando en la carta se emplea el formato tradicional con sangría, estas fórmulas van seguidas de una coma. Por lo tanto:

· Dear Ms Smith,

Examples: English

Spanish

Where are you from?

¿De dónde eres?

What is it?

¿Qué es esto?

En el inglés norteamericano también se utilizan los dos puntos. Por lo tanto:

· Dear Madam:

When were you at home? ¿Cuándo estuviste en casa? Why am I so nervous?

¿Por qué soy tan nervioso?

How was she?

¿Cómo estaba?

Cuando se trata de cartas en formato sin sangría, existe una tendencia cada vez más generalizada a no emplear puntuación ni en el encabezamiento ni en la fórmula de despedida. -90-

2.3.-CLOSING A LETTER (FÓRMULA DE DESPEDIDA) Las fórmulas más usadas en inglés norteamericano son "Sincerely yours" y "Sincerely". Los británicos se inclinan por el uso de "Yours sincerely", no obstante, utilizan la fórmula "Yours faithfully" en cartas formales dirigidas a un destinatario que no se conoce. Ésta es la fórmula que debe emplearse cuando el encabezamiento de la carta es "Dear Sir", "Dear Madam" o "Dear Sir or Madam".

Cuando el destinatario es un amigo o un pariente cercano se emplean las siguientes fórmulas: · Love, · Love from, · With love from, · Much love, · Love from all of us, · Love to all,

· All my love, Si no se tiene confianza con la persona a la que va dirigida la carta, ésta puede concluirse O, cuando el destinatario no es una persona tan allegada: con las fórmulas que a continuación se citan: · Best wishes,

· As always, (AmE)

· Regards,

· Yours ever, (BrE)

· Yours, (BrE)

· As ever, (AmE)

· With best wishes from,

· Affectionately, (AmE)

· Truly yours, (AmE)

· Fondly, (AmE)

· Very truly yours, (AmE)

· Warm / Warmest regards, (AmE)

· Kind /Kindest regards, (BrE)

· Fond / Fondest regards,

-91-

9

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-RENT A CAR (ALQUILAR UN COCHE)

Good morning, can I help you? How old are you?

Yes, please. We’d like to rent a car

I’m 23 years old

Can I see your ID or passport?

9

Agent: Agente:

Good morning, can I help you? Buenos días, ¿puedo ayudarle en algo?

Customer: Cliente:

Yes, please. We’d like to rent a car. Sí, por favor. Nos gustaría alquilar un coche.

Agent: Agente:

How old are you? ¿Cuántos años tiene?

Customer: Cliente:

I’m 23 years old. Tengo 23 años.

Agent: Agent:

Can I see your ID or passport? ¿Me puede enseñar su carnet de identidad o pasaporte?

Agent: Agente:

I'm afraid you’ll have to pay an additional fee for being under 25. Me temo que tendrá que pagar un coste adicional por tener menos de 25 años.

Customer: Cliente:

Really? How much is it? ¿De verdad? ¿Cuánto es?

Agent: Agente:

Around € 10 per day. Sobre unos 10 € por día.

Agent:

Which car would you like to rent? This is the list, there are several groups and models, but the cheapest one is the model Fiat Seiscento. ¿Qué coche le gustaría alquilar? Ésta es la lista, hay varios grupos y modelos, pero el más barato es el modelo Fiat Seiscento.

Really? How much is it?

I’m afraid you’ll have to pay an additional fee for being under 25

Agente:

Around €10 per day

Customer: Cliente: Agent: Agente: Customer: Cliente:

Is there an additional driver fee? ¿Existe algún suplemento por conductor adicional? No, but there is limited mileage of 187.5 miles per day. No, pero existe un kilometraje limitado de 300 km por día. That's fine. We’d like to rent the Fiat Seiscento for a couple of days. Está bien. Nos gustaría alquilar el Fiat Seiscento por un par de días.

Customer: Cliente:

How much is it in total? ¿Cuánto es en total?

Agent:

€ 80. But I need a credit card with at least € 500 for a deposit on the rental car. The price includes fully comprehensive insurance policy, but there is not air conditioning nor stereo system. 80 €. Pero necesito una tarjeta de crédito con al menos 500 € para el depósito del alquiler del coche. El precio incluye seguro a todo riesgo, pero no hay ni aire acondicionado ni radiocasete.

Agente:

-92-

Which car would you like to rent? This is the list, there are several groups and models, but the chepest one is the model Fiat Seiscento Is there an additional driver fee? No, but there is limited mileage of 187.5 miles per day

That’s fine. We’d like to rent the Fiat Seiscento for a couple of days

€ 80. But I need a credit card with at least € 500 for a deposit on the rental car. The price How much is it includes fully comprehensive insurance policy, but there is not air conditioning nor stereo in total? system

CIVILIAN

VOCABULARY

1.-“DO” OR “MAKE”? (¿"DO" O "MAKE"?)

When to use “make” English Spanish

Tanto "to make" como "to do" aluden a la acción de hacer, producir, crear, etc. No existen unas pautas gramaticales fijas que estipulen cuándo debe utilizarse uno u otro. En este sentido, tendremos que echar mano de nuestra memoria y, en función del complemento directo que vaya modificando a estas formas, utilizar un verbo u otro.

he makes an appointment

make (a) noise

hacer (un) ruido

make the bed

hacer la cama

make a note made* in

anotar hecho en

made of

hecho de

make a mistake

equivocarse, cometer un error

make a deal

hacer un trato

make a right

girar a la derecha

make a left

girar a la izquierda

make a speech

pronunciar un discurso

make a suggestion

hacer un sugerencia

make money

hacer / ganar dinero

make a profit

ganar dinero

make a loss

perder dinero

make trouble

causar problemas

make an appointment

concertar una cita

make a mess

desordenar, ensuciar; hacer algo mal, hacer una chapuza, arruinar

make a decision

hacer una llamada, llamar [por teléfono] tomar una decisión, decidir

make a face

poner mala cara

make peace

hacer las paces

make war

estar en guerra

make an attempt / an effort

hacer un intento, intentar

make coffee / tea

hacer café / té

make an excuse

poner una excusa

make an offer

hacer una oferta, ofrecer

make a discovery

hacer un descubrimiento, descubrir

make a will

hacer el testamento

make a compliment

halagar, hacer un cumplido

make preparations

hacer preparativos

make a phone call

they make peace

*

“made” (‘hecho’) es el participio pasado de “to make” (‘hacer’).

he makes a phone call Examples: English

Spanish

That old jar is made in China.

Esa jarra vieja está hecha en China.

John made a mess of his life.

John arruinó su vida.

The president made a speech in the White House.

El presidente pronunció un discurso en la Casa Blanca.

Someone who never makes a mistake never makes a discovery.

Alguien que nunca se equivoca nunca hace un descubrimiento.

-93-

9

When to use “do” English

9

Spanish

do the homework

hacer los deberes

do the housework

hacer las tareas domésticas

do the nails / hair

arreglarse la uñas / el pelo

do films

hacer peliculas

do drugs

drogarse

do a favour

hacer un favor

do work

hacer un trabajo

do research

investigar

do an exercise

hacer un ejercicio

do harm

hacer daño

do (a lot of) damage

hacer (mucho) daño

do good

hacer el bien

do business

hacer un negocio, trabajar

do honours in

licenciarse en

do the cleaning

limpiar

do the washing-up

hacer la colada

do the dishes

fregar los platos

do an examination

hacer un examen, examinarse

do repairs

hacer reformas/ arreglos, reparar, arreglar

do a service

ofrecer, prestar un servicio

do right

hacer bien

do wrong

hacer mal

do miracles

hacer milagros

she does a service

he does work

they do repairs

Examples: English

Spanish

Anna does her homework every morning.

Anna hace sus deberes todas las mañanas.

Alfred Hitchcock did very famous films.

Alfred Hitchcock hizo películas muy famosas.

She did me a favour.

Me hizo un favor.

Philip did honours in French.

Philip se licenció en Francés.

-94-

READING

COMPREHENSION

1.-WRITING A LETTER IN BRITISH ENGLISH (CORRESPONDENCIA EN INGLÉS)

2.-ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS)

15 Kensington Road London E15 KOR 8th June 2004 Julia García Gran Vía 45, 2º A 16932 Madrid Spain Dear Julia,

1)

Is it a formal or an informal letter?

2)

When did Pedro arrive in London?

3)

Where did Pedro eat a very nice meal with his friend Julian?

I arrived in London last Sunday. On Monday I visited a lot of old buildings and museums like the National Gallery and the British Museum. I really liked Buckingham Palace and its gardens. On Tuesday I listened to a beautiful concert. Last night I ate a very nice meal with my friend Julian in a restaurant in Covent Garden. On Wednesday I went to Portobello in Notting Hill Gate to buy some clothes and now I am ready to go back to Spain! See you soon! Love, Pedro

MILITARY

TERMS

9

1.-IN THE OFFICE (EN LA OFICINA) English computer printer hard disk screen keyboard mouse report

Spanish ordenador impresora disco duro pantalla teclado ratón informe

keyboard

SITREP (Situation Report)

informe de situación

INTREP (Intelligent Report)

informe de inteligencia

MEDEVAC REP (Medical Evaluation Report)

informe de evaluación médica

file to file submit application form to apply for copy send receive coded message personnel records deadline

archivo, archivo informático archivar remitir, enviar impreso de solicitud solicitar copia enviar recibir mensaje cifrado hoja de servicios fecha límite

report

-95-

coded message

2.-ON THE MANEUVERS (EN MANIOBRAS) English

Spanish

tent

tienda de campaña

sleeping bag

saco de dormir

campsite

campamento

training

instrucción

drill

ejercicio

trainer

instructor

firing range

APC (Armo(u)red Personnel Carrier) vehículo de combate

9

trail, path

camino, senda

patch

bache

parking place

aparcamiento

firing range

campo de tiro

FIBUA (Fight In Build-Up Areas)

combate en localidades

urban combat

combate en localidades, combate urbano

marksman

tirador selecto

Training Centre

Centro de Instrucción

simulation

simulación

march

marcha

mined / contaminated zone

zona minada

obstacle

obstáculo

warning order

orden preparatoria

headquarters

cuartel general

Staff

Estado Mayor

riot

alboroto

safe-conduct

salvoconducto

raid

golpe de mano

tent

campsite

APC (Armo(u)red Personnel Carrier)

3.-FORMED IN PARADE (FORMACIÓN DE PARADA)

English

formed in parade -96-

Spanish

fall in

a formar

on one rank

en un fila

tense

firmes

at ease

descanso

call the roll

pasar lista

left-face (left turn)

izquierda

right-face (right turn)

derecha

about-face (about turn)

media vuelta

forward-march (march off)

de frente

halt

alto

at ease-march

paso de maniobra

shoulder arms

sobre el hombre

fall out

rompan filas

MILITARY

CONVERSATION

Operator A: What’s the position of your unit? Over. Operador A: ¿Cuál es la posición de su unidad? Cambio. What’s the position of your unit? Over

Operator B: We’re deployed in a deep ravine in the grid 23-34. Over. Operador B: Estamos desplegados en una vaguada profunda en la cuadrícula 23-34. Cambio.

Say it again. Over Roger. Move on up the next emplacement. Over

Operator A: Say it again. Over. Operador A: Confirme repitiendo. Cambio.

Once there, open fire and fix the target. Over

Operator B: Grid 23-34, close to the hill “The Hawk”. Over. Operador B: Cuadrícula 23-34, cerca de la colina “El Halcón”. Cambio. Operator A: Roger. Move on up to the next emplacement. Over. Operador A: Recibido. Continúe hasta el próximo emplazamiento. Cambio.

We’re deployed in a deep ravine int the grid 23-34. Over Grid 23-34, close to the hill “The Hawk”. Over

Operator B: We’ll be there within 30 minutes. Over. Operador B: Estaremos allí en 30 minutos. Cambio.

We’ll be there within 30 minutes. Over

Operator A: Once there, open fire and fix the target. Over. Operador A: Una vez allí, abran fuego y fijen el objetivo. Cambio.

Roger. Out

Operator B: Roger. Out. Operador B: Recibido. Fin.

9

EXERCISES 1) WRITE

A SUITABLE QUESTION FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES.

2) TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES.

a) I take my bus at nine o’clock. a) At what time do you take your bus?

a) ¿Te gusta el fútbol? a) Do you like football?

b) She likes football and tennis. b) ______________________________

b) ¿Cuándo vas a la escuela? b) ______________________________

c) I am fine, thank you. c) ______________________________

c) ¿Cómo os llamáis? c) ______________________________

d) They are from Holland. d) ______________________________

d) ¿Quién se comió las naranjas? d) ______________________________

e) Yes, he speaks Greek. e) ______________________________

e) ¿Cuándo compraste tu coche? e) ______________________________

f) I go to work every morning. f) ______________________________

f) ¿Cuántos alumnos hay en esta clase? f) ______________________________

g) We are twenty-two years old. g) ______________________________

g) ¿Cómo se llama tu suegra? g) ______________________________

h) My favourite meal is Spanish omelet. h) ______________________________

h) ¿Ganaron Hellen y William el partido? h) ______________________________

i) Cervantes wrote “El Quijote”. i) ______________________________

i) ¿Qué comes hoy? i) ______________________________

j) We don’t eat this kind of fish. j) ______________________________

j) ¿Hablas ruso? j) ______________________________ -97-

3) MAKE

5) FILL

SENTENCES WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS.

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE VERBS “DO” OR “MAKE” IN THE PRESENT TENSE.

a) you /today /Do /work /? a) Do you work today?

a) If you want to buy that car, I’m sure we can make a deal.

b) see /you /Didn’t /they /yesterday /? b) ______________________________

b) Excuse me, could you ________ me a favour and watch my bags for a moment?

c) father’s /When /your /is /birthday /? c) ______________________________

c) Timmy! Don’t ________ a mess in the living room.

d) you /How/ spell /do /it /? d) ______________________________

d) I’m afraid I can’t come. I’m going to ________ my homework after school.

e) study /they /did /when /? e) ______________________________

e) How much ________?

f) ate /but /didn’t /I /I /potatoes /eat /meat. f) ______________________________

f) Tom has to ________ a phone call to the United States

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE PAST TENSE.

6) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE VERBS “DO” OR “MAKE” IN THE PAST TENSE.

a) I made an appointment to visit my doctor yesterday.

c) Are they friendly? c) ______________________________

b) How much profit did your company _______ last quarter?

d) How do you make the bed? d) ______________________________

c) Sue cooked and I _______ the dishes. d) I _______ the cleaning last Saturday.

e) Why does she sing this song? e) ______________________________

e) She _______ a face because she didn’t like my cooking.

f) Who are they? f) ______________________________

f) Julian _______ his bed yesterday morning. g) Last year they _______ a lot of money with that business.

g) Which computer do you prefer? g) ______________________________

h) Peter _______ honours in French.

h) Does he play the piano? h) ______________________________ WORDS

1)

TO

8)

father

i) I can’t sleep at night because the cars ________ a lot of noise.

b) When is your sister’s birthday? b) ______________________________

7) MATCH

your

h) I like to ________ business with Jack.

4) WRITE

9

does

g) He really doesn’t want to ________ that decision.

g) you /some /for /Did /breakfast /take /milk /? g) ______________________________

a) Do you eat meat? a) Did you eat meat?

money

i) She had a lot of problems because she _______ drugs.

WITH WORDS A) TO H).

English terms 1) sleeping bag 2) path 3) urban combat 4) trainer 5) Staff 6) march 7) riot 8) warning order

Spanish terms a) combate en localidades b) Estado Mayor c) saco de dormir d) marcha e) alboroto f) orden preparatoria g) senda h) instructor -98-

8) TRANSLATE SENTENCES.

INTO

SPANISH

THE

FOLLOWING

9) ACCORDING QUESTIONS.

a) Who discovered America? a) ¿Quién descubrió América?

1) Charles sees Séverine.

b) Did they understand the lesson? b) ______________________________

a) When does Charles see Séverine? b) How ______________________? c) Why ______________________? d) Where ____________________?

c) When did she go to Mary’s house? c) ______________________________ d) How did you find her? d) ______________________________

2) Charles bought his new car.

e) When did Michael read my letter? e) ______________________________

a) What did Charles buy? b) Where ____________________? c) When ______________________? d) Why ______________________? e) How ______________________?

f) Who makes the speech? f) ______________________________ g) Does it rain? g) ______________________________

10)

TO THE NEXT SENTENCES WRITE WH

ACCORDING TO THE GRAMMAR, SAY IF THE FOLLOWING DATES AND PLACES OF ORIGIN ARE BRITISH OR AMERICAN.

9

Letter A 96 South Street Santa Rosa, CA 06698 September 14, 1998 John Harrington 16 Beacon Street Chicago, IL 59962

Letter B 59 Telephone Road London N89 8GK 5 July 2001 Barclays Bank 36, High Street Guildford Surrey

-99-

UNIT 10 GRAMMAR 1.-HOW TO FORM THE GERUND (FORMACIÓN DEL GERUNDIO)

e) Los verbos monosílabos (aquellos compuestos por una sola sílaba) acabados en consonante precedida de vocal corta*, duplican Para construir el presente y pasado continuo dicha consonante final delante de la terminación (tiempos verbales que se verán en la presente “-ing”: unidad) es necesario saber cómo se forma el gerundio: Examples: How to form the gerund Verbo en infinitivo + -ING sin “TO”

A continuación aparecen algunas de las consideraciones que hay que tener en cuenta para la formación del gerundio de determinados verbos. a) Los verbos que terminan en consonante simplemente añaden la terminación “-ing”:

English

Spanish

stop / stopping

parar / parando

put / putting

poner / poniendo

swim / swimming

nadar / nadando

drop / dropping

caerse / cayéndose

Examples: English

*Se entiende por vocal corta la existencia de una única vocal (stop, cut), por el contrario, nótese que “meet” también es un verbo monosilábico, sin embargo, está compuesto por dos vocales.

Spanish

eat / eating

comer / comiendo

think / thinking

pensar / pensando

b) Si el infinitivo termina en “e”, se omite dicha “e” y se añade “-ing”: Examples: English

Spanish

write / writing

escribir / escribiendo

come / coming

venir / viniendo

f) Los verbos de dos o tres sílabas que acaban en consonante + vocal + consonante, duplican dicha conosnante final delante de la terminación “-ing” si el acento recae en la última sílaba. Examples:

c) Si termina en “ie”, al añadir “-ing” se cambia dicha “ie” por “y”: Examples: English lie / lying

Spanish

English

Spanish

refer / referring

referir / refiriendo

occur / occurring

ocurrir / ocurriendo

mentir / mintiendo

g) Los verbos terminados en “l” precedidos d) Si termina en “y” precedida de consonante, de vocal, duplican la “l” delante de la terminase conserva dicha “y” al añadir “-ing”: ción “-ing”, excepto en el inglés americano. Examples: English English

Spanish

study / studying

estudiar / estudiando

fly / flying

volar / volando -101-

Spanish

travel / travelling

viajar / viajando

counsel / counselling

aconsejar / aconsejando

10

2.-PRESENT CONTINUOUS (PRESENTE CONTINUO)

Examples:

2.1.-AFFIRMATIVE FORM (FORMA AFIRMATIVA) Este tiempo verbal en inglés, al igual que en español, expresa una acción que se está desarrollando, que no está terminada. También puede indicar un futuro inmediato. La diferencia de uso entre este tiempo verbal y el presente simple es que este último se emplea para expresar un hábito, una costumbre o una verdad universal. Birds fly.

Spanish

Los pájaros vuelan. A bird is flying over the house.

Spanish

Un pájaro está volando por encima de la casa.

Spanish

No estoy comiendo una manzana

English

He is not learning. He isn’t learning.

Spanish

No está aprendiendo inglés.

English

They are not watching tv. They aren’t watching tv.

Spanish

No están viendo la televisión.

El pasado continuo en inglés se forma de la misma manera que el presente pero con el verbo auxiliar “to be” conjugado en pasado simple (tal y como se ve en el punto 3.1 de la unidad 8.)

Present continuous English

I am not eating an apple. I’m not eating an apple.

3.-PAST CONTINUOUS (PASADO CONTINUO)

Present simple English

English

3.1.-AFFIRMATIVE FORM La forma verbal afirmativa del presente conti- (FORMA AFIRMATIVA) nuo en inglés se forma de la siguiente manera: La forma afirmativa del pasado continuo se construye de la siguiente manera: Present continuous / Affirmative Form

10

Verbo “TO BE” GERUNDIO en + del verbo + (complts.) SUJETO + conjugado presente principal (forma contraída o no contraída)

Past continuous / Affirmative form Verbo GERUNDIO “TO BE” SUJETO + conjugado + del verbo + (complts.) en principal pasado simple

Examples:

Examples:

English

Spanish

I am eating an apple. I’m eating an apple.

Estoy comiendo una manzana.

He is learning English. He’s learning English.

Está aprendiendo inglés.

They are watching tv. They’re watching tv.

Están viendo la televisión.

2.2.-NEGATIVE

FORM

(FORMA NEGATIVA)

English

I was eating an apple.

Spanish

Estaba comiendo una manzana.

English

He was learning English.

Spanish

Estaba aprendiendo inglés.

English

They were watching tv.

Spanish

Estaban viendo la televisión.

English

We were discussing the matter.

Spanish

Estábamos tratando el asunto.

Para conjugar el presente continuo en nega- 3.2.-NEGATIVE FORM tiva lo único que hay que hacer es conjugar en (FORMA NEGATIVA) presente simple y en negativa el verbo “to be” (tal y como se ve en el punto 2 de la unidad 1). La forma negativa se forma de la siguiente manera: Present continuous / Negative form Verbo TO BE GERUNDIO conjugado en del SUJETO + presente + + (complts.) y en negativa verbo (forma contraída o no principal contraída) -102-

Past continuous / Negative form Verbo TO BE conjugado en GERUNDIO SUJETO + pasado simple y en + del + (complts.) negativa verbo (forma contraída o no principal contraída)*

* La forma del pasado simple en negativa del verbo “to be” se construye de acuerdo con lo indicado en el punto 3.2. de la unidad 8.

Examples:

Examples:

English

I was not eating an apple. I wasn’t eating an apple.

Spanish

No estaba comiendo una manzana.

English

He was not learning English. He wasn’t learning English.

Spanish

No estaba aprendiendo inglés.

English

They were not watching tv. They weren’t watching tv.

Spanish

No estaban viendo la televisión.

English

We were not discussing the matter. We weren’t discussing the matter.

Spanish

English

Was I eating an apple?

Spanish

¿Estaba comiendo una manzana?

English

Is he learning English?

Spanish

¿Está aprendiendo inglés?

English

Were they watching tv?

Spanish

¿Estaban viendo la televisión?

English

Are you having fun?

Spanish

¿Te lo estás pasando bien?

4.2.-NEGATIVE QUESTION FORM (FORMA INTERROGATIVO-NEGATIVA) Para negar las oraciones interrogativas también existen dos formas posibles, la contraída y la no contraída. No obstante, la forma contraída es mucho más común en el discurso oral. Por lo tanto: English

Wasn’t I eating an apple? Was I not eating an apple?

Spanish

¿No estaba comiendo una manzana?

English

Isn’t he learning English? Is he not learning English?

Spanish

¿No está aprendiendo inglés?

English

Weren’t they watching tv? Were they not watching tv?

Spanish

¿No estaban viendo la televisión?

English

Aren’t you having fun? Are you not having fun?

Spanish

¿No te lo estás pasando bien?

No estábamos tratando el asunto.

4.-PRESENT AND PAST CONTINUOUS QUESTION (FORMA INTERROGATIVA DEL PRESENTE Y PASADO CONTINUO) Para formar oraciones interrogativas en pasado o presente continuo se siguen las reglas sintácticas que hemos visto anteriormente, es decir, se va a hacer uso de la inversión y, si es necesario, de las partículas interrogativas de las “wh questions”. Sin embargo, hay que tener en cuenta que las formas continuas del verbo están compuestas por dos elementos (el verbo auxiliar “to be” conjugado y el verbo principal en gerundio) y que la construcción de las oraciones interrogativas va a variar en algunos aspectos con respecto a la de las formas simples (como el presente y el pasado simple). 4.1.-QUESTION FORM (FORMA INTERROGATIVA) La forma interrogativa del presente y pasado continuo sigue esta estructura: Present and past continuous / Question form Verbo “TO BE” GERUNDIO conjugado + SUJETO + del verbo + en pasado principal o presente

(complts.) ?

Como se puede observar en los ejemplos, no se utiliza el auxiliar “to do” para realizar la inversión de las oraciones interrogativas. Esto se debe a que el presente y pasado continuo ya tienen su propio auxiliar (“to be”), que es el que usan para la inversión. 4.3.-WH QUESTIONS WITH PRESENT AND PAST CONTINUOUS (INTERROGATIVAS PARCIALES EN PRESENTE Y PASADO CONTINUO) Las oraciones interrogativas parciales en presente y pasado simple se construyen con partículas interrogativas como “which”, “how”, “who”, etc. Estas oraciones interrogativas parciales con presente y pasado continuo siguen esta estructura:

-103-

10

Examples:

Present and past continuous / Wh questions Verbo PARTÍCULA GERUNDIO “TO BE” INTERROGATIVA conjugadel (what, which, who, + do en + SUJETO + verbo + (complts.)? where,...) principal presente o pasado

La única mención que debería hacerse al respecto es que emplean como auxiliar el verbo “to be” en lugar de “to do”. Examples:

English

How far is your house from here?

Spanish

¿A cuánta distancia está tu casa de aquí?

English

How heavy is your suitcase?

Spanish

English

When was I eating?

Spanish

¿Cuándo estaba comiendo?

English

How is he learning English?

Spanish

¿Cómo está aprendiendo inglés?

English Spanish English Spanish

English Spanish

10

(*¿Cómo de lejos está tu casa desde aquí?)

¿Cuánto pesa tu maleta? (*¿Cómo de pesada es tu maleta?)

How high did you jump? ¿Hasta qué altura saltaste? (*¿Cómo de elevado saltaste?)

How tall are you? ¿Cuánto mides? (*¿Cómo de alto eres?)

Where were they watching tv? English

How often do you go to the cinema?

Spanish

¿Con qué frecuencia vas al cine?

English

How big were your cars?

¿Dónde estaban viendo la televisión?

English

Why are you having fun?

Spanish

¿Por qué te lo estás pasando bien? Spanish

English

What am I doing?

Spanish

¿Qué estoy haciendo?

5.-QUESTIONS WITH “HOW” (PREGUNTAS CON “HOW”) Como se vio en el punto 2 de la unidad 6, se pueden construir oraciones interrogativas parciales combinando “how” con los adverbios de cantidad “much” y “many” (e.g.: “How many apples did he eat?”, ‘¿Cuántas manzanas comió?’; “How much money do you have?”, ‘¿Cuánto dinero tienes?’). A continuación vamos a ver cómo “how” puede combinarse, además de con “much” y “many”, con otros adverbios (e.g.: “often”, ‘a menudo’; “far”, ‘lejos’) y con adjetivos calificativos (e.g.: “heavy”, ‘pesado’; “high”, ‘elevado’; “tall”, ‘alto’; “wide”, ‘ancho’; “long”, ‘largo’; “big”, ‘grande’). Estas oraciones interrogativas son simplemente “wh questions” (ver el punto 1.2 de la unidad 9) encabezadas por la partícula interrogativa “how” seguida de un adverbio o de un adjetivo calificativo.

(*¿Cómo de a menudo vas al cine?)

¿Cómo eran de grandes tus coches? (*¿Cómo de grande eran tus coches?)

English

How long do you want it?

Spanish

¿Cómo lo quieres de largo?

English

How big is your dog?

Spanish

¿Cómo es de grande tu perro?

(*¿Cómo de largo lo quieres?)

(*¿Cómo de grande es tu perro?)

Como se puede observar la estructura de este tipo de preguntas en inglés difiere en gran medida de la estructura usada en español; por lo tanto, aunque las traducciones literales del cuadro de ejemplos (que aparecen entre paréntesis, con letra de menor tamaño y precedidas por un asterisco) reflejen la estructura en inglés, a la hora de encontrar en nuestra lengua equivalentes para este tipo de preguntas, deberemos decantarnos por estructuras propias del español (como lo son las traducciones del cuadro de ejemplos que no aparecen entre paréntesis.)

-104-

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-HOW TO MAKE AN APPOINTMENT TO SEE THE DOCTOR (CÓMO SOLICITAR UNA CITA MÉDICA) Itzíar: Itzíar:

Could I make an appointment to see the doctor? Me gustaría pedir cita para el médico.

Secretary: Secretaria:

Next Tuesday would suit you? ¿Le vendría bien el martes que viene?

Itzíar:

Well, I’d like to see the doctor as soon as possible. Bueno, me gustaría ver al doctor lo antes posible.

Itzíar:

Could I make an appointment to see the doctor?

Well, I’d like to see the doctor as soon as possible No, I'm afraid I will have to pay for it

CIVILIAN

Secretary:

I'm afraid next Tuesday is the soonest you can get. Do you have any medical insurance? Me temo que hasta el martes que viene no podrá atenderle ¿Tiene algún seguro médico?

Secretaria:

Itzíar: Itzíar:

No, I'm afraid I will have to pay for it. No, me temo que tendré que pagar.

Next Tuesday would suit you?

I'm afraid next Tuesday is the soonest you can get. Do you have any medical insurance?

VOCABULARY

10

1.-ANIMALS AND PLANTS (ANIMALES Y PLANTAS) ANIMALS English Spanish dog cat mouse pig horse rat goat bear sheep bird seagull eagle lion giraffe elephant hippopotamus

perro gato ratón cerdo caballo rata cabra oso oveja pájaro cigüeña águila león jirafa elefante hipopótamo

PLANTS English Spanish

rose

giraffe

water lily

dog

cactus

elephant

daisy

bear

forest tree bush cactus carnation geranium daisy rose tulip orchid pine tree palm tree chestnut tree oak tree eucalyptus water lily

bosque árbol arbusto cactus clavel geranio margarita rosa tulipán orquídea pino palmera castaño roble eucalipto nenúfar

Examples: English I love carnations and daisies. Human beings come from the monkey. Eagles have very beautiful feathers.

Spanish Me encantan los claveles y margaritas. Los seres humanos proceden del mono. Las águilas tienen unas plumas muy bonitas. -105-

2.-PARTS OF THE HEAD (PARTES DE LA CABEZA) Head English head face forehead eyes nose lips tooth / teeth tongue eyebrow eyelashes ear eyelid hair chin

Spanish

eyebrow

cabeza cara frente ojos nariz labios diente / dientes lengua ceja pestañas oreja párpado pelo barbilla

forehead hair

nose

lips ear

chin

3.-PARTS OF THE BODY (PARTES DE LA CUERPO) The body

10

English shoulder throat neck armpit arm elbow finger knuckle nail wrist chest breasts ribs navel

Spanish hombro garganta cuello axila brazo codo dedo nudillo uña muñeca pecho senos costillas ombligo

foot

English liver kidneys lungs heart stomach hip waist thigh leg foot / feet calf knee ankle toes

knee

Spanish hígado riñones pulmones corazón estómago cadera cintura muslo pierna pie / pies pantorrilla rodilla tobillo dedos de los pies

shoulder elbow neck arm

finger ankle

thigh

hip

nail

Examples: English When I am nervous I bite my nails. My fingers are too small to play the jazz bass. Her eyes are very expressive.

Spanish Me como las uñas cuando estoy nervioso. Tengo los dedos demasiado pequeños para tocar el bajo. Sus ojos son muy expresivos. -106-

READING

COMPREHENSION

1.-CLIMATIC CHANGE (CAMBIO CLIMÁTICO)

2.-ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS)

Nowadays, people and environment are experiencing the consequeces of the worst environmental problem: the climatic change. This change is mainly due to the use of fossil fuels (oil, coal and gas) and consists of a global warming. People are changing the climate, and the results are disastrous, there are extreme weather events: droughts and floods, disruption of water supplies, melting Polar regions, rising sea levels, loss of coral reefs and much more.

1)

What is this climatic change mainly due to?

2)

What do renewable energy sources offer?

3)

What should corporations and governments do in developing countries?

3.-ARE THESE SENTENCES TRUE (T) OR FALSE (F)? (DI SI ESTAS ORACIONES SON VERDADERAS O FALSAS)

Scientists and governments worldwide agree on the latest and starkest evidence of human-induced climate change, its impacts and the predictions for the future. But it is not too late to slow down global warming and to avoid the climate catastrophe, the solutions exist. Renewable energy sources (wind energy, solar energy,…) offer abundant clean energy that is safe for the environment and good for the economy. Corporations and governments should invest in renewable energies, particularly in developing economies. Clean energies should replace fossil fuel developments.

MILITARY

a) Oil, coal and gas are fossil fuels.

T/F

b) The results of the climatic change are very positive for the environment.

T/F

c) Droughts and floods are extreme weather events.

T/F

d) It is too late to slow down global warning.

T/F

e) Wind energy is a renewable energy source.

T/F

f) Renewable energy sources dangerous for the enviroment.

T/F

are

TERMS

1.-IN THE TRAINING (EN LA INSTRUCCIÓN) English

Spanish

crawl

gatear

creep

reptar

shooting range

campo de tiro

grazing fire

fuego rasante

cover

cubierta

concealment

abrigo

minefield

campo de minas

trail

senda

landmark

referencia en el terreno

guerrilla

guerrilla

patrol

patrulla

friendly fire

fuego amigo

rush

avanzar rápidamente

night vision

visión nocturna

minefield

night vision rush -107-

10

English

10

Spanish

drag

arrastrar

camouflage

camuflaje

advance

avanzar

terrain

terreno

ground

suelo

caution

prudencia

movement

movimiento

assault

asalto

defense

defensa

ambush

emboscada

shell crater

cráter de granada

NBC war (Nuclear, Bacteriological and Chemical)

guerra NBQ (Nuclear, Bacteriológica y Química)

mask

máscara

PoW (Prisoner of War)

prisionero de guerra

message

mensaje

survival

supervivencia

maneuvers

maniobras

maneuvers

NBC war (Nuclear, Bacteriological and Chemical)

camouflage

MILITARY

Sergeant: Sargento:

CONVERSATION

Private, what’s the first thing you have to do in an NBC attack? Soldado, ¿qué es lo primero que tienes que hacer en un ataque NBQ?

Private: Soldado:

To put the mask on, Sir. Ponerme la máscara, mi Sargento.

Sergeant: Sargento:

And, after that? Y, ¿después de eso?

Private:

To find a good concealment to avoid being affected by the radiations. Encontrar un buen refugio para que no me afecten las radiaciones.

Soldado: Sergeant: Sargento:

Private, what’s the first thing you have to do in an NBC attack?

And, after that?

Exactly, Pérez. That’s it

Exactly, Pérez. That’s it. Exactamente, Pérez. Así es.

-108-

To put the mask on, Sir

To find a good concealment to avoid being affected by the radiations

EXERCISES 1) PUT

THE FOLLOWING PRESENT CONTINUOUS.

SENTENCES

INTO

THE

3) FILL IN THE GAPS WITH THE SUITABLE FORM OF THE PAST SIMPLE, PRESENT OR PAST CONTINUOUS IN THE AFFIRMATIVE OR NEGATIVE FORM OF THE VERBS IN BRACKETS, MORE THAN ONE FORM COULD BE POSSIBLE .

a) I (spend) £10 a week on cigarretes. a) I am spending £10 a week on cigarretes.

a) Last week that old man (wear) was wearing very conventional clothes and I (wonder) if he (be) ________ a policeman.

b) This week Julian (work) in a factory in Manchester. b) ________________________________.

b)I (walk) ________ along Picadilly when I (realize) ________ that a man with a ginger bear (follow) ________ me.

c) They (put) in new electronic points. c) ________________________________.

c) To my surprise Sally (come) ________ to my last birthday.

d) She (leave) next week. d) ________________________________.

d) Last night you (play) ________ cards while I (read) ________ a book.

e) She (use) the car today to take Tom to the dentist. e) ________________________________.

e) Once Peter (travel) ________ by car when he (pass) ________ a field he (see) ________ that there (be) ________ only one woman.

f) We like the coat you (wear). f) ________________________________.

f) Today, we (have) ________ a lesson. We (sit) ________ at our desks listening to what the teacher (tell) ________ us.

g) I am sure she (lie). g) ________________________________.

g) Look, it (rain) ________ !, that is why the boys (shut) ________ the windows.

h) Those men in the corner (talk) about football h) ________________________________.

h) The day before yesterday I (work) ________ while my sister (learn) ________ her lessons.

2) FILL IN THE GAPS WITH THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS 4) PUT THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES OF THE FOLLOWING VERBS. INTERROGATIVE AND NEGATIVE FORM. catch

have

put

stand

close

give

INTO

THE

a) You are listening to your teacher. a) Are you listening to your teacher? a) You are not (aren’t) listening to your teacher. b) The neighbours are coming in to watch tv. b) ________________________________. b) ________________________________.

a) A bus is standing at the bus stop just beside me.

c) Your sister is studying at home. c) ________________________________. c) ________________________________.

b) He ________ one lecture a week.

c) Look! He ________ a ticket in William’s car.

d) It is raining now. d) ________________________________. d) ________________________________.

d) I’m afraid we ________, madam.

e) Jones and Co. are having a sale at the moment. e) ________________________________. e) ________________________________.

e) It’s 8:30, Tom and Sally ________ breakfast.

f) I am meeting Thomas at 5:30. f) ________________________________. f) ________________________________.

f) I ________ a plane to New York in three hours’ time.

g) They are thinking of going to the party. g) ________________________________. g) ________________________________. -109-

10

5) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE APPROPRIATE ADVERB OR ADJECTIVE.

far

high

tall

often

long

big

7) FILL

EACH OF THE GAPS WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS.

carnations

giraffe

tulip

roses

lion

elephant

seagulls

dog

cactuses

a) I love my dog because it is the most faithful animal in the farmyard.

a) How often do you go to the cinema? About twice a week.

b) In the desert _____________. b) How ________ is Pau Gasol? He is 6 feet tall.

will

c) In Saint Valentine’s Day _____________ to each other.

c) How ________ does it take to go from

find

lots

lovers

of give

d) The _____________ is one of the national symbols of Holland.

Barcelona to Paris by plane? About an hour

e) When I am in Madrid I miss the sound of the ______________ flying in the sky.

and a half.

10

you

d) How ________ can you climb?

f) The animal with the longest neck is the ____________.

e) How ________ is Madrid from London?

g) The ___________symbolises strength and power. h) When I was little the ____________scared me.

f) How ________ is your house? Someone told

WORDS

1)

TO

15)

of

the

i) I don’t like ______________ because they are very close related to death.

me ten people could live there.

6) MATCH

trunk

WITH WORDS A) TO L).

English terms

Spanish terms

a)

lips

1)

costillas

b)

nose

2)

nudillos

c)

shoulder

3)

nariz

d)

elbow

4)

pecho

e)

wrist

5)

rodilla

f)

ribs

6)

codo

g)

kidneys

7)

dedos de los pies

h) i)

toes knee

8) 9)

muñeca hombro

j)

throat

10) axila

k)

lungs

11) riñones

l)

armpit

12) labios

m) chest

13) garganta

n)

knuckles

14) pulmones

o)

eyebrow

15) ceja -110-

8) MATCH

WORDS

1)

TO

8)

WITH WORDS A) TO H).

English terms

Spanish terms

1)

terrain

a)

combate nocturno

2)

camouflage

b)

campo de tiro

3)

PoW

c)

prisionero de guerra

4)

night combat

d)

maniobras

5)

shooting range

e)

terreno

6)

guerrilla

f)

reptar

7)

grazing fire

g)

campo de minas

8) 9)

maneuvers creep

h) i)

camuflaje fuego rasante

j)

guerrilla

10) minefield

10

-111-

UNIT 11 GRAMMAR 1.-FUTURE TENSE (EL TIEMPO FUTURO)

1.2-NEGATIVE FORM AND QUESTION FORM (FORMA NEGATIVA E INTERROGATIVA)

1.1.-AFFIRMATIVE FORM (FORMA AFIRMATIVA)

Existen dos maneras posibles para construir la forma negativa: (1) intercalando el adverbio de negación “not” entre el auxiliar (“will”) y el verbo principal en infinitivo sin la partícula “to”; o (2) con la forma contraída (“won’t”) de la suma del auxiliar y de la partícula de negación. La forma interrogativa se obtiene invirtiendo el orden del sujeto y del auxiliar. Por lo tanto:

En inglés el futuro de los verbos se forma anteponiendo el auxiliar “will” al verbo en infinitivo sin la partícula “to”. Esta forma (“will”) se puede contraer en “’ll”. Para la primera persona del plural y del singular también se puede utilizar el auxiliar “shall”. Por lo tanto:

Future / Negative and contracted negative form

TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Future / Affirmative form English Spanish I will be (yo) seré; estaré 1st S I’ll be I shall be you will be 2nd S you’ll be

SUJETO

+

Verbo principal en WILL NOT / INFINITIVO + WON’T sin “TO”

(tú) serás; estarás (usted) será; estará

he/ she/ it will be 3rd S he’ll/ she’ll/ it’ll be (él/ ella/ *ello) será; estará we will be 1st P we’ll be we shall be

Future / Question form (nosotros/ as) seremos; estaremos

you will be 2nd P you’ll be

(vosotros/ as) seréis; estaréis

they will be 3rd P they’ll be

(ellos/ as) serán; estarán

WILL + SUJETO +

(ustedes) serán; estarán

Verbo principal en + (complementos)? INFINITIVO sin “TO”

TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Future / Negative and contracted negative form English Spanish I will not be 1st S I won’t be I shall not be you will not be 2nd S you won’t be

Future / Question form English Spanish will I be? 1st S shall I be?

(yo) no seré; no estaré (tú) no serás; no estarás

¿seré; estaré (yo)? ¿serás; estarás (tú)?

2nd S will you be? (usted) no será; no estará

¿será; estará (usted)?

he/ she/ it will not be 3rd S he/ she/ it won’t be (él/ ella/ *ello) no será; no estará

3rd S will he/ she/ it be? ¿será; estará (él/ ella/ *ello)?

we will not be 1st P we won’t be we shall be

will we be? 1st P shall we be?

you will not be 2nd P you won’t be they will not be 3rd P they won’t be

(nosotros/ as) no seremos; no estaremos (vosotros/ as) no seréis; no estaréis

¿seremos; estaremos (nosotros/ as)? ¿seréis; estaréis (vosotros/as)?

2nd P will you be?

(ustedes) no serán; no estarán (ellos/ as) no serán; no estarán

¿serán; estarán (ustedes)? 3rd P will they be?

-117-

¿serán; estarán (ellos/ as)?

11

1.3.-NEGATIVE QUESTION (FORMA INTERROGATIVO-NEGATIVA) Para construir oraciones interrogativonegativas en futuro tenemos dos opciones: (1) hacer uso de la forma negativa contraída (“won’t”) que es más común a nivel oral; (2) o hacer uso de la forma negativa no contraída (“will not”).

Este futuro expresa proximidad, es decir, que la acción que se va a realizar (o que se realizó) se encuentra (o se encontraba) próxima a un momento determinado en el tiempo, en caso de usar el verbo “to be” en presente, la acción que se va a llevar a cabo está cercana al momento presente, y en caso de usar el verbo “to be” en pasado la acción que se va llevar a cabo está cercana a un momento pasado. Examples:

Future / Contracted negative question form Verbo principal en WON’T + SUJETO + + (complementos) ? INFINITIVO sin “TO”

English

I am not going to eat at home.

Spanish

No voy a comer en casa.

Future / Negative question form

English

He is going to read a book.

Verbo en WILL + SUJETO + NOT + INFINITIVO + (compts.) ? sin “TO“

Spanish

Va a leer un libro.

English

They are going to drink some water.

Spanish

Van a beber agua.

English

He was going to play the piano.

Spanish

Iba a tocar el piano.

¿no seré; no estaré (yo)?

English

They were not going to study the lesson.

¿no serás; no estarás (tú)?

Spanish

No iban a estudiar la lección.

¿no será; no estará (usted)?

English

I was going to go to Ireland.

Spanish

Iba a ir a Irlanda.

TO BE (‘ser; estar’) Future / Negative question form and contracted negative question form English Spanish will I not be? 1st S won’t I be?

11

will you not be? 2nd S won’t you be?

will he/she/it not be? 3rd S won’t he/she/it be? ¿no será; no estará (él/ella/*ello)? will we not be? 1st P won’t we be?

will you not be? 2nd P won’t you be?

¿no seremos; no estaremos (nosotros/ as)?

1.5- DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE FUTURE “GOING TO” AND THE SIMPLE ( DIFERENCIAS DE USO ENTRE EL FUTURO “ GOING TO ” Y EL FUTURO SIMPLE )

¿no seréis; no estaréis (vosotros/ as)? ¿no serán; no estarán (ustedes)?

will they not be? ¿no serán, no estarán (ellos/ as)? 3rd P won’t they be?

1.4.-FUTURE WITH “GOING TO” (FUTURO PRÓXIMO)

WITH CON

La diferencia de uso entre el futuro próximo y el futuro con “will” radica en la intención del hablante. Por lo tanto, se usurá “will” cuando uno se ofrezca como voluntario para hacer algo o cuando se haya tomado una decisión; asimismo, se hará uso del futuro con “going to” a la hora de referirse a algo que ya está planeado y organizado de antemano.

En inglés también se puede expresar futuro con la partícula “going to”, precedida del verbo “to be” (conjugado en pasado o en presente) y seguida del verbo en infinitivo sin “to”. Por lo tanto:

Examples:

English I am going to meet some friends at the café. con unos amigos en la cafetería Spanish Voy encontrarme [es un hecho que ya está planeado]

Future with “going to” Verbo Verbo principal “TO BE” en SUJETO + conjugado + “GOING TO” + INFINITIVO en pasado o sin “TO“ en presente

-118-

English

I will call you as soon as I arrive in Dublin.

Spanish

Te llamaré en cuanto llegue a Dublín. [he tomado la decisión de llamarte y lo haré]

El pretérito perfecto compuesto expresa: 1)Una acción finalizada en el momento en el que se está comunicando y relacionada de alguna manera con el momento presente. 2)Una acción que todavía continúa en el momento presente, pero relacionada con una forma adverbial anterior. 3)Una acción que tuvo lugar en el pasado, sin referencia a un tiempo concreto.

2.-FIRST TYPE CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (ORACIONES CONDICIONALES DE PRIMER TIPO) Las oraciones condicionales de primer tipo siguen esta estructura: First type conditional sentences Partícula “IF”

If

Oración en + PRESENTE + SIMPLE

Oración en FUTURO SIMPLE

I go to London

it will rain

[Presente Simple]

[Futuro simple]

Examples:

English

I have seen your car on my way here.

1 Spanish

He visto tu coche de camino aquí.

English

I have been in Wales since last week.

Spanish English

If I go it will rain.

Spanish

Si voy lloverá.

English

If you drink too much you will get drunk.

Spanish

Si bebes demasiado te emborracharás.

English

If he plays they will win.

Spanish

Si juega ganarán.

Desde la semana pasada he estado en Gales.

2 English

I have had this pen for a month.

Spanish

He tenido esta pluma desde hace un mes.

English

I have played that song.

3 Spanish

He tocado esa canción.

La forma interrogativa se obtiene invirtiendo el orden del sujeto y auxiliar (“Have I walked?”, ‘¿He andado?’). La forma negativa se consigue 3.-PRESENT PERFECT intercalando el adverbio de negación “not” entre (PRETÉRITO PERFECTO COMPUESTO) el auxiliar y el participio (“I have not walked”, El pretérito perfecto compuesto se forma con ‘No he andado’). Nótese que también se puede el verbo “to have” conjugado en presente (para abreviar ésta en “haven’t”, y en “hasn’t” para la la tercera persona del singular “has” o su tercera persona del singular. contracción “’s”; para el resto de las personas “have” o su contracción “’ve”) y el verbo TO WALK (andar) principal en participio pasado. Por lo tanto: Present perfect / Affirmative form Verbo PARTICIPIO “TO HAVE” SUJETO + conjugado en + PASADO del verbo principal presente

Present perfect / Negative form and contracted negative form English I have not walked 1st S I haven’t walked

Spanish (yo) no he caminado

TO WALK (‘andar’) Present perfect / Affirmative form English Spanish I have walked (yo) he caminado 1st S I’ve walked (tú) has caminado you have walked 2nd S you’ve walked (usted) ha caminado he/she/it has walked (él/ ella/ *ello) ha caminado 3rd S he/she/it’s walked

you have not walked (tú) no has caminado 2nd S you haven’t walked (usted) no ha caminado

we have walked 1st P we’ve walked

(vosotros/ as) no habéis caminado you have not walked 2nd P you haven’t walked (ustedes) no han caminado

you have walked 2nd P you’ve walked they have walked 3rd P they’ve walked

(nosotros/ as) hemos caminado (vosotros/ as) habéis caminado

he/ she/ it has not walked 3rd S he/ she/ it hasn’t walked

(él/ ella/ *ello) no ha caminado

we have not walked (nosotros/ as) 1st P we haven’t walked no hemos caminado

(ustedes) han caminado (ellos / as) han caminado

they have not walked 3rd P they haven’t walked (ellos/ as) no han caminado

-119-

11

Por el contrario, el pasado simple hace referencia a una acción que ocurrió en el pasado y que excluye toda relación con el tiempo actual.

TO WALK (andar) Present perfect / Question form English Spanish 1st S have I walked?

¿he caminado (yo)?

¿has caminado (tú)? ¿ha caminado (usted)? rd 3 S has he/ she/ it walked? ¿ha caminado (él/ ella/ ello*) ¿hemos caminado 1st P have we walked? (nosotros/ as)? ¿habéis caminado (vosotros/ as)? 2nd P have you walked? ¿han caminado (ustedes)? rd 3 P have they walked? ¿han caminado (ellos/ as)?

Examples:

2nd S have you walked?

English Spanish English Spanish

4.-USE OF “SINCE” AND “FOR” (USO DE “SINCE” Y “FOR”) Las preposiciones inglesas “since” y “for” significan ‘desde’, ‘desde hace’ y ‘durante’.

TO WALK (‘andar’) Present perfect / Contracted negative question form English Spanish 1st S haven’t I walked?

11

I went to England last summer. Fui a Inglaterra el verano pasado. He drank too much wine. Bebió demasiado vino.

¿no he caminado (yo)? ¿no has caminado (tú)? 2nd S haven’t you walked? ¿no ha caminado (usted)? hasn’t he/ she/ it ¿no ha caminado (él/ ella/ 3rd S walked? *ello)? ¿no hemos caminado 1st P haven’t we walked? (nosotros/ as)? ¿no habéis caminado (vosotros/ as)? nd 2 P haven’t you walked? ¿no han caminado (ustedes)? rd haven’t they walked? ¿no han caminado (ellos/ as)? 3 P

Para obtener la interrogativa negativa (no contraída), que es menos común en el discurso hablado que la contraída, se sigue este orden:

La diferencia de uso entre “since” y “for” radica en que “since” se emplea cuando se hace referencia a un momento concreto, es decir, “since” precede a una expresión temporal que hace referencia a un momento concreto en el pasado (e.g.: “my birthday”, “1976”, “I saw you”, “last week”, etc.). “For” se emplea cuando se hace referencia a un periodo de tiempo, es decir, “for” precede a una expresión temporal que hace referencia un periodo de tiempo y no a un momento concreto (e.g.: “five days”, “one year”, “a moment”, etc.).

English

Peter hasn’t talked to me for one week.

Spanish

Peter no me ha hablado durante una semana.

English

Peter hasn’t talked to me since last summer.

Present perfect / Negative question PARTICIPIO Verbo “TO HAVE” + SUJETO + NOT + PASADO + (compts.) ? del verbo en presente principal

Por lo tanto: TO WALK (‘andar’) Present perfect / Negative question form English Spanish 1st S Have I not walked? 2nd S Have you not walked? 3rd S Has he/she/it not walked? 1st P Have we not walked? 2nd P Have you not walked? 3rd P Have they not walked?

¿No he caminado (yo)? ¿No has caminado (tú)? ¿No ha caminado (usted)? ¿No ha caminado (él/ ella/ ello*)? ¿No hemos caminado (nosotros/ as)? ¿No habéis caminado (vosotros/ as)? ¿No han caminado (ustedes)? ¿No han caminado (ellos/ as)?

Spanish Peter no me habla desde el verano pasado. English

I had a very bad pain in my chest for seven months.

Spanish

Tuve un dolor muy fuerte en el pecho durante siete meses.

English

I haven’t had any pain in my chest since January.

Spanish

No he tenido ningún dolor en el pecho desde enero.

English

This is the first time I meet Anne since last year.

Spanish

Esta es la primera vez que me encuentro con Anne desde el año pasado.

English

This is the first time I meet Anne for two months.

Spanish

Esta es la primera vez que me encuentro con Anne desde hace dos meses.

-120-

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-ASKING THE WAY (CÓMO PREGUNTAR DIRECCIONES) Tourists: Turistas: Carlos: Carlos:

Excuse me, is Gains Road far from here? Disculpe, ¿está la calle Gains lejos de aquí? Yes, it is rather far. I’m afraid you might need to take a bus to the city centre. Sí, está bastante lejos. Me temo que tendrán que coger un autobús al centro de la ciudad.

Yes, it is rather far. I’m afraid you migh need to take a bus to the city centre

Excuse me, is Gains Road far from here? Where can we take this bus?

The bus stop is quite near. Go straight on along this street until you get to the traffic lights, then take the third turning on the left

Tourists: Where can we take this bus? Turistas: ¿Dónde podemos coger este autobús? Carlos:

Carlos:

The bus stop is quite near. Go straight on along this street until you get to the traffic lights, then take the third turning on the left. La parada de autobús está bastante cerca. Sigan esta calle hasta que lleguen al semáforo, después cojan la tercera calle a mano izquierda.

Could you show us in the map? How often are there buses to the city centre?

Of course

Tourists: Could you show us in the map? Turistas: ¿Nos lo podría mostrar en el mapa?

I think every ten minutes

Carlos: Carlos:

Of course. Por supuesto.

Tourists: How often are there buses to he city centre? Turistas: ¿Con qué frecuencia hay autobuses al centro de la ciudad? Carlos: Carlos:

I think every ten minutes. Creo que cada diez minutos.

Tourists: And, how long does this route take? Turistas: Y, ¿cuánto tiempo dura el trayecto?

And, how long does this route take?

Carlos:

Thank you very much for your help

Carlos:

About fifteen minutes. And, if you ask the driver, he will tell you where to get off. Sobre unos quince minutos. Y, si le preguntan al conductor, él les indicará dónde tienen que bajarse.

Tourist: Turistas:

Thank you very much for your help. Muchas gracias por su ayuda.

Carlos: Carlos:

You are welcome. De nada.

-121-

About fifteen minutes. And, if you ask the driver, he will tell you where to get off You are welcome

11

CIVILIAN

VOCABULARY

1.-MEANS OF TRANSPORT (MEDIOS DE TRANSPORTE) English

11

Spanish

train (by ~)

tren (en ~)

ticket

billete

return ticket

billete de ida y vuelta

luggage

equipaje

window (at the ~)

ventanilla (en la ~)

station

estación

car (by ~)

coche (en ~)

plane (by ~)

avión (en ~)

boat (by ~)

barco (en ~)

bicycle (by ~)

bicicleta (en ~)

coach (by ~)

autocar (en ~)

tram (by ~)

tranvía (en ~)

underground, tube (by ~) subway (AmE) (by ~)

metro (en ~)

bus (by ~)

autobús (en ~)

get into

subir a

bicycle

car

train

2.-CLOTHES (ROPA) English

hat bag

gloves

tie

shoes

cap

-122-

Spanish

overcoat

abrigo

jacket

chaqueta

hat

sombrero

boots

botas

underpants

calzoncillos

shirt

camisa

tie

corbata

belt

cinturón

cap

gorra

gloves

guantes

blouse

blusa

bag

bolso

panties

bragas

skirt

falda

jersey

jersey

stocking

medias

handkerchief

pañuelo

socks

calcetines

3.-THE SIZES AND THEIR EQUIVALENCES (LAS TALLAS Y SUS EQUIVALENCIAS) Dress (vestido) / Overcoat (abrigo) / Trousers (pantalón) USA UK

30

32

34

36

38

40

42

44

46

EUROPE

40

42

44

46

48

50

52

54

56

Shirt (camisa) USA UK

14

15

151/2

16

161/2

17

171/2

18

EUROPE

36

38

39

41

42

43

44

45

Shoes (zapatos) USA UK EUROPE

5

6

7

8

81/2

9

91/2

10

11

38

39

40

41

42

43

43

44

44

4.-THE CITY (LA CIUDAD)

English

11

Spanish

city

ciudad

town

pueblo; ciudad

avenue

avenida

square

plaza

gardens

jardines

fountain

fuente

road

carretera; calzada

pavement (BrE) sidewalk (AmE)

acera

bus stop

parada de autobús

underground station (BrE) tube station (BrE) subway station (AmE)

estación de metro

pedestrian crossing (BrE) crosswalk (AmE)

paso de peatones

traffic lights

semáforo

building

edificio

consulate

consulado

street lamps

farolas

shop window

escaparate

sewer

alcantarilla

town hall

ayuntamiento

local authority

diputación

street lamp

buildin

g

town hall

garde

ns

church -123-

cro pedes sswalk (A trian c m rossin E) g (BrE )

English

marke

t

telephone

booth

hairdre hotel

READING

11

Spanish

telephone booth embassy

cabina de teléfonos embajada

the post and telegraph office

oficina de correos y telégrafos

museum hospital church bank

museo hospital iglesia banco

chemist’s (BrE) drugstore (AmE)

farmacia

prison hotel shop police station cinema theatre castle night club travel agency hairdresser’s market

cárcel hotel tienda comisaría de policía cine teatro castillo discoteca agencia de viajes peluquería mercado

sser ’s

COMPREHENSION

1.-THE UNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND 2.-ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (EL REINO UNIDO DE GRAN BRETAÑA E IRLANDA DEL NORTE) (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS) The United Kingdom is situated in the north-west coast of Europe across the English Channel. It consists of two large islands (Great Britain and Northern Ireland) and about 5000 smaller ones. Its neighbours are Ireland to west and France to south-east. The United Kingdom consists of four nations: England (London capital), Scotland (Edinburgh capital), Wales (Cardiff capital) and Northern Ireland (Belfast capital). Each of these nations has a very distinct identity and you should not call a Welshman “English” and vice versa. Great Britain is often incorrectly used to refer to the United Kingdom. It is the largest of the British Isles, an archipielago that also includes Ireland (Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland), the Faroe Islands (Denmark) and the Isle of Man. This means that Northern Ireland belongs to the United Kingdom but not to Great Britain. The Isle of Man is an internally self-governing dependency of the British Crown and its people are British citizens. Great Britain includes the main island (Wales, Scotland, England) and some islands such as Anglesey, the Isle of Wight, the Hebrides, the Orkney Islands and the Shetland Islands. England is the largest and the most densely populated of the nations that make up the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. The name "England" is derived from "land of the Angles". It is often incorrectly used as a synonym for Great Britain or the United Kingdom, which is inaccurate and can be offensive.

1)

What does the United Kingdom consist of?

2)

What is the name of the capital of Wales?

3)

Does Northern Ireland belong to Great Britain or to the United Kingdom?

4)

Why is the Isle of Man different?

5)

What does Great Britain include?

6)

What is the name of the most populated nation of the United Kingdom?

3.-ARE THESE SENTENCES TRUE (T) OR FALSE (F)? (DI SI ESTAS ORACIONES SON VERDADERAS O FALSAS)

-124-

a) The United Kingdom is situated in the north-east coast of Europe. b) Northern Ireland belongs to the United Kingdom. c) The people that come from the Isle of Man are British. d) The United Kingdom consists of four nations.

T/F

e) Edinburgh is the capital of England.

T/F

f) Great Britain is a synonym for United Kingdom. g) The Republic of Ireland doesn't belong to the British Isles.

T/F

h) The Faroe Islands are Danish.

T/F

i) The Faroe Islands belong to the British Isles.

T/F

T/F T/F T/F

T/F

MILITARY

TERMS

1.-PARTS OF THE RIFLE, MACHINE GUN & PISTOL (PARTES DEL FUSIL, AMETRALLADORA Y PISTOLA) English barrel butt trigger pistol rear sight front sight forearm tripod bipod sling feed cover feed tray charging handle buffer chamber magazine bore trigger guard flash suppressor ejection port bayonet firing pin hammer extractor

Spanish cañón culata gatillo empuñadura alza punto de mira guardamanos trípode bípode portafusa teja bandeja palanca de montar muelle recuperador recámara cargador ánima guardamontes apagallamas ventana de expulsión bayoneta percutor martillo extractor

MILITARY

hammer

barrel / bore

rear sight front sight

trigger

ejection port

pistol

magazine

11

CONVERSATION

Ramírez, show me your rifle

Yes, Sir Yes, Sir. I have a cartridge in the chamber

Do you have any problem with your weapon? I did it but it’s still stuck Pull the charging handle down and take it out

Sergeant: Sargento:

Ramírez, show me your rifle. Ramírez, enséñame el rifle.

Private: Soldado:

Yes, Sir. I have a cartridge in the chamber. Sí, mi Sargento. Tengo un cartucho en la recámara.

Private: Soldado:

Yes, Sir. Sí, mi Sargento.

Sergeant:

Sergeant:

Do you have any problem with your Sargento: weapon? ¿Tienes algún problema con el arma? Private: Soldado:

Pull the charging handle down and take it out. Baja la palanca de montar y sácalo.

Sargento:

-125-

I did it but it’s still stuck. Lo he hecho pero sigue atascado.

EXERCISES 1) INSERT “SINCE”

OR

3) WRITE THE FOLLOWING “BE GOING TO” FORM.

“FOR”.

a) He has been in prison for a year.

SENTENCES BY USING THE

a) I go to the cinema this evening.

b) I have been taking driving lessons ______ last August.

a) I am going to go to the cinema this evening.

c) She has driven the same car ______ 1975.

b) She buys one ticket to Berlin. b) ________________________________.

d) My life has changed ______ I was a girl. e) We have been waiting for you ______ two hours! f) I’ve been very patient with you ______ several years. g) You haven’t spoken to me ______ the last committee meeting. h) They have been under water ______ half an hour.

2) FILL THE FOLLOWING BOX BY INSERTING THE PAST FORM AND THE PAST PARTICIPLE OF EACH VERB.

11

Present

Past

c) They run for one hour. c) ________________________________. d) He walks along the street. d) ________________________________. e) You are the president. e) ________________________________. f) The party starts very soon. f)

Past Participle

________________________________.

g) Dalila is my wife’s best friend. a) look

looked

looked

g) ________________________________.

b) love h) She has twins. c) see

h) ________________________________.

d) eat

i) They try to win the game. i)

________________________________.

e) understand j) We play football and baseball.

f) be

j)

________________________________.

g) want k) Lissa plays the piano. h) wear

k) ________________________________.

i) bite

l) Mary buys a book for her father. l)

j) kiss

________________________________.

m) They send her a present.

k) watch

m) ________________________________. -126-

4) WRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE.

5) WRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE PAST TENSE OF THE “BE GOING TO” FORM.

a) I go to the cinema.

a) I go to the cinema this evening.

a) I have gone to the cinema.

a) I was going to go to the cinema this evening.

b) She buys one ticket to Berlin.

b) She buys one ticket to Berlin.

b) ______________________________.

b) ______________________________.

c) They run for one hour.

c) They run for one hour.

c) ______________________________.

c) ______________________________.

d) He walks along the street.

d) He walks along the street.

d) ______________________________.

d) ______________________________.

e) You are the president.

e) You are the president.

e) ______________________________.

e) ______________________________.

f) The party starts very soon.

f) The party starts very soon.

f) ______________________________.

f) ______________________________.

g) Dalila is my wife’s best friend.

g) Dalila is my wife’s best friend.

g) ______________________________.

g) ______________________________.

h) She has twins.

h) She has twins.

h) ______________________________.

h) ______________________________.

i) They try to win the game.

i) They try to win the game.

i)

i)

______________________________.

______________________________.

j) We play football and baseball.

j) We play football and baseball.

j)

j)

______________________________.

______________________________.

k) Lissa plays the piano.

k) Lissa plays the piano.

k) ______________________________.

k) ______________________________.

l) Mary buys a book for her father.

l) Mary buys a book for her father.

l)

l)

______________________________.

______________________________.

m) They send her a present.

m) They send her a present.

m) ______________________________.

m) ______________________________. -127-

11

6) WRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE 7) MAKE FUTURE SIMPLE TENSE.

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES NEGATIVE.

a) I am going to see my boyfriend.

a) I go to the cinema.

a) I am not going to see my boyfriend.

a) I will go to the cinema. b) I will ask you some questions. b) She buys one ticket to Berlin.

b) ______________________________.

b) ______________________________. c) Will you come to my party tonight? c) _______________________________

c) They run for one hour. c) ______________________________.

d) She was going to study the lesson. d) ______________________________.

d) He walks along the street. d) ______________________________.

e) They have been in Madrid for five months. e) ______________________________.

e) You are the president. e) ______________________________.

f) They will speak English. f) ______________________________.

f) The party starts very soon. f) ______________________________.

11

g) Are you going to sell your car? g) _______________________________

g) Dalila is my wife’s best friend. g) ______________________________.

h) Have they come soon? h) _______________________________

h) She has twins. h) ______________________________.

i) It is going to rain. i)

______________________________.

i) They try to win the game. i)

j) They were going to write a letter.

______________________________.

j)

______________________________.

j) We play football and baseball. j)

k) Has she gone to our school this morning?

______________________________.

k) _______________________________ k) Lissa plays the piano. l) Will you stay here in winter?

k) ______________________________.

l) _______________________________ l) Mary buys a book for her father. l)

m) I will finish my work tomorrow.

______________________________.

m) ______________________________.

m) They send her a present.

n) It will be a very nice summer.

m) ______________________________.

n) ______________________________. -128-

8) MAKE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTERROGATIVE.

9)

a) They were going to write a letter. a) Were they going to write a letter?

PUT THE VERBS IN BRACKETS INTO THE CORRECT FORM.

a) If I see him I will give him a lift. (to give)

b) You have taken some eggs for breakfast. b) _______________________________

b) The table will collapse if you _____ on it. (to stand)

c) Anna will meet Peter tomorrow at half past one. c) _______________________________

c) If he _____ all that he will be ill. (to eat) d) If I find your passport I _____ you at once. (to telephone)

d) He is an English teacher. d) _______________________________

e) The police _____ him if they catch him. (to arrest)

e) You told me the truth. e) _______________________________

f) If he _____ in bad light he will ruin his eyes. (to read)

f) She has studied French since 1985. f) _______________________________

g) Someone _____ your car if you leave it unlocked. (to steal)

g) They weren’t going to come. g) _______________________________

h) What will happen if my parachute _____? (not to open)

h) Her birthday is on October the 14th. h) _______________________________

i) If he _____ my car I will give him £10. (to wash)

i) I won’t go with you to the zoo. i) _______________________________

j) I will be very angry if you _____ any more mistakes. (to make) k) If you give my dog a bone he _____ it at once. (to bury)

j) Michael is not going to read your article. j) _______________________________

10) MATCH

WORDS

1)

TO

8)

WITH WORDS A) TO H).

English terms

Spanish terms

1)

pistol grip

a)

bayoneta

2)

barrel

b)

recámara

3)

sling

c)

empuñadura

4)

bore

d)

portafusa

5)

bayonet

e)

ánima

6)

rear sight

f)

cañón

7)

chamber

g)

guardamanos

8)

forearm

h)

alza

-129-

11

UNIT 12 GRAMMAR Examples:

1. THE CONDITIONAL TENSE (EL TIEMPO CONDICIONAL) 1.1. AFFIRMATIVE FORM (FORMA AFIRMATIVA) La forma condicional afirmativa del verbo en inglés se obtiene de manera muy parecida a como se construye la del futuro simple: Conditional / Affirmative form SUJETO +

WOULD

+ verbo en INFINITIVO sin “TO”

El auxiliar “would” es invariable para todas las personas, es decir, no tiene una forma “especial” para la tercera persona del singular como ocurre, por ejemplo, en el presente simple. La forma “would” se puede contraer en “’d”.

Conditional / Affirmative form

I would walk 1st S I’d walk

I would give you my car.

Spanish

Te daría mi coche.

English

You’d take a taxi.

Spanish

Cogerías un taxi.

English

We would like to go to France.

Spanish

Nos gustaría ir a Francia.

English

They’d meet my mother.

Spanish

Conocerían a mi madre.

English

She would read this book.

Spanish

Leería este libro.

1.2. NEGATIVE FORM (FORMA NEGATIVA)

TO WALK (‘andar’) English

English

Spanish (yo) andaría

La forma negativa del condicional en inglés se construye con la forma “would not” o su contracción “wouldn’t” más el infinitivo del verbo que se desea poner en condicional sin la preposición “to”. Conditional / Negative form

you would walk 2nd S you’d walk

(tú) andarías

NOT/ + Verbo en INFINITIVO SUJETO + WOULD WOULDN’T sin “TO”

(usted) andaría he/ she/ it would walk 3rd S he’d/ she’d/ it’d walk (él /ella/ *ello) andaría

we would walk 1st P we’d walk

(nosotros/ as) andaríamos

TO WALK (‘andar’) Conditional / Negative form English Spanish I would not walk (yo) no andaría 1st S I wouldn’t walk you would not walk 2nd S you wouldn’t walk

(vosotros/ as) andaríais you would walk 2nd P you’d walk (ustedes) andarían

they would walk 3rd P they’d walk

(tú) no andarías (usted) no andaría

he/ she/ it would not walk 3rd S he/ she/ it wouldn’t walk (él /ella/ *ello) no andaría we would not walk 1st P we wouldn’t walk you would not walk 2nd P you wouldn’t walk

(ellos /as) andarían they would not walk 3rd P they wouldn’t walk -131-

(nosotros/ as) no andaríamos (vosotros/ as) no andaríais (ustedes) no andarían (ellos/ as) no andarían

12

1.3.-QUESTION FORM (FORMA INTERROGATIVA)

Examples:

Para construir oraciones interrogativas en tiempo condicional en inglés no se emplea el auxiliar “ to do”, sino que se hace uso de “would”, cuya forma es invariable para todas las personas.

English

Wouldn’t you lend me your car? Would you not lend me your car?

Spanish

¿No me dejarías tu coche?

English

Wouldn’t they go to England? Would they not go to England?

Spanish

¿No irían a Inglaterra?

Conditional / Question form Verbo en WOULD + SUJETO + INFINITIVO + (complts.) ? sin “TO”

TO WALK (‘andar’) Conditional / Question English Spanish 1st S would I walk?

¿andaría (yo)?

2. THE IMPERATIVE (EL IMPERATIVO)

¿andarías (tú)? 2nd S would you walk?

El imperativo en inglés se construye simplemente con la forma de infinitivo del verbo sin la partícula “to” y, a diferencia de otras formas verbales que necesitan el pronombre personal explícito (“I eat”; “you would like”; “they have seen”, etc.), el imperativo en inglés no lo requiere. En inglés se emplea esta única forma para la segunda persona del singular y del plural (“you”, ‘tú’, ‘vosotros’, ‘usted’, ‘ustedes’) cuando en español se necesitan cuatro formas distintas:

¿andaría (usted)? 3rd S would he/ she/ it walk? ¿andaría (él/ ella /*ello)? 1st P would we walk?

12

¿andaríamos (nosotros/ as)? ¿andaríais (vosotros/ as)?

2nd P would you walk? ¿andarían (ustedes)? 3rd P would they walk?

¿andarían (ellos/ as)?

Examples: 1.4. NEGATIVE QUESTION FORM (FORMA INTERROGATIVO-NEGATIVA)

English

Para construir oraciones interrogativonegativas en condicional tenemos dos opciones: (1) hacer uso de la forma negativa contraída (“wouldn’t”) que suele ser lo más común, o (2) hacer uso de la forma negativa no contraída (“would not”).

Spanish Hazlo (tú) / Hacedlo (vosotros/ as)

Do it Hágalo (usted) / Háganlo (ustedes)

Come (tú) / Comed (vosotros/ as) Conditional / Contracted negative question form

Eat Coma (usted) / Coman (ustedes)

Verbo en WOULDN’T + SUJETO + INFINITIVO + (complts.) ? sin “TO”

Estudia (tú) / Estudiad (vosotros/ as) Study Estudie (usted) / Estudien (ustedes)

Conditional / Negative question form

WOULDN’T

Ven (tú) / Venid (vosotros/ as)

Verbo en + SUJETO + INFINITIVO (complts.) ? sin “TO”

Come Venga (usted) / Vengan (ustedes)

-132-

Para la forma negativa del imperativo se Para formular órdenes o sugerencias que, emplea el auxiliar “to do” en su forma negativa: además de a otras personas, incluyan al propio “do not”, que se emplea en contextos formales, hablante, en inglés se utilizan los “let’s y “don’t”, que se emplea en contextos más commands”. Se forman de la siguiente manera: informales: Let’s commands / Affirmative firm

Examples: English

LET’S

Do not do it

Verbo en INFINITIVO sin “TO”

+

+

(complts.)

?

No lo hagas (tú) / No lo hagáis (vosotros) Spanish No lo haga (usted) / No lo hagan (ustedes) Don’t be a fool

La forma negativa de este tipo de construcciones imperativas sería la siguiente:

No seas (tú) tonto / No seáis (vosotros) tontos

Let’s commands / Negative form

English Spanish

No sea (usted) tonto / No sean (ustedes) tontos LET’S

El auxiliar “do” también se emplea en la forma afirmativa del imperativo cuando se quiere enfatizar la orden:

+

NOT

Verbo en + INFINITIVO + (complts.) ? sin “TO”

Examples:

Examples: English

English

Let’s eat pizza.

Spanish

Comamos pizza.

English

Let’s not go to the store.

Spanish

No vayamos a la tienda.

Do eat Come (tú) / Comed (vosotros)

Spanish Coma (usted) / Coman (ustedes) English

Do study this lesson Estudia (tú) / Estudiad (vosotros) esta lección

Spanish Estudie (usted) / Estudien (ustedes) esta lección

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-CUSTOMS (LA ADUANA) Where are you from? Do you have an entry permit?

Customs officer: Where are you from? Aduanero: ¿De dónde es usted?

I’m Spanish

Teresa: Teresa:

Yes, here it is

Customs officer: Do you have an entry permit? Aduanero: ¿Tiene un permiso de entrada? Teresa: Teresa:

How long are you going to stay in the country for?

Teresa:

Two months

Teresa: Teresa:

I am going to take a French course at the University of Paris. Do I have to open my suitcase? Voy a estudiar en la Universidad de París un curso de francés. ¿Tengo que abrir la maleta?

Customs officer: No. Thank you very much. Aduanero: No. Muchas gracias. Teresa: Teresa:

Yes, here it is. Sí, aquí está.

Customs officer: How long are you going to stay in the country for? Aduanero: ¿Cuánto tiempo va a permanecer en el país?

Customs officer: And, what’s the purpose of your journey? Aduanero: Y, ¿cuál es el motivo de su viaje? Teresa:

I’m Spanish. Soy española.

You are welcome. De nada.

-133-

Two months. Dos meses. And, what’s the purpose of your journey?

I’m going to take a French course at University of Paris. Do I have to open my suitcase?

No. Thank you very much You are welcome

12

CIVILIAN

VOCABULARY

1.-SPORTS AND LEISURE TIME (DEPORTES Y TIEMPO LIBRE) English draughts chess athletics basketball handball volleyball mountaineering billiards cycling skiing football golf riding ice hockey swimming skating rugby tennis

Spanish damas ajedrez atletismo baloncesto balonmano voleibol alpinismo billar ciclismo esquí fútbol golf hípica hockey sobre hielo natación patinaje rugby tenis

12

riding tennis

swimming

rugby

English

Spanish

fishing

pesca

theatre

teatro

cinema

cine

opera

ópera

dance

danza

go for a stroll

play the harp

pasear go for a walk

fishing

go for jogging

ir a correr

reading

leer

hiking

senderismo

hobby

pasatiempo

play a musical instrument tocar un instrumento musical (play the guitar/ the violin/ the (tocar la guitarra/ el violín/ el piano/ the harp) piano / el arpa)

reading

Examples: English

Spanish

What do you do in your free time?

¿Qué haces en tu tiempo libre?

When I was a child I used to ride horses.

Cuando era pequeño solía montar a caballo.

Draughts and chess are intellectual games.

Las damas y el ajedrez son juegos intelectuales. -134-

READING

COMPREHENSION

1.-TERRORIST ATTACK (ATAQUE TERRORISTA) - remain calm and be patient; - follow the advice of local emergency officials; - listen to your radio or television for news and Because of the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon in 2001, there are many people concerned about the possibility of future incidents and their potential impact. As a result of this kind of devastating acts there is a great uncertainty about the future and stress levels are increasing. Nevertheless, there are things you can do to prepare for the unexpected and to reduce the stress. For example, you can create an emergency communications plan, you can establish a meeting place, you can assemble a disaster supplies kit or check on the school emergency plan of any school-age children you may have. And in the event that disaster strikes, you have to:

-

-

instructions; if the disaster occurs near you, check for injuries; give first aid and get help for seriously injured people; if the disaster occurs near your home and you are there, check for damage using a flashlight; do not light matches or candles or turn on electrical switches; check for fires, fire hazards and other household hazards; sniff for gas leaks, starting at the water heater; and, if you smell gas or suspect a leak, turn off the main gas valve, open windows, and get everyone outside quickly; shut off any other damaged utilities; call your family contact, do not use the telephone again unless it is a life-threatening emergency; check on your neighbours, especially those who are elderly or disabled.

2.-ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS) 1)

When did the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon take place?

2)

What can you do in order to prepare yourself for a terrorist attack?

MILITARY

12

TERMS

1.-COMMUNICATIONS (COMUNICACIONES) English

Spanish signal transmisiones information source fuente de información report informar; informe message mensaje tactical communications transmisiones tácticas radio communications transmisiones radio wireless sin cable antenna antena aerial wire cable fax fax operator operador call sign indicativo code cifrar interference interferencia jamming marcar un número dial a number [de teléfono] channel canal wave onda

signal

operator -135-

2.-FIRST AID (PRIMEROS AUXILIOS) English wound fracture shock burn frostbite sunstroke blister arm bandage leg bandage plaster stretcher casualty fever bruise pill severe injury light injury evacuation

Spanish herida; herido fractura shock quemadura congelación golpe de calor ampolla vendaje de brazo vendaje de pierna escayola camilla baja fiebre magulladura pastilla herida grave herida leve evacuación

MILITARY

12

leg bandage

bruise

severe injury

CONVERSATION Hello, Pérez! Do you know what happened to Corporal Martínez yesterday? How was it?

Yes, he was wounded on his leg A shell explosion. Mortar shrapnel

No, it wasn’t serious

Was it a severe injury?

Private: Soldado: Private: Soldado: Private: Soldado:

Hello, Pérez! Do you know what happened to Corporal Martínez Private: yesterday? Soldado: ¡Hola, Pérez! ¿Sabes qué le pasó al Cabo Martínez ayer? Private: Yes, he was wounded on his leg. Soldado: Sí, se hirió una pierna. Private: How was it? Soldado: ¿Cómo fue?

-136-

A shell explosion. Mortar shrapnel. La explosión de una granada. Metralla de mortero. Was it a severe injury? ¿Fue una herida grave? No, it wasn’t serious. No, no fue grave.

EXERCISES 1) WRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE CONDITIONAL TENSE.

3) WRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE NEGATIVE OF THE CONDITIONAL TENSE.

a) I speak French. a) I would speak French.

a) I speak French. a) I would not speak French.

b) We go to the hotel this morning. b) ______________________________.

b) We go to the hotel this morning. b) ______________________________.

c) Paul meets his girlfriend this afternoon. c) ______________________________.

c) Paul meets his girlfriend this afternoon. c) ______________________________.

d) Hellen comes from Scotland. d) ______________________________.

d) Hellen comes from a Scotland. d) ______________________________.

e) Peter’s best friend plays basketball. e) ______________________________.

e) Peter’s best friend plays basketball. e) ______________________________.

f) We eat meat twice a week. f) ______________________________.

f) We eat meat twice a week. f) ______________________________.

g) They have breakfast at half past seven. g) ______________________________.

g) They have breakfast at half past seven. g) ______________________________.

h) You buy this vase. h) ______________________________.

h) You buy this vase. h) ______________________________.

i) I write my curriculum. i) ______________________________.

i) I write my curriculum. i) ______________________________.

2) WRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE CONTRACTION OF CONDITIONAL TENSE.

4) MAKE

SENTENCES WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS.

a) I speak French. a) I’d speak French.

a) you /my new house /? /go to /Would

b) We go to the hotel this morning. b) __________________________________.

b) piano /not /play /they /Would /the /?

a) Would you go to my new house?

b) ______________________________ c) Paul doesn’t meet his girlfriend this afternoon. c) __________________________________.

c) a mistake /would /You /make c)

d) Hellen doesn’t come from Scotland. d) __________________________________.

______________________________

d) for you /I /tonight /’d /cook e) Peter’s best friend doesn’t play basketball. e) __________________________________.

d) ______________________________

f) We eat meat twice a week. f) __________________________________.

e) wouldn’t /go /Michael /a walk /for

g) They have breakfast at half past seven. g) __________________________________.

f) like to /me /see /She /not /would

e) ______________________________

f) h) You buy this vase. h) __________________________________.

______________________________

g) She‘d /like to /book /read /good /a g) ______________________________

i) I write my curriculum. i) __________________________________. -137-

12

5) MAKE INTERROGATIVE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES.

7) PUT THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTO THE NEGATIVE FORM.

a) I wouldn’t visit my grandmother. a) Wouldn’t I visit my grandmother?

a) Go home. a) Don’t go home. /Do not go home.

b) He would like to be in France. b) ______________________________

b) Play this song. b) ______________________________.

c) They wouldn’t have a better job. c) ______________________________

c) Smoke. c) ______________________________.

d) Martha’s father would find a good place. d) ______________________________

d) Open the door. d) ______________________________.

e) He wouldn’t drive faster. e) ______________________________

e) Sit down. e) ______________________________.

f) My legs would hurt very much. f) ______________________________

f) Stop. f) ______________________________.

g) Louise would not study in China. g) ______________________________

g) Let’s count the money. g) ______________________________.

h) I’d borrow your chair. h) ______________________________

h) Let’s work together. h) ______________________________.

i) My mother wouldn’t make any suggestion. i) ______________________________

i) Let’s begin now. i) ______________________________.

6) MAKE IMPERATIVE SENTENCES WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS.

12

a) Write a letter to your cousin. a) Do write a letter to your cousin. b) ______________________________. b) ______________________________.

Subject

Verb

Complements

you

write

a letter to your cousin

we

study

for one hour

you

make

peace

d) ______________________________. d) ______________________________.

you

come

here right now

e) ______________________________. e) ______________________________.

we

go

to the cinema

you

say

it

we

play

a song for her

we

start

the work

8) MATCH

WORDS

1)

TO

8)

c) c)

f) f)

______________________________. ______________________________.

______________________________. ______________________________.

g) ______________________________. g) ______________________________. h) ______________________________. h) ______________________________.

WITH WORDS A) TO H).

English terms

Spanish terms

1)

operator

a)

interferencia

2)

wire

b)

indicativo

3)

radio commnications

c)

operador

4)

report

d)

antena

5)

jamming

e)

marcar un número [de teléfono]

6)

dial a number

f)

transmisiones radio

7)

aerial

g)

informe

8)

call sign

h)

cable

-138-

UNIT 13 GRAMMAR 1. MODAL VERBS (VERBOS MODALES) Los verbos modales son un conjunto de verbos anómalos que poseen una serie de características comunes:

En las oraciones negativas la partícula negativa “not” va siempre detrás del verbo. Examples: English Spanish

a) Tienen la misma forma verbal invariable para todas las personas, excepto “have (got) to”, que tiene “has” en la tercera persona del singular.

English Spanish

Examples:

English Spanish

English

¿No podría hablar más alto?

He can sing.

Nótese que “cannot”, a diferencia del resto de los verbos modales, va todo junto en la forma negativa. c) Cuando acompañan a un verbo en infinitivo, siempre lo preceden en las oraciones afirmativas y negativas. Examples:

Spanish Puede cantar.

English

Can he? Could he? ¿Puede? ¿Pudo / podría? He cannot (can’t). He could not (couldn’t). No puede. No pudo / no podría. Couldn’t she speak louder? Could she not speak louder?

She has to sing.

Spanish Tiene que cantar.

b) En las oraciones interrogativas se invierte el orden del sujeto y del verbo modal, mientras que en los verbos no modales se usa el auxiliar “to do” (las oraciones interrogativas con verbos modales se construyen de una forma similar a como se construyen las oraciones con el verbo “to be”, tal y como se explica en la unidad 1). Aquellos modales que aceptan la forma negativa contraída tienen dos maneras para formar oraciones interrogativas: Modal verbs / Negative question form

Verbo + SUJETO + NOT modal

[

Verbo en + + (complts.) infinitivo sin “TO”

]

[

Verbo en + infinitivo + (complts.) sin “TO”

]

He can write.

Spanish

Puede escribir.

English

He might do it later.

Spanish

Puede que lo haga más tarde.

English

You shouldn’t take it so seriously.

Spanish

No deberías tomártelo tan a pecho.

d) Cuando el verbo modal acompaña a un verbo en infinitivo, dicho infinitivo aparece sin la partícula “to”, salvo con los verbos modales “ought to” y “have to” Examples:

?

Modal verbs / Contracted negative question form Verbo modal en + SUJETO negativa contraído

English

?

-139-

English

He can write.

Spanish

Puede escribir.

English

He could do it better.

Spanish

Lo podría / lo pudo hacer mejor.

English

She has to go to Hannover.

Spanish

Tiene que ir a Hannover.

13

1.1.-CAN El verbo modal “can” significa ‘poder’, ‘tener la capacidad o la habilidad para llevar a cabo una acción’. También se puede utilizar para expresar permiso, posibilidad, imposibilidad o petición. La forma negativa de “can” (“cannot” o “can’t”) expresa deducción. Las formas “can”, “cannot” y “can’t” sólo se utilizan en presente.

La perífrasis verbal “to be able to” se usa para expresar capacidad en los tiempos verbales en los que “can” no puede conjugarse, por ejemplo, en futuro o pasado. Por lo tanto, la forma negativa hará referencia a la falta de capacidad. No obstante, “to be able to” puede conjugarse en todos los tiempos que hasta el momento hemos visto en este libro:

Can English

Spanish

Ability:

He can write.

Capacidad:

Puede escribir.

Permission:

Can I go with you?

Permiso:

¿Puedo ir contigo?

Possibility/Impossibility: Albert can become rich and famous if Posibilidad/Imposibilidad: Alberto puede hacerse rico y famoso si he knows the right people. conoce a la gente adecuada. Request:

Can I have a glass of water?

Petición:

Deduction:

They cannot (can’t) be at home. Deducción: The lights are off.

¿Puedo tomarme un vaso de agua? No pueden estar en casa. Las luces están apagadas.

to be able to English

13

Ability in the future:

Spanish

I will be able to speak English.

Capacidad en futuro: Podré hablar inglés.

Inability in the future: I will not (won’t) be able to come Incapacidad en futuro: tomorrow.

Ability in the past:

No podré venir mañana.

He was able to read a whole book Capacidad en pasado: Pudo leer un libro entero en un solo día. in one day.

1.2.-COULD “Could” expresa habilidad en el pasado; con para pedir algo educadamente o para expresar la forma negativa, imposibilidad en el pasado. críticas. “Could” se refiere tanto al tiempo También se puede usar para hacer pasado (‘pude’) como al condicional (‘podría’.) sugerencias, especulaciones (como “might”), Could English

Spanish

Skill in the past:

My father could speak French when Habilidad en he was ten years old. pasado:

Mi padre podía hablar francés cuando tenía diez años.

Polite request:

algo Could you repeat that again, please? Solicitar educadamente:

¿Podría repetir eso de nuevo, por favor?

Impossibility in the I was so nervous I could not (couldn’t) Imposibilidad en past: remember anything. pasado:

Estaba tan nervioso que no pude recordar nada.

Suggestion:

We could go to the cinema.

Sugerencia:

Podríamos ir al cine.

Criticism:

You could have told me the truth.

Crítica:

Podrías haberme dicho la verdad.

-140-

1.3.-MUST

que, “must” implica un mayor grado de obligación que “have to”. Asimismo, “have to” El verbo “must” expresa obligación también podrá utilizarse en tiempo presente ineludible de hacer algo. Asimismo, puede con ese mismo matiz de obligación. expresar deducción de un hecho, prohibición (en su forma negativa) o una sugerencia. “Have to” no es un verbo modal propiamente dicho ya que no posee la mayoría de las Ya que “must” es un verbo defectivo y no características de los verbos modales puede conjugarse en determinados tiempos expuestas anteriormente. Esto quiere decir verbales (e.g., pasado, futuro, etc.); nos vemos que, se comporta como el resto de los verbos a obligados a utilizar “have to” en el tiempo la hora de hacer preguntas o a la hora de negar oportuno para expresar este tipo de obligación. (con el auxiliar “to do”). Además, para la Por lo tanto, la forma negativa de “have to” tercera persona del singular ha de emplearse la expresará esa ausencia de obligación. Nótese forma “has”. Veamos algunos ejemplos: Must English

Spanish

Obligation

They must study to pass the exam. Must Obligación they study to pass the exam?

Deben estudiar para aprobar el examen. ¿Deben estudiar para aprobar el examen?

Deduction

The rumour must be true.

Deducción:

El rumor debe de ser verdad.

Prohibition:

You must not (mustn’t) come back late

Prohibición:

No debes volver tarde.

Suggestion:

You must see the British Museum! It’s ¡Deberías ver el Museo Británico! ¡Es Sugerencia: maravilloso! wonderful! Have to

Obligation in the present: Obligation in the past: Lack of obligation in the past: Obligation in the future: Lack of obligation in the future:

English I have to go to class. I must go to class.

Obligación en presente: Obligación They had to study. en pasado: de obligación She did not (didn’t) have to study. Ausencia en pasado:

Spanish Tengo que ir a clase. Debo ir a clase. Tuvieron / tenían que estudiar No tuvo / tenía que estudiar.

He will have to go to London.

Obligación en futuro: Tendrá que ir a Londres.

I will not (won’t) have to come soon.

Ausencia de obligación No tendré que volver temprano. en futuro:

Examples:

Examples: English

They need not (needn’t) take it unless they want to.

Spanish

No necesitan cogerlo a no ser que quieran.

English

They don’t need to take it unless they want to.

Did she have to bring an umbrella?

Spanish

No necesitan cogerlo a no ser que quieran.

Spanish

¿Tuvo que llevar paraguas?

English

Need you go?

English

You don’t have to read the whole book.

Spanish

¿Necesitas irte?

Spanish

No tienes que leer todo el libro.

English

Do you need to go?

Spanish

¿Necesitas irte?

English

She doesn’t have to drive.

English

Need he go so soon?

Spanish

No tiene que conducir.

Spanish

¿Necesita irse tan temprano?

English

Does he need to go so soon?

Spanish

¿Necesita irse tan temprano?

English

I need to study harder.

Spanish

Necesito estudiar más duro.

English

She needs to be loved.

Spanish

Necesita ser amada.

English

Do you have to wear a uniform?

Spanish

¿Tienes que llevar uniforme?

English

1.4.-NEED El verbo “need” expresa necesidad. “Need” es un verbo semi-modal, esto significa que puede comportarse como modal o no, es decir, que puede adquirir (o no) las propiedades estructurales de los verbos modales.

-141-

13

Nótese que el verbo “need” se comporta como modal en las tablas sombreadas en amarillo. Esto quiere decir que para la forma negativa, se intercala la partícula de negación “not” entre “need” y el verbo en infinitivo sin la partícula “to” (también puede contraerse en “needn’t”), mientras que para la forma negativa no modal, se antepone la partícula “don’t” al verbo “need”, seguida del verbo en infinitivo con la partícula “to”. Para la forma interrogativa se invierte el orden del sujeto y del verbo

modal, mientras que para la forma interrogativa no modal de hace uso del auxiliar “to do” como se ha explicado en unidades anteriores. 1.5.-MAY El modal “may” expresa permiso y posibilidad. También es utilizado para hacer especulaciones. Por lo tanto: Nótese que la forma negativa de “may” no se abrevia.

May English

Spanish

Permission:

May I go?

Permiso:

¿Puedo ir?

Possibility

It may rain tomorrow.

Posibilidad:

Es posible que llueva mañana.

Speculation:

That may be the man who won the Especulación: Puede que ése sea el hombre al que le lottery. tocó la lotería.

1.6.-MIGHT Con el verbo modal “might” sirve para expresar posibilidad, así como para hacer especulaciones. Por lo tanto:

La forma “might not” no se contrae.

Might

13

English Possibility:

Spanish

She might be the winner. She might not be the winner.

Posibilidad:

Puede que sea la ganadora. Puede que no sea la ganadora.

Might she be the winner? ¿Puede que sea la ganadora? Speculation: They might come into the house through an Especulación: Puede que entren en la casa a través de open window. una ventana abierta.

1.7 SHOULD / OUGHT

TO

Los verbos modales “should” y “ought to” pueden: expresar obligación moral, servir para dar consejos, así como para criticar acciones pasadas. La forma negativa contraída de “should not” es “shouldn’t”. Por lo tanto:

*Nótese que para criticar acciones pasadas el verbo principal debe ir en infinitivo compuesto (have + participio de pasado) o en infinitivo simple.

Should / Ought to

Moral obligation:

English I should read more. I ought to read more. Should I read more? Ought I to read more?

Spanish Debería leer más. Obligación moral: Debería leer más?

You should be more responsible. Deberías ser más responsable. You ought to be more responsible. Advice / Suggestion:

Consejo / Sugerencia: You should not (shouldn’t) drink so much. No deberías beber tanto. You ought not to drink so much.

Criticism:

He shouldn’t (should not) have lied.* Crítica: He ought not to have lied. -142-

No debería haber mentido.

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-SHOPPING. BUYING FOOD (DE COMPRAS. COMPRANDO COMIDA) Customer: Cliente:

Could I have some of that cheese, please?

Could I have some of that cheese, please? ¿Me podría dar un poco de ese queso, por favor?

Which one do you want? The Camembert?

Shop assistant: Which one do you want? The Camembert? Dependiente: ¿Cuál quiere? ¿El Camembert? Customer: Cliente:

Yes, the Camembert will do. How much is it?

Yes, the Camembert will do. How much is it? Sí, el Camembert está bien. ¿Cuánto cuesta?

Shop assistant: £9 a pound. Dependiente: 9 libras por libra. Customer: Cliente:

£9 a pound

I’ll have half a pound

Here you are

I’ll have half a pound. Quiero media libra.

Shop assistant: Here you are. Dependiente: Aquí tiene. Customer: Cliente:

Thank you very much. Muchas gracias.

Thank you very much

You are welcome

Shop assistant: You are welcome. Dependiente: De nada.

2.-SHOPPING. BUYING CLOTHES (DE COMPRAS. COMPRANDO ROPA)

13

Look at that sweater! Isn’t it nice? Why don’t we come in?

Teresa:

Ok, let’s come in

I’ll take it, I love it

Teresa:

Look at that sweater! Isn’t it nice? Why don’t we come in? ¡Mira ese jersey! ¿A que es bonito? ¿Por qué no entramos?

Miguel: Miguel:

Ok, let’s come in. Vale, entremos.

Miguel: Miguel:

I’ll take it, I love it. Me lo llevo, me encanta.

Teresa:

Do it! This colour really goes with your complexion. ¡Hazlo! Este color te sienta muy bien a la cara.

Teresa: Teresa: Teresa: Do it! This colour really goes with your complexion

Oh, I like very much these Ok, I will, but I need a trousers too!. Please, smaller size... these are Miguel, try them on fine, I’ll take them

Miguel: Miguel:

Teresa: Teresa: Anyway, I think that if you have any problems, you can change them for other trousers or get the money back

-143-

Oh, I like very much these trousers too! Please, Miguel, try them on. ¡Oh, estos pantalones también me gustan mucho! Por favor, Miguel, pruébatelos. Ok, I will, but I need a smaller size... these are fine, I’ll take them. Vale, me los probaré, pero necesito una talla más pequeña... éstos me van bien, me los llevo. Anyway, I think that if you have any problems, you can change them for other trousers or get the money back. De todas formas, creo que si tienes algún problema puedes cambiarlos por otros pantalones o te devuelven el dinero.

CIVILIAN

VOCABULARY

1.-LENGTH (LONGITUD) Anglo-Saxon Metric System (Sistema Métrico Anglosajón)

European Metric System (Sistema Métrico Decimal)

1 inch 1 pulgada

2,54 cm

12 inches 12 pulgadas

= 1 foot = 1 pie

30,48 cm

3 feet 3 pies

= 1 yard = 1 yarda

91,4 cm

220 yards 220 yardas

= 1 furlog = 1 estadio

8 furlongs 8 estadios

= 1 mile = 1 milla

1,760 yards 1.760 yardas

= 1 mile = 1 milla

201,17 m

1.609 km

2.-WEIGHT (PESO) Anglo-Saxon Metric System (Sistema Métrico Anglosajón)

13

1 ounce 1 onza 16 ounces 16 onzas 14 pounds 14 libras 112 pounds 112 libras

European Metric System (Sistema Métrico Decimal) 28,35 g

= 1 pound = 1 libra

454 g

= 1 stone

6,35 kg

= 1 hundredweight

50,8 kg

2,000 pounds

= 1 short ton

907 kg

20 hundredweights 2,240 pounds

= 1 ton / long ton

1.016 kg

Examples: English

Spanish

She weighs 129 pounds. (AmE)

Pesa 58,66 kg.

She weighs 9 stone 3 pounds. (BrE)

Pesa 58,66 kg.

3.-CAPACITY (CAPACIDAD) Anglo-Saxon Metric System (Sistema Métrico Anglosajón)

European Metric System (Sistema Métrico Decimal)

1 fluid ounce 1 onza fluida

2,84 cl

20 fluid ounces 20 onzas fluidas

= 1 pint = 1 pinta

0,568 l

2 pints 2 pintas

= 1 quart = 1 cuarto

1,136 l

4 quarts 4 cuartos

= 1 gallon = 1 galón

4,546 l

-144-

READING

COMPREHENSION

1.-DAVID BOWIE

2.-ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS)

David Robert Jones was born on 8th January, 1947, in London (England, United Kingdom). David Jones started playing the saxophone at the age of 13, and he left Bromley Technical High School (where a friend paralyzed David's left pupil in a fight) to work as a commercial artist three years later. In 1966, he changed his name to David Bowie to avoid confusion with the Monkees' Davy Jones. He married the American-born Angela Barnett on 20th March, 1970. They had a son in June 1971. The couple divorced in 1980. Bowie's tribute to the New York City of Andy Warhol, the Velvet Underground and Bob Dylan, included his theme song "Changes". He produced albums for Lou Reed ("Transformer" and its hit "Walk on the wild side") and wrote and produced Mott the Hoople's anthem "All the Young Dudes". Bowie revitalized Iggy Pop's career by producing "The Idiot" and "Lust for life" (both in 1977). Bowie had no luck in his acting career: "Into the Night" (1985), "Absolute Beginners" (1986); "Labyrinth" (1986), "The Linguini Incident" (1992) and "Twin Peaks". None of these films were commercial successes. In 1992 Bowie married Somalian supermodel Iman. His wedding present to his wife was an album called "Black Tie White Noise", which received positive reviews.

MILITARY

1)

What happened to David's eye a long time ago?

2)

Why did he change his name to David Bowie?

3)

Was his acting career successful?

4)

What was his wedding present to his wife?

3.-ARE THESE SENTENCES TRUE (T) OR FALSE (F)? (DI SI ESTAS ORACIONES SON VERDADERAS O FALSAS) a) David Bowie was born in 1947.

T/F

b) He started playing the saxophone at the age of 15.

T/F

c) A friend paralyzed his left pupil in a fight.

T/F

d) He changed his name to David Bowie because he liked it more.

T/F

e) In 1972 he married Angela Barnett.

T/F

f) His song “Changes” was a tribute to New York.

T/F

g) He produced the album “Transformer” for Lou Reed.

T/F

h) “Labyrinth” was a very famous album.

T/F

i) The supermodel Iman became his wife in 1992.

T/F

TERMS

1.-OPERATIONS, OFFENSIVE (OPERACIONES, OFENSIVA) English task attack assault enemy combat hand-to-hand combat endurance march platoon position approaching avenue advanced rearguard flank body suppress

Spanish misión atacar; ataque asalto enemigo combate combate cuerpo a cuerpo marcha de endurecimiento posición de sección avenida de aproximación vanguardia retaguardia flanco grueso neutralizar

assault -145-

aim at English landing zone departure line aim at destroy target impact hit seize an objective assembly area coordination line counterattack pursue encircle siege

Spanish zona de lanzamiento línea de partida apuntar a destruir objetivo impactar; impacto tomar un objetivo zona de reunión línea de coordinación contraataque perseguir rodear sitiar

13

MILITARY

Lieutenant, cross the departure line at 7 am

CONVERSATION

It’s behind that hill. The attack will be performed once you receive the order by radio

Captain: Capitán: Lieutenant:

The mortars will support your assault

Teniente:

Captain: Capitán:

That’s right, Sir. After that, my platoon will advance up to that river but... Where is the enemy position?

Lieutenant: Teniente:

We will need fire support after crossing the departure line

13

Captain: Capitán:

Lieutenant, cross the departure line at 7 am. Teniente, cruce la línea de partida a las 7 am. That’s right, Sir. After that, my platoon will advance up to that river but… Where is the enemy position? De acuerdo, mi Capitán. Después de eso, mi sección avanzará sobre aquel río pero… ¿Dónde se encuentra la posición enemiga? It’s behind that hill. The attack will be performed once you receive the order by radio. Está detrás de aquella colina. El ataque tendrá lugar una vez haya recibido la orden por radio. We will need fire support after crossing the departure line. Necesitaremos fuego de apoyo después de cruzar la línea de partida. The mortars will support your assault. Los morteros apoyarán el asalto.

EXERCISES 1) TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES.

2) REWRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE FUTURE SIMPLE TENSE.

a) ¿Puedes hacer esto ahora? No, ahora no puedo. a) Can you do it now? No, now I can’t.

a) I can play a song for you with a guitar. a) I will be able to play a song for you with a guitar.

b) La próxima semana no tendré que venir. b) __________________________________.

b) I must study to pass my exam. b) __________________________________.

c) Tienes que estudiar la lección tercera. c) __________________________________.

c) She can’t say it louder. c) __________________________________.

d) Alex y Raúl deben comprar sus libros. d) __________________________________.

d) I need my pills. d) __________________________________.

e) Sus (de ella) explicaciones deben ser ciertas. e) __________________________________.

e) James must do an assignment. e) __________________________________.

f) ¿Podría darme el nombre de la escuela? f) __________________________________.

f) You must pronounce perfectly. f) __________________________________.

g) Deberías ir a Londres, es una ciudad muy bonita. g) __________________________________.

g) You can’t understand these sentences. g) __________________________________.

h) ¿Necesitas llevar falda? h) __________________________________.

h) I can´t see your eyes. h) __________________________________. -146-

3) PUT

THE FOLLOWING INTERROGATIVE FORM.

SENTENCES

INTO

THE

a) I can play a song for you. a) Can I play a song for you?

5) FILL EACH OF THE “MIGHT”, “SHOULD”

FOLLOWING GAPS WITH AND “MUST” IN THE AFFIRMATIVE OR NEGATIVE FORM.

a)

Nancy said you didn’t need to buy her anything for her birthday, but I really think you should at least get her some flowers or a nice bottle of wine.

c) She can’t act like a queen. c) __________________________________

b)

Nina said she would come over right after work, so she _______ be here by 6:00.

d) They need to go on holidays. d) __________________________________

c)

Oh, my God, he is unconscious. Don’t move him, he _______ have internal injuries. Somebody call an ambulance.

d)

You _______ be kidding! That can’t be true.

e)

We should invite Sally and her husband to come to the picnic on Saturday. We haven’t seen them in weeks,and they _______ really enjoy a nice day at the beach.

h) She will be able to attend lectures during pregnancy. h) __________________________________

f)

You _______ worry so much. It doesn’t do you any good.

i) She couldn’t speak Russian. i) __________________________________

g)

I would love to go on the cruise to Tahiti with Robin and Michelle. But such a luxurious trip _______ cost a fortune.

b) He must study to pass his exam. b) __________________________________

e) James could walk for hours. e) __________________________________ f) He should do better at Physics. f) __________________________________ g) You can’t understand these sentences. g) __________________________________

4) REWRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES IN THE SIMPLE PAST TENSE.

a) She can’t read your article. a) She couldn’t read your article / She was not able to read your article. b) My cousins can dance flamenco. b) ________________________________. c) I must do my homework. c) ________________________________. d) We need to be accepted. d) ________________________________. e) Our questions must be answered. e) ________________________________. f) Do you need to take music lessons? f) ________________________________. g) They need not study at home. g) ________________________________. h) They can be right. h) ________________________________. i) I must not do this exam. i) __________________________________.

6) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE SUITABLE FIGURE.

Length a) b) c) d) e)

91,4 cm = 1 yard = ____ feet = ____ inches. 76,2 cm = ____ feet = ____ inches. 182,8 cm = ____ yards = ____ feet = ____ inches. 121,92 cm = ____ feet = ____ inches. 201,17 m = ____ furlong = ____ yards = ____ feet = ____ inches. f) 4.827 km = ____ miles = ____ furlongs = ____ yards = ____ feet = ____ inches. Weight a) b) c) d) e)

454 g = ____ pound = ____ ounces. 908 g = ____ pounds = ____ ounces. 3,175 kg= ____ stone = ____ pounds = ____ ounces. 6,35 kg = ____ stone = ____ pounds = ____ ounces. 101,6 kg = ____ hundredweights = ____ stones = ____ pounds = ____ ounces. f) 907 kg = ____ short ton = ____ hundredweights = ____ stones = ____ pounds = ____ ounces. Capacity a) b) c) d)

-147-

5,68 cl = ____ fluid ounces. 28,4 cl = ____ fluid ounces = ____ pints. 1,133 l = ____ fluid ounces = ____ pints = ____ quart. 9,092 l = ____ fluid ounces = ____ pints = ____ quarts = ____ gallon.

13

7) FILL IN THE GAPS BY INSERTING THE RIGHT MODAL 8) VERB FROM THE BOX IN THE AFFIRMATIVE OR NEGATIVE FORM, YOU CAN USE MODAL VERBS MORE THAN ONCE.

a)

b)

13

can

could

have to

must

might

should

a) I don’t might go to the cinema. a) I might not go to the cinema.

b) Hellen don’t must be late. b) __________________________________.

Ted’s flight from Amsterdam took more than 11 hours. He might be exhausted after such a long flight. He _______ prefer to stay in tonight and get some rest. Hiking the trail to the peak _______ be dangerous if you are not well prepared for dramatic weather changes.

c)

When you have a small child in the house, you _______ leave small objects lying around.

d)

_______ you hold your breath for more than a minute?

e)

Jenny’s engagement ring is enormous!. It _______ have cost a fortune.

f)

CORRECT THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES IF NECESSARY.

Please make sure to water my plants while I am gone. If they don’t get enough water, they _______ die.

c) We don’t can do this exercise, it is very difficult. c) __________________________________.

d) I have not to go to Sally’s office this afternoon. d) __________________________________.

e) Does Mary must pass this exam? e) __________________________________

f) Won’t you must work this afternoon? f) __________________________________

g) They can to swim but they don’t can to play football. g) __________________________________.

g)

I _______ speak Arabic fluently when I was a child and we lived in Egypt.

h)

The book is optional. My professor said we _______ read it if we needed extra credit. But we _______ read it if we don’t want to.

h) He not cans be there next week. h) __________________________________.

i)

You _______ take your umbrella along with you today. The weatherman on the news said there is a storm north of here and it _______ rain later on this afternoon.

i) I don’t need to study that much. i) __________________________________.

j)

Do you _______ chew with your mouth open like that? It is making me sick watching you eat that piece of pizza.

j) He have work hard. j) __________________________________.

9) MATCH

WORDS

1)

TO

8)

WITH WORDS A) TO H).

English terms

Spanish terms

1)

endurance march

a)

tomar un objetivo

2)

departure line

b)

sitiar

3)

hand-to-hand combat

c)

línea de partida

4)

seize an objective

d)

retaguardia

5)

assembly area

e)

marcha de endurecimiento

6)

to siege

f)

zona de lanzamiento

7)

landing zone

g)

combate cuerpo a cuerpo

8)

rearguard

h)

zona de reunión

-148-

UNIT 14 GRAMMAR Examples:

1.-PASSIVE VOICE (VOZ PASIVA)

Future

La formación de la oración pasiva en inglés es similar a la del español, es decir, en la oración pasiva la persona o cosa que recibe la acción del verbo en la oración activa pasa a ser el sujeto paciente del verbo pasivo (e.g.: “María ve un árbol” / “Un árbol es visto por María”), mientras que el sujeto de la oración activa pasa a ser el complemento agente de la oración pasiva (“María ve un árbol” / “Un árbol es visto por María”). La forma verbal de la voz pasiva se construye de la siguiente manera: - se utiliza el verbo “to be” (acepción ‘ser’) como verbo auxiliar, conjugado en la persona, el número y tiempo oportunos; - el auxiliar va acompañado por el participio pasado del verbo principal. Subject English Spanish English Spanish

Active voice

Passive voice

Verb bebe

un vaso de agua

Peter

drinks

a glass of water

un vaso de agua es bebido por Peter

Simple present / Affirmative form

The jewel has been stolen. La joya ha sido robada. Has the jewel been stolen? ¿Ha sido robada la joya?

Present continuous English Spanish English Spanish

The jewel is being stolen. La joya está siendo robada. Is the jewel being stolen? ¿Está siendo robada la joya?

English Spanish English Spanish

The jewel was being stolen. La joya estaba siendo robada. Was the jewel being stolen? ¿Estaba siendo robada la joya?

The jewel was stolen. La joya fue robada. Was the jewel stolen? ¿Fue robada la joya?

Conditional

Spanish

English Spanish English Spanish

(yo) soy amado/ a (tú) eres amado/ a

The jewel would be stolen. La joya sería robada. Would the jewel be stolen? ¿Sería robada la joya?

Future with “going to” (present)

(usted) es amado/ a

English Spanish English Spanish

he/ she/ it is loved 3rd S he/ she/ it’s loved (él/ ella/ *ello) es amado/ a we are loved 1st P we’re loved

English Spanish English Spanish

English Spanish English Spanish

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)

you are loved 2nd S you’re loved

Present perfect

Simple past

a glass of water is drunk by Peter

I am loved 1st S I’m loved

The jewell won’t be stolen. La joya no será robada. Won’t the jewel be stolen? ¿No será robada la joya?

Past continuous

Complements

Peter

English

English Spanish English Spanish

(nosotros/ as) somos amados/ as

The jewel is going to be stolen. La joya va a ser robada. Is the jewel going to be stolen? ¿Va a ser robada la joya?

Future with “going to” (past) you are loved 2nd P you’re loved they are loved 3rd P they’re loved

(vosotros/ as) sois amados/ as English Spanish English Spanish

(ustedes) son amados/ as (ellos/ as) son amados/ as

-149-

The jewel was going to be stolen. La joya iba ser robada. Was the jewel going to be stolen? ¿Iba a ser robada la joya?

14

En inglés, el uso de la voz pasiva es mucho más frecuente que en español. Por ejemplo, la voz pasiva se emplea en inglés para construir cierto tipo de oraciones impersonales cuando en español no se utiliza este modo, sino que se emplean estructuras con la forma impersonal “se”: Examples: English

A la hora de transformar una oración activa en la que la función de sujeto está siendo ejercida por un pronombre personal (“I”, “you”, “he”, “she”, “it”, “we” o “they”), hay que tener en cuenta que este sujeto activo será el complemento agente de la oración pasiva y que las formas anteriormente mencionadas (“I”, “you”, “he”, “she”, “it”, etc.) se convertirán en “me”, “you”, “him”, “her”, “it”, “us” y “them”, respectivamente.

It is said that she is a teacher. Active voice Subject

Verb

Complements

Spanish Se dice que (ella) es profesora.

English

He is often seen with your sister.

(1) He

saw

Michael

(2) They

bring

some friends

(3) She

has bought

your books

(4) We

will send

a letter

Spanish Se le ve (a él) a menudo con tu hermana.

English

It is believed that she needs a doctor.

Passive voice Subject

Spanish Se cree que (ella) necesita un médico.

14 En inglés (a diferencia de lo que ocurre en español que sólo el objeto directo [DO] puede ser el sujeto paciente de la oración pasiva) el objeto indirecto [IO] en cierto tipo de oraciones también puede ser el sujeto paciente de la voz pasiva:

Verb was seen

Agent

(1)

Michael

by him

(2)

Some friends are brought

by them

(3)

Your books

have been bought

by her

(4)

A letter

will be sent

by us

Existe la posibilidad de que en las oraciones pasivas no aparezca el complemento agente, bien porque no se sepa quién o qué es, bien porque Active voice: resulte irrelevante. Cuando el sujeto de la oración Michael gave a book to the boys for their birthdays. activa es “they”, en la oración pasiva se suele omitir el complemento agente (“by them”). [subject] [verb] [DO] [IO] [complement] Suject

Verb

Complements

(1) Passive voice (subject: DO): A book was given to the boys for their birthdays by Michel.

English

They

cut

a tree

Spanish

Ellos

cortaron

un árbol

English

A tree

was cut

(by them)

Un árbol

fue cortado (por ellos)

Active voice

(2) Passive voice (subject: IO): The boys were given a book for their birthdays by Michel.

Nótese que el verbo auxiliar “to be” siempre concordará con el sujeto paciente, así en (1) adopta la forma “was” (ya que el sujeto paciente es singular, “a book”), mientras que en (2) adopta la forma “were” (ya que el sujeto paciente es plural, “the boys”).

Passive voice Spanish

-150-

2.-PREPOSITIONS II (PREPOSICIONES II) A continuación vamos a ver una lista de las preposiciones más usadas en inglés: Preposition ABOVE

OVER

ON UPON

IN

INTO

FROM

OF

BELOW BENEATH

UNDER

AT

TO

Translation

Examples The sky is above. arriba, sobre [superioridad, ya sea física o El firmamento está en lo alto. moral] The Captain is above the Lieutanant. El Capitán está por encima del Teniente. The lamp is over the table. La lámpara está encima de la mesa. sobre, encima [posición de un objeto I overreacted to his remarks. encima de otro sin contacto directo; Mi reacción frente a sus observaciones fue exagerada. repetición; exceso] Read this over again. Lee esto otra vez. I left the book on the table. Dejé el libro encima de la mesa. sobre, encima [posición de un objeto sobre otro en contacto directo; tiempo On New Year’s day. El día de Año Nuevo. determinado; estado] The house is on fire. La casa está ardiendo. I am in the room. Estoy en la habitación. Come in! ¡Entra! en, dentro de [movimiento hacia dentro; lapso de tiempo; modo] In a minute. En un minuto. In a bad temper. De mal humor. I walked into the shop. Entré en la tienda. dentro [movimiento de fuera adentro; división] The glass was broken into a hundred of pieces. El vaso se rompió en cien pedazos. I come from London. Vengo de Londres. Butter comes from milk. La mantequilla es un derivado de la leche. de, desde [punto de partida espacial o I’ll be there from 2 to 3. temporal; origen, causa] Estaré allí de 2 a 3. He died from a heart attack. Murió de un ataque al corazón. I received a letter from your sister. Recibí un carta de tu hermana. The door of the room. La puerta de la habitación. de [relación de un objeto con otro; posesión; causa] I’m afraid of ghosts. Tengo miedo a los fantasmas. The Lieutenant is below the Captain. El Teniente está por debajo del Capitan. inferioridad [en cualquier sentido] Below the sun. Debajo del sol. The dog is lying under the table. El perro está tumbado debajo de la mesa. bajo, debajo [posición opuesta a “on”] The paper is under the book. El papel está debajo del libro. I live at 15 Green Street. Vivo en la calle Green, número 15. en, a [situación en reposo; tiempo; I am at home. dirección] Estoy en casa. He came at three o’clock. Vino a las tres en punto. I wrote to her. Le escribí. a, para [movimiento hacia o hasta un This train goes to London. lugar; finalidad] Este tren va a Londres. I came to see sports. Vine para ver los deportes. -151-

14

Preposition

Translation

Examples

ACROSS

a través de, al otro lado de [movimiento de una parte a otra]

The Post Office is just across the street. La oficina de correos está al otro lado de la calle.

THROUGH

por, a través de; por completo [paso de una parte a otra]

He jumped through the window. Saltó por/a través de la ventana. It is raining hard and I am wet through. Está lloviendo mucho y estoy completamente mojado.

por [complemento agente; modo; proximidad]

This book was written by Bernard Shaw. Este libro fue escrito por Bernard Shaw. She sat by the fire. Estaba sentada junto al fuego. I like travelling by car. Me gusta viajar en coche.

por; para [finalidad, duración en el tiempo o en el espacio]

This book is for you. Este libro es para ti. They walked for miles in the woods. Anduvieron durante horas en el bosque. I sat there for an hour. Estuve sentado allí durante una hora.

BY

FOR

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-AT THE DOCTOR’S (EN EL MÉDICO) Itziar: Itzíar:

14

Good morning! May I come in? ¡Buenos días! ¿Se puede?

Itziar: Itzíar:

Doctor: Good morning! Of course. What’s the matter? Médico: ¡Buenos días! Por supuesto. ¿Qué le ocurre? Itziar: Itzíar:

Hummm... I don’t feel very good, lately my head hurts very much. Hummm... No me encuentro muy bien, últimante me duele mucho la cabeza.

No, I’m not. No, no lo soy.

Doctor: Ok, you have to take these pills, and don’t eat hot food. Médico: De acuerdo, tiene que tomar estas pastillas y no coma comida picante. Itziar: Itzíar:

How often do I have to take them? ¿Cada cuánto tengo que tomarlas?

Doctor: How is this pain like? Médico: ¿Cómo es el dolor?

Doctor: Twice a day, before breakfast and lunch. Médico: Dos veces al día, antes del desayuno y la comida.

Itziar: Itzíar:

Itziar: Itzíar:

It’s an acute and constant pain. Es un dolor agudo y continuo.

Doctor: That’s right, are you allergic to any medicine? Médico: Bien, ¿es alérgica a algún medicamento?

Doctor: You are welcome. Médico: De nada.

Ok, you have to take these pills, and don’t eat hot food

¡Good moorning! May I come in?

¡Good moorning! Of course. What’s the matter?

Thank you very much. Muchas gracias.

Hummm... I don’t feel very good, lately my head hurts very much

How is this pain like? How often do I have to take them?

It’s an acute and constant pain

Thank you very much

Twice a day, before breakfast and lunch You are welcome

No, I’m not

That’s right, are you allergic to any medicine?

-152-

CIVILIAN

VOCABULARY

1.-DISEASES AND PAINS (ENFERMEDADES Y DOLENCIAS) English headache stomachache heart attack earache sore throat sore arms sore eyes sore lips sore fingers sore feet AIDS hepatitis syphilis gonorrhea diarrhoea laxative sedative downer painkiller analgesic temperature cough cold burning pain medicine cough sneeze sting take the blood pressure

Spanish dolor de cabeza dolor de estómago ataque al corazón dolor de oído garganta dolorida brazos doloridos ojos doloridos labios resecos dedos doloridos pies doloridos sida hepatitis sífilis gonorrea diarrea laxante sedante

sore eyes

to take the blood pressure

analgésico fiebre resfriado

sore throat

ardor medicamento toser estornudar escocer tomar la tensión

sore arms

En inglés la estructura gramatical para expresar que a alguien le duele algo difiere bastante de la que se emplea en español. En inglés se pueden utilizar dos verbos, "to hurt" y "to ache". Cuando la oración está en presente simple y se quiere decir que duele una parte del cuerpo ("leg", 'pierna'; "arm", 'brazo'; "foot", 'pie'; etc.) estos verbos se conjugan en tercera persona del singular (hay que añadirles -s); pero cuando lo que duelen son varias partes del cuerpo ("legs", 'piernas'; "arms", 'brazos'; "feet", 'pies'; etc.) los verbos anteriormente mencionados se conjugan en tercera persona del plural (no hay que añadirles -s).

English

Spanish

His leg hurts. His leg aches.

Le duele (a él) la pierna.

His legs hurt. His legs ache.

Le duelen (a él) las piernas.

Her arm hurts. Her arm aches.

Le duele (a ella) el brazo.

Her arms hurt. Her arms ache.

Le duelen (a ella) los brazos.

(*Su pierna [de él] duele.) (*Sus piernas [de él] duelen.) (*Su brazo [de ella] duele].)

English

my (part of the body) hurts my (part of the body) aches

Spanish me duele el/la... English

my (parts of the body) hurt my (parts of the body) ache

Spanish me duelen los/las...

Cuando en inglés se quiere expresar que a quien le duele algo no es a uno mismo, en lugar de utilizar el adjetivo posesivo "my", se utilizan los adjetivos posesivos correspondientes al resto de las personas (la traducción que aparece entre paréntesis, con letra más pequeña y encabezada por un asterisco es la traducción literal, pero no es la gramaticalmente correcta en español; la correcta es la que aparece encima de la literal y con letras de tamaño "normal").

(*Sus brazos [de ella] duelen.)

Te duele (a ti) el pie. Your foot hurts. Your foot aches.

(*Tu pie [de ti] duele.)

Le duele (a usted) el pie. (*Tus pies [de usted] duele.)

Te duelen (a ti) los pies. Your feet hurt. Your feet ache.

(*Tus pies [de ti] duelen.)

Te duelen (a ti) los pies. (*Tus pies [de ti] duelen.)

His arm hurts -153-

His leg aches

14

Hay que tener en cuenta que cuando el sujeto a quien le duele algo es plural ("they" [‘ellos /as’], "we" [‘nosotros /as’] o "you" [acepción 'vosotros /as' o 'ustedes']) los verbos "to hurt" y "to ache" siempre van a estar conjugados en tercera persona del plural, porque siempre serán varias las partes del cuerpo que duelan.

right legs hurt. English Their Their right legs ache. duele (a ellos/as) la pierna derecha. Spanish Les (*Sus piernas derechas [de ellos/as] duelen.) left arms hurt. English Our Our left arms ache. duele (a nosotros/as) el brazo izquerdo. Spanish Nos (*Nuestos brazos izquierdos [de nosotros/as] duelen.) Your heads hurt. English Your heads ache. Os duele (a vosotros/as) la cabeza. Spanish

Their heads hurt Their heads ache

(*Vuestras cabezas [de vosotros/as] duelen.)

Les duele (a ustedes) la cabeza. (*Sus cabezas [de ustedes] duelen.)

Examples: English

14

Spanish

I got up with a headache.

Me levanté con dolor de cabeza.

I have a temperature.

Tengo fiebre.

My right foot hurts.

Me duele el pie derecho.

I have an acute pain in the stomach.

Siento dolor muy fuerte en el estómago.

I have a very bad cold.

Estoy muy resfriado.

How often do I have to take the medicine?

¿Cada cuánto tiempo tengo que tomar el medicamento?

READING

COMPREHENSION

1.-THE EURO (EL EURO)

Since the 1st of January 2002, the euro is the European single currency. The euro has replaced the former national currencies of several European countries located in the European Union (Spanish peseta, French franc, German mark, Italian lira, etc.) However nowadays there are still European countries that do not want to join the Euro (Norway, Sweden, United Kingdom, etc.) Despite the fact that the euro is the single currency in several European countries, each country has chosen its own design for one of the faces of the coin (for example, Spanish coins bear the portrait of Juan Carlos I.) The euro is a strong currency and its entry has meant a considerable effort for the countries, for people and for governments. But despite this fact, the euro entry has yielded a great many advantages, now it is not necessary to exchange national money to pay along the most of the countries of Europe and we have a currency able to compete with any of the currencies of the world.

2.-ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS) 1)

When did the euro become the European single currency?

2)

Can you say the names of several European countries that have replaced their former national currency?

3)

Is the euro able to compete with any of the currencies of the world?

-154-

MILITARY

TERMS

1.-OPERATIONS, DEFENSIVE (OPERACIONES, DEFENSIVA) English entrenchment trench foxhole minefield booby trap barbed wire defensive defeat demolition

firing position

pillbox bunker withdraw withdrawal reinforce reinforcement replacement stronghold fortify sapper break through blow up ditch

replacement

MILITARY

fortificación trinchera pozo de tirador campo de minas trampa explosiva alambrada defensiva derrota demolición posición de tiro posición de fuego casamata búnker retirarse retirada reforzar refuerzos relevo punto fuerte, fortaleza fortificar zapador abrir brecha explotar zanja

firing position

barbed wire entrenchment

Spanish

CONVERSATION

Watch that cord!!

Sergeant: Sargento:

Watch that cord!! ¡¡Cuidado con ese cable!!

Private: Soldado:

What’s it, Sir? ¿Qué es, mi Sargento?

Sergeant: Sargento:

It’s a booby trap. Take care. Es una trampa explosiva. Ten cuidado.

Private:

Sir, I come back to the trench to report by radio to the Lieutenant. Mi Sargento, vuelvo a la trinchera para informar por radio al Teniente.

Soldado: Sergeant: Sargento:

It’s a booby trap. Take care That’s right, I’ll be waiting here

Sir, I come back to the trench to report by radio to the Lieutenant

That’s right, I’ll be waiting here. De acuerdo, estaré esperando aquí.

-155-

What’s it, Sir?

14

EXERCISES 1) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING 3) MAKE PASSIVE THE FOLLOWING THE PASSIVE FORM OF THE VERBS IN BRACKETS. MAINTAINING EACH TENSE. 1) (past) When he (move) was moved from one

SENTENCES

a) We never saw him in the dining room. a) He was never seen in the dining room by us.

prison to another, he escaped. b) The watchman called the police. b) __________________________________.

2) (simple past) I (not introduce) __________ to her mother.

c) Tom had a slight injury. c) __________________________________.

3) (simple past) Last year the town (destroy) __________ by an earthquake.

d) The court found him guilty. d) __________________________________.

4) (simple past) Umbrellas and sticks (leave) __________ in the cloakroom.

e) She hasn’t paid me for the work. e) __________________________________.

5) (present) Tenants (ask) __________ not to play their radios loudly after midnight.

f) They have brought the children in Italy. f) __________________________________. g) They won’t take him to prison. g) __________________________________.

6) (future) The books (give) __________ by tomorrow.

14

h) He hasn’t watched tv. h) __________________________________.

7) (simple past) The “For Sale” notice (take) __________ recently.

2) REWRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE PASSIVE TENSE.

i) Anne often takes him for his brother. i) __________________________________.

4) TRANSLATE SENTENCES.

a) The milkman brings the milk to my door. a) The milk is brought to my door by the milkman. b) Joan and Julian steal things from supermarkets every day. b) __________________________________. c) An ambulance takes the sick man to hospital. c) __________________________________.

INTO

SPANISH

THE

FOLLOWING

a) It is said that he is the best football player. a) Se dice que es el mejor futbolista. b) It is believed that he is a bad student. b) __________________________________. c) It is thought that Charles is a good private. c) __________________________________. d) It is considered that we are rich. d) __________________________________.

d) The postman clears these boxes three times a day. d) __________________________________.

e) It was found that they were guilty. e) __________________________________.

e) Dogs guard the warehouse. e) __________________________________.

f) It is kown that the story is false. f) __________________________________.

f) A Japanese firm makes these television sets. f) __________________________________.

g) It is said that his girlfriend is from Japan. g) __________________________________.

g) The crowd shout him down. g) __________________________________.

h) It is believed that John loves her. h) __________________________________. -156-

5) INSERT “AT”, “TO”, “IN”, “ON”, “INTO”, “WITH” OR “BY”. 6) INSERT “FROM”, “IN”, “OVER”, “WITH”, “TO”, “FOR”, “BY”, “OF”, “OUT”, “AT”, “ON”. a) There is a parcel of books ______ you ______ the

a) Could I speak to Tom?

table. They must be ______ my brother. He always b) Are you going _____ bus?

sends me books ______ my birthday.

c) Turn right _____ the end of this street and you’ll see it _____ front of you. d) I’m going to Bath _____ Monday _____ Tom. Would you like to come _____ us?

b) How do I get ______ the Public Library? Go ______ the end ______ this street and turn right. c) Although we were ______ a hurry she insisted

e) Children get presents _____ Christmas and _____ their birthdays. f) He arrived _____ London _____ six o’clock _____ a foggy November day. g) He started going _____ school _____ the age of five. h) We arrived _____ the airport _____ good time for the plane. i) The children jumped _____ the river _____ shouts of delight.

7) MATCH

WORDS

1)

TO

8)

______ stopping to look for it. d) ______ the beginning of a textbook there is a preface, and ______ the end there is an index. e) Are you ______ your own? No, I’m ______ a friend ______ mine. f) The rows are lettered ______ A to T, beginning ______ the row nearest the stage.

14

WITH WORDS A) TO H).

English terms

Spanish terms

1)

defeat

a)

demolición

2)

demolition

b)

retirarse

3)

minefield

c)

casamata

4)

barbed wire

d)

alambrada

5)

stronghold

e)

derrota

6)

sapper

f)

zapador

7)

pillbox

g)

campo de minas

8)

withdraw

h)

punto fuerte

-157-

UNIT 15 GRAMMAR 1.-PHRASAL VERBS (VERBOS CON PARTÍCULAS)

1.1.-HOW TO FORM PHRASAL VERBS (FORMACIÓN DE VERBOS CON PARTÍCULAS)

En la mayoría de los “phrasal verbs”, si el objeto es un sustantivo, éste puede colocarse Los “phrasal verbs” son verbos con entre el verbo y la preposición (o adverbio) o partículas que están compuestos por un verbo despúes de la preposición (o adverbio). Por lo y una preposición o un adverbio. Éstos tanto: adquieren un nuevo significado (diferente de aquel compuesto por la suma de sus Example: componentes) es decir, que no debemos guiarnos por nuestra intuición y debemos Put on your coat. English or aprendérnoslos de memoria dentro del contexto Put your coat on. de cada situación Spanish Ponte tu abrigo.

Algunos de los “phrasal verbs” más utilizados en inglés son:

Verb Preposition on

off

Translation

down

off

Example:

encender [un aparato eléctrico]

subir [el volumen]; presentarse

bajar [el volumen]

Put it on.

right

Put on it.

wrong

English Spanish Póntelo.

apagar [un aparato eléctrico]

turn up

Sin embargo, si el objeto es un pronombre, éste siempre va entre el verbo y la preposición (o adverbio). Por lo tanto:

Recuerde que el objeto de algunos “phrasal verbs” siempre va después de la preposición o adverbio, es decir, que no es posible intercalar el objeto entre el verbo y la preposición (o adverbio). Tal es el caso de los verbos sombreados en amarillo en la tabla de la izquierda.

quitarse [ropa]; despegar [avión]

take

English

I looked after the children while their parents were away.

Spanish

Cuidé a los niños mientras sus padres estaban fuera.

out

sacar

put

on

ponerse [ropa]

English

She looked for the keys for more than two hours.

give

up

dejar, abandonar, renunciar a [un hábito, vicio]

Spanish

Buscó las llaves durante más de dos horas.

English

I have decided to give up smoking.

fill

in

rellenar [un impreso, solicitud] Spanish

He decidido dejar de fumar.

English

All applicants have to fill in an application form.

Spanish

Todos los candidatos tienen que rellenar una solicitud.

after

cuidar

look for

buscar

-159-

15

2.-“SO” / “NEITHER DO I” (PARTÍCULAS PARA MOSTRAR ACUERDO O DESACUERDO) So

2.1.-“SO” (PARTÍCULA PARA MOSTRAR ACUERDO)

SO

Para mostrar acuerdo con lo que un interlocutor ha dicho.

+

VERBO AUXILIAR en el tiempo oportuno

+ SUJETO

Oración del interlocutor afirmativa, respuesta afirmativa. Por lo tanto: English Simple present

Spanish Presente simple Yo también (soy inteligente)

So am I I am very intelligent.

Soy muy inteligente. So is she

Ella también (es inteligente)

So do I

A mí también (me gusta el pollo)

I like chicken.

Me gusta el pollo.

A ella también (le gusta el pollo)

So does she Simple past

Pasado simple So was I

I was in Tom’s class.

15

Estuve en clase de Tom.

Yo también (estuve en clase de Tom)

So was she

Ella también (estuvo en clase de Tom)

So did I

Yo también (vi la película)

I saw the film.

Vi la película.

Ella también (vio la película)

So did she Present perfect

Presente perfecto Yo también (he leído un libro)

So have I I have read a book.

He leído un libro. So has she

Ella también (ha leído un libro)

So have I

Yo también (te he visto en la discoteca)

I have seen you in the disco.

Te he visto en la discoteca. So has she

Present perfect (passive voice)

Ella también (te ha visto en la discoteca)

Presente perfecto (voz pasiva) A mí también (me han dicho que...)

So have I I have been told that...

Me han dicho que...

A ella también (le han dicho que...)

So has she Present continuous

Presente continuo

So am I

I am studying the whole lesson.

Estoy estudiando toda la lección

So is she

Past continuous I was studying the whole lesson.

Yo también (estoy estudiando toda la lección) Ella también (está estudiando toda la lección)

Pasado continuo So was I

So was she

Estaba estudiando toda la lección

Future

Yo también (estaba estudiando toda la lección) Ella también (estaba estudiando toda la lección)

Futuro So will I

I will do my homework.

Haré los deberes. So will she -160-

Yo también (haré los deberes) Ella también (hará los deberes)

English Conditional

Spanish Condicional Yo también (le diría la verdad)

So would I I would tell her the truth.

Le diría la verdad.

Ella también (le diría la verdad)

So would she Future with “going to” (present)

Futuro Próximo

So am I

Peter is going to work in that firm.

Peter va a trabajar en esa empresa.

So is she

Future with “going to” (past)

Yo también Peter iba a trabajar en esa (iba a trabajar en esa empresa) empresa. Ella también (iba a trabajar en esa empresa)

So was she

Nótese que para saber cuál es la partícula que hay que utilizar en la respuesta, primero hay que prestar atención al tiempo verbal en el que se expresa la oración y, a continuación, el auxiliar que rige a ésta. Por lo tanto, si el verbo de la oración principal está en presente y no es un verbo anómalo (es decir, un verbo que no sea el verbo "to be"), la respuesta deberá hacerse con "do" o "does". Por el

contrario, si el verbo en presente es el verbo "to be", la respuesta será con "are", "is" o "am". A lo largo de todo el libro se han visto detalladamente este tipo de cuestiones, en consecuencia, si existen dudas de qué auxiliar es el que rige a una oración en futuro, condicional, presente continuo… sería necesario remitirse a la unidad en la que se explican todos estos aspectos.

2.2.-“NEITHER” (PARTÍCULA PARA MOSTRAR ACUERDO)

Neither NEITHER +

Oración del interlocutor negativa, respuesta negativa (reafirma esa negación mostrando acuerdo.) Por lo tanto: English Simple present Neither am I I am not very intelligent. Neither is she Neither do I I do not (don’t) like chicken. Neither does she Simple past I was not (wasn’t) in Tom’s class.

Neither was I Neither was she Neither did I

I did not (didn’t) see the film. Neither did she Present perfect I have not (haven’t) read a book.

I have not (haven’t) seen you in the disco.

Neither have I Neither has she Neither have I Neither has she

Ella también (va a trabajar en esa empresa)

Pasado Próximo

So was I

Peter was going to work in that firm.

Yo también (voy a trabajar en esa empresa)

VERBO AUXILIAR + SUJETO en el tiempo oportuno

Spanish Presente simple Yo tampoco (soy inteligente) No soy muy inteligente. Ella tampoco (es inteligente) A mí tampoco (me gusta el pollo) No me gusta el pollo. A ella tampoco (le gusta el pollo) Pasado simple Yo tampoco (estuve en clase de Tom) No estuve en clase de Tom. Ella tampoco (estuvo en clase de Tom) Yo tampoco (vi la película) No vi la película. Ella tampoco (vio la película) Presente perfecto Yo tampoco (he leído un libro) No he leído un libro. Ella tampoco (ha leído un libro) Yo tampoco (te he visto en la discoteca) No te he visto en la discoteca. Ella tampoco (te ha visto en la discoteca) -161-

15

English Present perfect (passive voice)

Spanish Presente perfecto (voz pasiva) A mí tampoco (me han dicho que...)

Neither have I I have not (haven’t) been told that...

No me han dicho que... A ella tampoco (le han dicho que...)

Neither has she Present continuous

Presente continuo

Neither am I I am not studying the whole lesson.

No estoy estudiando toda la lección. Neither is she

Past continuous

Ella tampoco (está estudiando toda la lección)

Pasado continuo

Neither was I I was not (wasn’t) studying the whole lesson.

No estaba estudiando toda la lección Neither was she

Future

Yo tampoco (estaba estudiando toda la lección) Ella tampoco (estaba estudiando toda la lección)

Futuro Yo tampoco (haré los deberes)

Neither will I

15

Yo tampoco (estoy estudiando toda la lección)

I will not (won’t) do my homework.

No haré los deberes. Ella tampoco (hará los deberes)

Neither will she Conditional

Condicional Yo tampoco (le diría la verdad)

Neither would I I would not (wouldn’t) tell her the truth.

No le diría la verdad. Ella tampoco (le diría la verdad)

Neither would she Future with “going to” (present)

Futuro próximo Yo tampoco (voy a trabajar en esa empresa)

Neither am I Peter is not (isn’t) going to work in that firm.

Peter no va a trabajar en esa empresa. Ella tampoco (va a trabajar en esa empresa)

Neither is she Future with “going to” (past)

Pasado próximo Yo tampoco (iba a trabajar en esa empresa)

Neither was I Peter was not (wasn’t) going to work in that firm.

Peter no iba a trabajar en esa empresa. Ella tampoco (iba a trabajar en esa empresa)

Neither was she

Recuerde que la partícula "neither", al igual que "not", expresa negación. Por lo tanto, como en inglés nunca se niega dos veces, no es neceseario añadir ninguna partícula adicional de negación. Por otro lado, tal y como se ha visto a lo largo de este

libro, la mayoría de los auxiliares en la forma negativa pueden contraerse ( "wouldn't", "won't", "don't", "aren't"…); nótese que "I am not" se contrae en “I’m not”.

-162-

2.3.-GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTIONS TO DESAGREE WITH SOMEONE (CONSTRUCCIONES GRAMATICALES PARA MOSTRAR DESACUERDO) VERBO AUXILIAR

Partícula de

SUJETO + en el tiempo oportuno + negación NOT a) En este tipo de oraciones, a diferencia de lo que ocurre en las anteriores, uno de los interlocutores hace una afirmación ( e.g. "I live in Madrid", 'Vivo en Madrid') y el otro muestra Oración del interlocutor afirmativa, respuesta desacuerdo con éste ( e.g. " I don't", 'Yo no (vivo en negativa. Por lo tanto: Madrid’.) Por lo tanto:

English Simple present

Spanish Presente simple Yo no (soy inteligente)

I am not (’m not) I am very intelligent.

Soy muy inteligente. She is not (isn’t)

Ella no (es inteligente)

I do not (don’t)

A mí no (me gusta el pollo)

I like chicken.

Me gusta el pollo.

A ella no (le gusta el pollo)

She does not (doesn’t) Simple past

Pasado simple

I was not (wasn’t) I was in Tom’s class.

Estuve en clase de Tom.

Yo no (estuve en clase de Tom)

She was not (wasn’t)

Ella no (estuvo en clase de Tom)

I did not (didn’t)

Yo no (vi la película)

I saw the film.

Vi la película.

Ella no (vio la película)

She did not (didn’t) Present perfect

Presente perfecto Yo no (he leído un libro)

I have not (haven’t) I have read a book.

He leído un libro. She has not (hasn’t)

Ella no (ha leído un libro)

I have not (haven’t)

Yo no (te he visto en la discoteca)

I have seen you in the disco.

Te he visto en la discoteca. She has not (hasn’t)

Present perfect (passive voice)

Ella no (te ha visto en la discoteca)

Presente perfecto (voz pasiva) A mí no (me han dicho que...)

I have not (haven’t) I have been told that...

Me han dicho que...

A ella no (le han dicho que...)

She has not (hasn’t) Present continuous

Presente continuo

I am not (’m not)

I am studying the whole lesson.

Estoy estudiando toda la lección.

She is not (isn’t)

Past continuous I was studying the whole lesson.

Yo no (estoy estudiando toda la lección) Ella no (está estudiando toda la lección)

Pasado continuo

I was not (wasn’t)

Estaba estudiando toda la lección.

She was not (wasn’t)

Future

Yo no (estaba estudiando toda la lección) Ella no (estaba estudiando toda la lección)

Futuro I will not (won’t)

I will do my homework.

Haré los deberes. She will not (won’t) -163-

Yo no (haré los deberes) Ella no (hará los deberes)

15

English Conditional

Spanish Condicional Yo no (le diría la verdad)

I would not (wouldn’t) I would tell her the truth.

Le diría la verdad.

Ella no (le diría la verdad)

She would not (wouldn’t) Future with “going to” (present) Peter is going to work in that firm.

Futuro próximo

I am not (’m not)

Peter va a trabajar en esa empresa.

She is not (isn’t)

Future with “going to” (past) Peter was going to work in that firm.

Yo no (voy a trabajar en esa empresa) Ella no (va a trabajar en esa empresa)

Pasado próximo Yo no Peter iba a trabajar en esa (iba a trabajar en esa empresa) empresa. Ella no (iba a trabajar en esa empresa)

I was not (wasn’t) She was not (wasn’t)

Nótese que también se pueden contraer los auxiliares en la forma negativa.

b) Oración del interlocutor negativa, respuesta afirmativa (e.g. “I don’t live in Madrid”, ‘No vivo en Madrid’) y el otro muestra desacuerdo con éste (e.g. “I do”, ‘Yo sí (vivo en Madrid)’. Por lo tanto:

SUJETO +

English Simple present

15

Spanish Presente simple I am

I am not very intelligent.

I do I do not (don’t) like chicken. She does Simple past I was I was not (wasn’t) in Tom’s class. She was I did I did not (didn’t) see the film. She did Present perfect I have I have not (haven’t) read a book. She has I have She has

Present perfect (passive voice) I have not (haven’t) been told that...

I have She has

Present continuous I am not studying the whole lesson.

Yo sí (soy inteligente) Ella sí (es inteligente) A mí sí (me gusta el pollo) No me gusta el pollo. A ella sí (le gusta el pollo) Pasado simple Yo sí (estuve en clase de Tom) No estuve en clase de Tom. Ella sí (estuvo en clase de Tom) Yo sí (estuve en clase No vi la película. Ella sí (vio la película) Presente perfecto Yo sí (he leído un libro) No he leído un libro. Ella sí (ha leído un libro) Yo sí (te he visto en la discoteca) No te he visto en la discoteca. Ella sí (te ha visto en la discoteca) Presente perfecto (voz pasiva) A mí sí (me han dicho que...) No me han dicho que... A ella sí (le han dicho que...) Presente continuo Yo sí No estoy estudiando toda la (estoy estudiando toda la lección) lección. Ella sí (está estudiando toda la lección) No soy muy inteligente.

She is

I have not (haven’t) seen you in the disco.

VERBO AUXILIAR en el tiempo oportuno

I am She is

-164-

English Past continuous

Spanish Pasado continuo Yo sí No estaba estudiando toda la (estaba estudiando toda la lección) lección Ella sí (estaba estudiando toda la lección)

I was

I was not (wasn’t) studying the whole lesson.

She was

Future

Futuro No haré los deberes.

Ella sí (hará los deberes)

She will

Conditional I would not (wouldn’t) tell her the truth.

Yo sí (haré los deberes)

I will

I will not (won’t) do my homework.

Condicional Yo sí (le diría la verdad)

I would No le diría la verdad.

Ella sí (le diría la verdad)

She would

Future with “going to” (present) Peter is not (isn’t) going to work in that firm.

Futuro próximo

I am

Peter no va a trabajar en esa empresa.

She is

Future with “going to” (past) Peter was not (wasn’t) going to work in that firm.

Yo sí (voy a trabajar en esa empresa) Ella sí (va a trabajar en esa empresa)

Pasado próximo Yo sí (iba a trabajar en esa empresa) Peter no iba a trabajar en esa empresa. Ella sí (iba a trabajar en esa empresa)

I was She was

3.-VERB + “-ING” (= GERUND) (USO DE LOS VERBOS EN GERUNDIO)

a) Después de los verbos que expresan gustos y preferencias (like, love, enjoy, mind, prefer)

El gerundio de los verbos en inglés se utiliza en los siguientes supuestos:

b) Después de preposiciones c) Al utilizar un verbo como sujeto de una oración

English

Spanish

After verbs of preference

Después de verbos de preferencia

I don’t mind cooking.

No me importa cocinar.

I hate ironing.

Odio planchar.

After prepositions

Después de preposiciones

I am good at finding bargains.

Soy bueno para encontrar gangas.

Thank you you for giving me a hand

Gracias por echarme una mano.

Verb as a subject

Verbo como sujeto

Buying clothes often takes me a long time.

Por lo general comprar ropa me lleva mucho tiempo.

Writing a personal letter is very hard for me.

Escribir una carta personal es muy duro para mí.

En caso de dudas de cómo formar los gerundios, remitirse al apartado 1 de la unidad 10. -165-

15

DAILY

SPEAKING

1.-CALLING THE INSURANCE COMPANY (LLAMANDO A LA ASEGURADORA) Itziar:

15

Itzíar:

My car’s broken down. Could you tow it away? Mi coche se ha averiado. ¿Podría remolcarlo?

Operator: Operador

Where are you? ¿Dónde se encuentra usted?

Itziar: Itzíar:

I'm in Fawcett Road. Estoy en la calle Fawcett.

Where are you? I’m in Fawcett Road Can you give me your name?

My name’s Itziar Johnson

Operator: Operador:

Can you give me your name? ¿Puede decirme su nombre?

Itziar: Itzíar:

My name’s Itziar Johnson. Me llamo Itzíar Johnson.

Operator: Operador:

What’s your insurance company? ¿Cuál es su compañía de seguros?

Itziar: Itzíar:

Alliance Insurance Company. Alliance Insurance Company.

Operator: Operador:

Could you please wait there?, we’ll tow your car away in fifteen minutes. ¿Podría esperar allí?, remolcaremos su coche en quince minutos.

Itziar: Itzíar:

Thank you very much. Muchas gracias.

Operator: Operador:

You are welcome. De nada.

CIVILIAN

My car’s broken down. Could you tow it away?

What’s your insurance company?

Alliance Insurance Company

Could you please wait there?, we’ll tow your car away in fifteen minutes. You are welcome

Thank you very much.

VOCABULARY

1.-DIFFERENCES BETWEEN BRITISH AND AMERICAN ENGLISH (DIFERENCIAS ENTRE EL INGLÉS BRITÁNICO Y EL AMERICANO) El inglés británico y el americano son la misma lengua en esencia, no obstante, el inglés británico difiere en bastantes aspectos respecto al americano (o viceversa.) En primer lugar, la producción del inglés americano y británico son diferentes en lo que el acento se refiere. En segundo lugar, pueden darse situaciones en las que se utilicen palabras diferentes para referirse a la misma realidad ( e.g. "Autumn" (BrE), "Fall" (AmE), 'otoño'.) Finalmente, la ortografía también puede variar ( e.g. "centre" (BrE), "center" (AmE), 'centro'.)

tavelled, travelling (BrE) traveled, traveling (AmE)

colour (BrE) color (AmE)

Use of different spelling (Uso de una ortografía diferente) British English American English Spanish analyse analyze analizar centre center centro colour color color favour favor favor fibre fiber fibra flavour flavor sabor glamour glamor glamour maneuver manoeuvre maniobra neighbour neighbor vecino travelled (pas & pas. part.), travelling (gerund) traveled, traveling viajado, viajando counselled (pas & pas. part.), counselling (gerund) counseled, counseling aconsejado, aconsejando controlled (pas & pas. part.), controlling (gerund) controled, controling controlado, controlando grey gray gris -166-

Use of different words (Uso de diferentes palabras para referirse a la misma realidad) British English sweets biscuits underground petrol petrol station chemist's road bill pavement lorry lift flat holidays French fries film boot bonnet note

trousers

American English candies cookies subway gasoline, gas gas station drugstore highway check sidewalk truck elevator apartment vacation chips movie trunk hood bill salesman, salewoman, clerk, salesclerk pants

reverse charge call

collect call

letter box tyre

mail box tire

shop assistant

READING

Spanish caramelos galletas metro gasolina gasolinera farmacia carretera cuenta, factura acera camión ascensor apartamento vacaciones patatas fritas película maletero capó billete

road (BrE) / highway (AmE)

lorry (BrE) / truck (AmE)

dependiente /a pantalones llamada a cobro revertido buzón neumático

holidays (BrE) / vacation (AmE)

COMPREHENSION

1.-STONEHENGE The most famous Neolithic monument of England, Stonehenge, was built in several phases on a sacred site on the Salisbury Plain from 2750 BC to 1500 BC. In form, Stonehenge consists of a series of concentric rings of standing stones around an altar stone at the center. Stonehenge is surely Britain's greatest national icon, it symbolizes mystery, power and endurance. Its original purpose is unclear to us, but some people believe that it was a temple made for the worship of ancient earth deities. It is considered to be an astronomical observatory for marking significant events on the prehistoric calendar (a powerful cult of sun worship seems to have dominated this monument.) Nevertheless other people think that it was a sacred site for the burial of ancient highranking citizens from the societies. In any case, the ancient participant in the rites of Stonehenge would experience a deep connection with nature.

2.-ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. (CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS) 1)

Where is Stonehenge situated?

2)

What does Stonehenge symbolize?

3)

When was Stonehenge built?

3.-ARE THESE SENTENCES TRUE (T) OR FALSE (F)? (DI SI ESTAS ORACIONES SON VERDADERAS O FALSAS) a) Stonehenge was built in several phases. b)

At the center of a series of concentric rings there is an altar. c) It is doubtful that Stonehenge is Britain's national icon. d)

Nowadays its original purpose is very clear to us.

e) An a s t r o n o m i c a l observatory for marking significantevents onthe prehistoric calendar is one of the most probable hypothesis about its original purpose. f) There is certainly a strong connection between the ancient participant in the rites of this monument and nature. -167-

T/F T/F T/F T/F

T/F

T/F

15

MILITARY

TERMS

1.-PEACEKEEPING MISSIONS (MISIONES DE PAZ)

15

English

Spanish

UN (United Nations)

ONU (Organización de Naciones Unidas)

NATO (North Atlantic Treaty Organization)

OTAN (Organización del Tratado del Atlántico Norte)

NGO (Non Governmental Organization)

ONG (Organización No Gubernamental)

IO (International Organization)

OI (Organización Internacional)

RC (Red Cross)

Cruz Roja

UNHCR (United Nations High Commission for Refugees)

ACNUR (Alto Comisionado de las Naciones Unidas para los Refugiados)

UNMO (United Nations Military Observer)

Observador Militar de las Naciones Unidas

NATO (North Atlantic Treaty Organization)

English checkpoint sniper convoy humanitarian aid deliver rations shelter ethnical cleansing agreement cease-fire arson loot refugee returnee DP (Displaced People) facilities warehouse political asylum papers General Elections polling station murder warrior factions

RC (Red Cross)

Spanish puesto de control francotirador convoy ayuda humanitaria distribuir raciones contenedor limpieza étnica acuerdo alto el fuego incendio saquear; saqueo refugiado retornado desplazado instalaciones almacén asilo político documentación Elecciones Generales colegio electoral asesinato bandos combatientes

refugees

convoy

humanitarian aid

-168-

MILITARY

CONVERSATION

My Unit is in a peacekeeping mission abroad

Corporal:

Where are they?

Cabo:

My Unit is in a peacekeeping mission abroad. Mi Unidad está en una misión de paz en el extranjero.

Private: Soldado:

Where are they? ¿Dónde están?

Corporal: Cabo:

They are operating in Kosovo. Están operando en Kosovo.

Private: Soldado:

Hot spot, isn't it? Zona conflictiva, ¿verdad?

Corporal:

Yes, there still are lots of snipers in the cities. Sí, todavía hay muchos francotiradores en las ciudades.

They are operating in Kosovo Hot spot, isn't it? Yes, there still are lots of snipers in the cities

What Organization is leading this Operation?

UN is in charge, but next month NATO will be in command

Cabo: Private: Soldado: Corporal: Cabo:

What Organization is leading this Operation? ¿Qué Organización está liderando la Operación? UN is in charge, but next month NATO will be in command. La ONU está al frente, pero el mes que viene tomará el mando la OTAN.

15

EXERCISES 1) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING ONE OF THE GIVEN PREPOSITIONS.

after in

up

off out

2) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A PHRASAL VERB IN THE RIGHT TENSE.

on up

a) The music was too loud, so she turned down the volume.

a) I can’t hear the radio. Can you turn it up, please? b) A babysitter is a person who ________ b) My neighbour has left the city and we’re looking ________ his cat. c) The room was dark so she turned ________ the lights. d) I am determined to give ________ smoking.

children when their parents are away.

c) I’m ________ my glasses. I can’t find them anywhere.

d) When Jim gets home from work, he ________

e) He took ________ his jacket and tie, and put ________ a sweater.

his suit and ________ his pijamas.

e) Can you ________ the number of the bus f) Are you going to take my money ________ of the bank?

station in the phone book?

f) Could you ________ this application form?

g) I filled ________ the insurance forms. -169-

3) AGREE

WITH THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS.

5) PUT

THE VERBS IN BRACKETS INTO THE CORRECT FORM (GERUND OR INFINITIVE).

a) I am from Italy. a) So I am.

a) (come) Would you like to come to a party with me tonight?

b) I don’t eat vegetables. b) ______________________________.

b) (go) Oh yes, I love ________ to parties.

c) I have never been to New York. c) ______________________________.

c) (work, get up) I don't want ________ in an office because I hate ________ early.

d) I have eaten in that Chinese restaurant d) ______________________________.

d) (study) ________ the night before the exam makes me nervous.

e) I swim a lot every day. e) ______________________________.

e) (buy, live) Joe would like ________ a flat because he doesn't like ________ with his parents.

f) I din’t find you in the party. f) ______________________________.

f) (travel, fly) I love ________ but I'm afraid of ________ so I always go by train or bus.

g) Last year I was unemployed. g) ______________________________.

g) (go)I enjoy ________ to funfairs. h) I have never liked onions. h) ______________________________.

15

h) (jog, swim) Do you like ________? I think ________ is better.

i) When I was child I went to Rome. i) ______________________________.

i) (think, have) Just ________ of ________ to study makes me sad.

j) I was going to forgive her. j) ______________________________.

6) PUT

THE VERBS IN BRACKETS INTO THE CORRECT FORM (GERUND OR INFINITIVE).

k) I will not tell the teachers about Jim’s problem. k) ______________________________. l) I would not expect her to come. l) ______________________________.

a) (have) He dreads having to retire.

b) (not speak) My mother told ________ to anyone about it.

4) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A GERUND. a) (iron) I'm quite good at ironing.

c) (meet) I arranged ________ them there. b) (cook) I'm not very good at ________. d) (leave, say)He surprised us all by ________ the room without ________ "goodbye". c) (read) When I'm on my own, I really enjoy ________.

e) (explain, listen) He tried ________ it but she refused ________.

d) (walk) I think that ________ is very relaxing.

e) (swim) ________ is my favourite holiday activity.

f) (telephone, ask, look) I suggest ________ the hospitals before ________ the police ________ for him.

f) (do the washing up) The job I most hate in the house is ________.

g) (hear, not enter) After ________ the conditions I decided ________ for the competition.

-170-

7) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A WORD 8) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A WORD USED IN BRITISH ENGLISH. OR WORDS USED IN AMERICAN ENGLISH. a) The telephone bill was too high for me to pay.

a) Peter was so stressed out that he needed to take a vacation.

b) I went to Covent Garden by ________

b) It was difficult to fit three suitcases in the ________ of the car.

c) People buy medicines in the ________

c) I paid the chair with one hundred dollar ________.

d) My house is half a mile down the ________

d) Paul had no money and desperately needed to make a phone call, that's why me made a ________.

e) Fortunately, there is a ________ in that ten-storey building, otherwise I couldn't walk up.

e) When buying ice-creams, chocolate and vanilla are my favourite ________.

f) I own a very nice ________ in the ________ of London.

9) MATCH

WORDS

1)

TO

8)

f) Pedestrians walk on the ________.

WITH WORDS A) TO H).

English terms

Spanish terms

1)

RC

a)

Organización Internacional

2)

checkpoint

b)

distribuir raciones

3)

deliver rations

c)

observador militar (de las Naciones Unidas)

4)

IO

d)

ACNUR

5)

UN

e)

puesto de control

6)

agreement

f)

acuerdo

7)

UNMO

g)

Cruz Roja

8)

UNHCR

h)

ONU

10) WHAT

DO THESE ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS STAND FOR IN WHAT IS THE TRANSLATION IN SPANISH?

a) b) c) d) e)

Abbreviation It stands for UN United Nations NATO NGO IO RC

11) COMPLETE a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) l)

15

ENGLISH?

Spanish translation Organización de Naciones Unidas (ONU)

THE CHART.

Sentences I really like classical music. I don't like mushrooms. I have a microwave. I don't speak German. I went to the beach today. I didn't watch TV last night. I haven't been to Venice. I'm going to stay in tonight. I have been disappointed by Peter. I will see him in his birthday. I would not eat that piece of cake. I was going to take part in the meeting.

Agree So do I Neither do I

-171-

Disagree I don't

REVIEW REVIEW FROM UNIT 1 TO UNIT 5 1)

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A SUITABLE WORD.

4)

REWRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

a) Sally's computer. a) The computer is hers.

a) Hello. What ______ ______ name? b) My ______ ______ Henry.

b) My text book. b) ______________________________.

c) How old ______ ______? d) ______ ______ twenty ______ old. And ______?

c) Your walkman. c) ______________________________.

e) ______ ______ twenty-two ______ old.

d) My dog and your dog. d) ______________________________.

f) What is ______ telephone ______? g) It ______ 063 14 86 25. REWRITE THE FOLLOWING CARDINAL NUMBERS BY USING WORDS.

f) Anne and Peter's novel. f) ______________________________.

a) 18 eighteen

5)

WHAT TIME IS IT?

b) 13

____________________

c) 17

____________________

a) 13:45 It is a quarter to two.

d) 19

____________________

b) 17:20 _________________________.

e) 28

____________________

c) 18:15 _________________________.

f) 23

____________________

d) 20:30 _________________________.

g) 30

____________________

e) 00:00 _________________________.

h) 25

____________________

f) 08:35 _________________________.

3)

g) 10:05 _________________________.

TRANSLATE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTO SPANISH.

6) a) My oldest brother's name is John. a) Mi hermano mayor se llama John.

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING "THIS", "THESE", "THAT" OR "THOSE".

a) (Estas) These chairs are Paul's.

b) My grandmother is a lot older than my father. b) ______________________________.

b) I am talking to (este) ______ boy.

c) What time is it? It is half past five. c) ______________________________.

d) I don't like (aquellos) ______ boys.

c) (Esa) ______ house is very beautiful.

e) (Este) ______ dog lives in a kennel. d) Unfortunately my cousin is not here. d) ______________________________.

f) (Estas) ______ letters are not for you. g) (Aquella) ______ giraffe is very tall.

e) On fridays I have breakfast in my cousin's bar. e) ______________________________.

h) (Ese) ______ computer is very expensive. -55-

REVIEW

2)

e) Paul's cat. e) ______________________________.

7)

9)

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING THE SUITABLE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE.

a) business

businesses

b) orange

________________

c) class

________________

b) (3rd pl) _____ books are very long.

d) watch

________________

c) (2nd sg) _____ suitcase is very heavy.

e) duty

________________

f) hero

________________

d) (1st pl) _____ computers are very expensive.

g) day

________________

h) person

________________

e) (3rd sg masc) _____ mobile phone takes pictures.

i) catch

________________

f) (2nd pl) _____ dictionaries are bilingual.

j) wolf

________________

k) fuss

________________

g) (3rd sg fem) _____ skirt is too short.

l) glory

________________

m) fax

________________

h) (3rd sg neutral)In the long run, _____ effects are very dangerous.

n) city

________________

o) knife

________________

p) tornado

________________

q) tooth

________________

a) your /than /am /I /brother /taller

r) fly

________________

a) I am taller than your brother.

8) REVIEW

WHAT IS THE PLURAL FORM OF THE FOLLOWING WORDS?

a) This is (1st sg) my car.

10) MAKE

SENTENCES BY USING THE FOLLOWING WORDS.

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING THE PLURAL OF THE NOUNS IN BRACKETS.

b) brother /uncle /my /My /is /mother's b) ______________________________.

a) (strawberry) Do you like strawberries? c) Physics /better /are /me /than /You /at b) (child) My _______ are all grown up.

c) ______________________________.

c) (fox, goose, cat, mouse) _______ catch _______ and _______ catch _______.

d) summer /colder /is /much /Winter /than d) ______________________________.

d) (foot) My _______ hurt from walking. e) not /boots /mine /These /are

e) (tomato) We are growing _______ in our garden.

e) ______________________________. f) for /I /eggs /have /breakfast

f) (man, woman) _______ come from Mars, _______ from Venus.

f) ______________________________.

g) (book, box) I have all my _______ packed in _______.

g) a /dinner /at /past /quarter /I /seven /have g) ______________________________.

h) (city) New York is one of the most fascinating _______ in the world.

h) hers /is /My /not /book h) ______________________________.

i) (ring) Suzanne always wears beautiful _______.

i) my /brother's /sister-in-law /My /wife /is

j) (tree, leaf) In winter most _______ lose their _______.

i)

-56-

______________________________.

11) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A SUITABLE WORD FROM THE BOX.

Angry

blue

Fourth

drink

interested thirsty July

lunch

June

red

Spring

half

14) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING THE COMPARATIVE OF SUPERIORTY OF THE ADJECTIVES IN BRACKETS.

a) (near) This year I live nearer university than the year before. b) (clear) Things are much _____ now to me. c) (happy) I couldn't be _____ than now.

a) I have lunch at _____ past one.

d) (good) Things are getting _____.

b) I am not _____ in that subject. c) I am _____. I need to drink.

e) (interesting) The old films are _____ than the new ones.

d) She is so _____ that she doesn't talk to anyone.

f) (strong) My father is _____ than me.

e) _____ begins in March and summer in _____.

g) (busy) I am a lot _____ with my new job.

f) The sky is _____ and roses are _____.

h) (fat) Eating chocolate makes me _____.

g) The _____ of _____ is a very important date for Americans.

15) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING THE SUPERLATIVE FORM OF THE ADJECTIVES IN BRACKETS.

12) FILL EACH

OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS ACCORDING TO THE FAMILY RELATIONSHIP.

a) (expensive) John has the most expensive car in Barcelona. b) (rich) Julia Roberts is the ______ actress on earth.

a) My wife's mother is my mother-in-law. b) My sister's husband is my ______.

d) (bad) Paul is the ______ student in his class.

d) My daughter's son is my ______. e) My daughter's husband is my ______.

e) (wise) My grandfather is the ______ person I have ever seen*.

f) My sister's son is my ______.

f) (hot) Brazil is the ______ country.

g) My father's mother is my ______.

g) (old) Julian is the ______ brother.

h) My son's daughter is my ______.

h) (good) Gone with the wind is the ______ film I have ever seen*.

i) My brother's wife is my ______.

i) (easy) This is the ______ exercise.

j) My son's wife is my ______.

*jamás haya visto.

k) My wife's father is my ______. l) My daughter's sons and daughters are my ______.

16) FILL

13) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING AN INDEFINITE ("A", "AN") ARTICLE.

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING THE COMPARATIVE OF SUPERIORITY OF THE FOLLOWING ADVERBS.

a) (soon) This year the crop will be harvested sooner than the year before. a) I have to call an ambulance. Peter is very ill.

b) (late) I call you ______.

b) _____ chair is _____ place to sit. c) Is there _____ book on the floor?

c) (little) Now I have to eat ______ than before because I suffered a heart attack.

d) I ate* _____ hour ago.

d) (early) I talked to him ______ this morning.

e) My uncle has _____ eagle in his house.

e) (well) I know her ______ than you might think.

f) That man is _____ teacher.

f) (far) Children are not allowed to go ______ the main door.

g) In case of _____ emergency call the police. h) Please, don't wear _____ skirt for the meeting.

g) (long) Margaret Thatcher is no ______ the United Kingdom's Prime Minister.

*comí

h) (badly) The report was ______ written than expected. -57-

REVIEW

c) (cold) This is the ______ day I can remember.

c) My brother's daughter is my ______.

REVIEW REVIEW FROM UNIT 6 TO UNIT 10 1)

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH "MUCH" OR "MANY".

4)

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH AN APPROPRIATE COMPOUND OF "SOME" , "ANY" OR "NO" FROM THE BOX.

a) How many pupils are there in the classroom? b) How ______ cheese do you eat per week? c) How ______ computers are there?

somewhere

Anyone

anyone

Somebody

something

anywhere

d) How ______ rice did Paul eat?

nothing

Nobody

anything

a) There is something amazing about the film.

e) How ______ people attended the conference?

b) ______ could be the winner.

f) How ______ pears did you count?

c) He works ______ between Main Street and Regeant Street.

g) How ______ money do you have in your bank account?

d) ______ is allowed in this building.

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A SUITABLE FORM OF THE VERB "TO BE".

e) Please, don't tell ______ to ______. f) ______ told me you left school.

a) There are some books on the table.

g) You can't go ______ without your passport.

b) There _____ a dictionary on the shelf.

h) You can go ______ without your passport.

c) There _____ a couple of days gap between exams.

i) I can do ______ without his support.

d) There _____ nothing I can do about it.

5)

e) There _____ two t-shirts in your wardrobe. f) There _____ some wine in the bottle.

a) much /How /too /is /much /? a) How much is too much?

g) There _____ two new soldiers in the barracks.

3)

MAKE SENTENCES USING THE FOLLOWING WORDS.

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH "SOME" OR "ANY".

b) to /Saturday /Nobody /do /exam /on /wanted /an b) ______________________________. c) people /lot /Fortunately, /a /came /party /of /to /the c) ______________________________.

a) I couldn't see any of your pictures in the exhibition. b) There is ______ beer in the fridge.

d) not /enough /for /This /is /people /car /five /big d) ______________________________.

c) I can't read ______ of Paul's books, there are too difficult for me.

e) in /country /are /too /There /fat /many /people /this e) ______________________________.

d) There is not ______ wine left in the bottle.

f) goes /Anywhere /she /finds /she /friends f) ______________________________.

e) There are ______ pencils in the office. g) home /is /There /nowhere /like g) ______________________________.

f) I agree with ______ remarks he made during the presentation.

h) without /can't /you / do /I /anything h) ______________________________.

g) ______ day I am going to London. -113-

REVIEW

2)

nowhere

6) a) a) b) b) c) c) d) d) e) e) f) f) g) g) h) h) i) i)

7)

MAKE QUESTIONS WITH THE SENTENCES GIVEN.

9)

TRANSLATE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTO ENGLISH.

a) Él conducía ese coche viejo. a) He drove that old car.

I play the guitar. Do you play the guitar? She doesn't drink orange juice. _______________________________ They are very tall. _______________________________ He is in Manchester. _______________________________ We don't study very hard. _______________________________ I write very long poems. _______________________________ She is in her classroom. _______________________________ He reads more than two books per week. _______________________________ She doesn't drink alcohol. _______________________________

b) Ellos se sentían muy mal. b) _______________________________ c) No encontré las llaves en tu casa. c) _______________________________ d) No perdieron el partido. d) _______________________________ e) ¿Alquilaron su (de ella) casa? e) _______________________________ f) ¿No vendían rosas en esa tienda? f) _______________________________ g) ¿Cantó ella en el concierto? g) _______________________________ h) ¿No robaron los ladrones un famoso cuadro? h) _______________________________

MAKE QUESTIONS USING THE FOLLOWING WORDS.

REVIEW

10) FILL a) a) b) b) c) c) d) d) e) e) f) f)

8)

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A SUITABLE WORD FROM THE CHART.

literature /you /Aren't /interested /in? Aren't you interested in Literature? speak /Doesn't /he /French? _______________________________ my /Do /near /house /you/ live? _______________________________ the /dictionary /on /Is /table /the ? _______________________________ for /the/she /this /position/ Isn't /right /person? _______________________________ perfect /Does /know /English /she ? _______________________________

paid

from

went

Did

didn’t

after

lied

Does

for

Dutch

ate

hear

much

French

a) Last year I went to Ireland _____ holidays. b) People _____ Holland are _____. c) You _____ to me. You _____ tell me the truth. d) _____ she know how to speak _____?

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES.

e) She _____ the bills _____ leaving her house.

a) Hay una guerra contra Italia. a) There is a war against Italy.

f) I _____ too _____ cheese. g) _____ you _____ that strange sound?

b) Debajo de la mesa hay un libro. b) _______________________________

11) FILL

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING THE APPROPRIATE NATIONALITY OR COUNTRY.

c) Estudio de 5 a 7. c) _______________________________

a) I am from Spain, I am Spanish. d) ¿Almuerza ella en un restaurante cerca de mi casa? d) _______________________________

b) Paul is from Ireland, he is ________. c) Panos is from _______, he is Greek.

e) Ceno a las 7 en punto. e) _______________________________

d) Michela is from Italy, she is _________. e) Sonia is from _________, she is Dutch.

f) Después de la cena vamos a la discoteca. f) _______________________________

f) Victor is from Russia, he is __________. g) Mette is from _________, she is Norwegian

g) Siempre desayuno antes de mediodía. g) _______________________________

h) François is from France, he is _________. i) Charles is from ________, he is English.

h) Este regalo es para ti. h) _______________________________

j) Nina is from Scotland, she is _________. k) We all are from Europe, we are __________. -114-

12) WRITE

A SUITABLE QUESTION FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING WH QUESTIONS.

14) MAKE

QUESTIONS WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS AND THEN WRITE THESE QUESTIONS IN THE PAST TENSE.

a) I had lunch at 1 o'clock. a) When did you have lunch?

a) a/Do /have /car /you ? a) Do you have a car? a) Did you have a car?

b) I am fine. b) _______________________________ c) I did it because I wanted. c) _______________________________

b) she /drive /How /does? b) _______________________________ b) _______________________________

d) Paul and Anne went to the party. (preguntar quién fue a la fiesta) d) _______________________________

c) plays /guitar /Who /the? c) _______________________________ c) _______________________________

e) I am from Japan. e) _______________________________

d) married /When /do /get /they? d) _______________________________ d) _______________________________

f) My name is Thomas. f) _______________________________ g) It is raining. g) _______________________________

e) for /does /holidays /Where /go /she? e) _______________________________ e) _______________________________

h) Last week she went to Poland. (preguntar a dónde fue) h) _______________________________

f) you /upset /Why /are /so? f) _______________________________ f) _______________________________

i) I go to work by bus. (preguntar cómo se desplaza al trabajo) i) _______________________________

13) TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. a) ¿Quién fue al concierto? a) Who went to the concert?

15) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE VERBS "DO" OR "MAKE" IN THE PRESENT OR PAST TENSE. a) Students are asked to make suggestions.

b) ¿Cuándo te despiertas? b) _______________________________

b) I failed the exam because I ______ lots of mistakes.

c) ¿Comes fresas? c) _______________________________

c) Could you ______ me a favour? Could you turn down the volume?

d) ¿Quién trajo estos libros? d) _______________________________

d) Last year Peter ______ a lot of money with his new business.

e) ¿Hablas inglés? e) _______________________________

e) Researchers ______ research.

f) ¿Por qué te fuiste a Escocia? f) _______________________________

f) Once a week I go to the launderette to ______ the washing.

g) ¿Dónde compraste esta camiseta? g) _______________________________

g) If you want to go to the doctor's, you need to ______ an appointment.

h) ¿De dónde eres? h) _______________________________

h) Claire ______ honours in Media Studies ten years ago.

i) ¿Qué dijiste? i) _______________________________

i) Please, ______ an effort and study this textbook.

j) ¿Qué coche prefieres? j) _______________________________

j) Some people think Christ ______ miracles.

k) ¿Cómo era tu perro? k) _______________________________

k) Charles was expelled from school because he ______ a lot of trouble.

l) ¿Tienes hermanos o hermanas? l) _______________________________

l) I have to go now, I have to ______ an urgent phone call. -115-

REVIEW

g) one /take /Which /do /you? g) _______________________________ g) _______________________________

16) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE PRESENT 17) TRANSLATE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES AND PAST CONTINUOUS IN THE AFFIRMATIVE, NEGATIVE ENGLISH BY USING QUESTIONS WITH HOW. AND INTERROGATIVE FORM OF THE FOLLOWING VERBS. study

shine

give

have

leave

rain look

INTO

a) ¿A cuánta distancia está Londres de Barcelona? a) How far is London from Barcelona?

write

b) ¿Cuánto mide tu padre? b) ______________________________.

eat

a) Last week I was writing my lesson when your brother phoned me.

c) ¿Con qué asiduidad vas de compras? c) ______________________________.

b) Mary ______ apples, she doesn't like apples. d) ¿Cuánto pesa tu mesa? d) ______________________________.

c) ______ you ______ Geography when he came? d) Yesterday all students ______ at the blackboard while the teacher ______ the lecture. e) Peter ______ the room when his friend came in.

e) ¿Qué anchura tiene el lago? e) ______________________________. f) ¿Qué longitud tiene la playa? f) ______________________________.

f) Today the sun ______ and it is very hot. g) ______ you ______ an English lesson now?

g) ¿Cuánto tiempo lleva llegar a Manchester? g) ______________________________.

REVIEW

h) Today it is sunny, I am sure ______.

-116-

REVIEW REVIEW FROM UNIT 11 TO UNIT 15 FILL THE FOLLOWING CHART WITH SINCE OR FOR ACCORDING TO THE SENTENCE GIVEN.

a)

I have studied English…

2)

for

two months.

b)

January.

c)

the beginning of the year.

d)

about 10 minutes.

e)

I was a child in Elementary School.

f)

six weeks.

g)

a long time.

h)

three days.

I)

I was 14 years old.

j)

a year ago.

k)

a year.

l)

twelve days.

m)

1997.

n)

I came to America.

o)

3 hours a day, for the last two years.

PUT THE FOLLOWING VERBS IN BRACKETS INTO THE PRESENT PERFECT AND THEN INSERT SINCE OR FOR.

3)

a) Where (be, you) have you been ?I (not see) haven’t seen you for ages.

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING THE FUTURE WITH “GOING TO” OF THE VERBS IN BRACKETS IN THE PRESENT TENSE.

a) (not attack) The lion is not going to attack you.

b) (rain, it) ______ tomorrow?

b) It (not snow) ____________ in Athens ____________ 1941.

c) We (buy) ______ him a pen for his birthday. c) I’m hungry, I (not eat) ____________ anything ____________ breakfast. d) I (not win) ______ the race. d) He (not cut) ____________ ____________ seven months.

his

hair e) (eat, we) ______ bacon tomorrow at dinner?

e) I (work) ____________ without a break ____________ 13 hours.

f) You (change) ____________ ____________ I last saw you.

a

f) She (not buy) ______ any more chocolate.

lot

g) (have, they) ______ a party next week? -173-

REVIEW

1)

4)

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING THE FUTURE WITH “GOING TO” OF THE VERBS IN BRACKETS IN THE PAST TENSE.

6)

a) Yesterday I (write) was going to write my lesson, but in the end I decided to watch a film. b) I (not buy) ______________ her a present, but in the last minute she invited me to her birthday. c) (spend, they) ______________ a week in Germany? d) Paul (give) ______________ the lecture, however, he had an accident. e) (marry, she) ______________ you last year?

g) We (not buy) ______________ new clothes for our aniversary, but the clothes we had were not the appropriate to the occasion.

REVIEW

a) Did you like the movie “Star Wars”? I don’t know. I (see, never) have never seen that movie. b) (be, you) ____________ up to late? c) (not hear, you) ____________ the news yet? I got married last July. Claudia and I (decide) ____________ to get married spontaneously. We (not do) ____________ even organize a party, because the wedding took place in Las Vegas. d) Hey Paul. I (not see) ____________ you for ages!

f) (travel, you) ______________ to Ireland last January?

5)

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING THE PRESENT PERFECT OR THE PAST SIMPLE OF THE VERBS IN BRACKETS.

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE SIMPLE FUTURE OR THE FUTURE WITH “GOING TO”.

a) Why are you holding a piece of paper? I (write) am going to write a letter to my friends back home in Texas.

b) I’m about to fall asleep. I need to wake up! I (get) ____________ you a cup of coffee. That will wake you up.

e) Jim (arrive) ____________ in Las Vegas a week ago. f) My best friend and I (know) ____________ each other for over fifteen years. We still get together once a week. g) Sally is a fantastic writer. She (write) ____________ ten very creative short stories in the last year. h) I (not have) ____________ this much fun since I (be) ____________ a kid. i) Listen Jessica, I don’t care if you (miss) ____________ the bus this morning. You (be) ____________ late to work too many times. You are fired!

c) I can’t hear the television! I (turn) ____________ it up so you can hear it.

j) Peter is from Missouri, which is hundreds of miles from the coast, so he (see, never) ____________ the ocean. He should come with us to Miami.

d) We are so excited about our trip next month to France. We (visit) ____________ Paris, Nice and Nantes.

k) How sad! George (dream) ____________ of going to California before he died, but he didn’t do it. He (see, never) ____________ the ocean.

e) Hillary (come) ____________ to the party. John (be) ____________ there as well.

f) After I graduate, I (attend) ____________ medical school and become a doctor. I have wanted to be a doctor all my life.

g) Excuse me, I need to talk to someone about our hotel room. I am afraid it is simply too small for four people. That man at the service counter (help) ____________ you. -174-

l) In the last hundred years, travelling (become) ____________ much easier and very comfortable. In the 19th century, it (take) ____________ two or three months to cross North America by wagon. The trip (be) ____________ very rough and often dangerous. Things (change) ____________ a great deal in the last hundred and fifty years. Now you can fly from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours. m) Charles, I can’t believe how much you (change) ______________ since the last time I (see) ______________ you. You (grow) ______________ at least a foot!

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE SIMPLE PRESENT OR THE FUTURE WITH “GOING TO”.

9)

a) Today after I (get) get out of class, I (go) ______ to a movie with some friends.

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING THE VERBS IN BRACKETS IN THESE FIRST TYPE CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

a) Here is Peter’s number. I am sure he (help) will help you if you (ask) ask him.

b) Do you know what you want to do after you (graduate) ______ ? c) If it (snow) ______ this weekend, we (go) ______ skiing near Lake Tahoe.

b) You (get) ________ wet if you (not take) ________ your umbrella.

d) She (make) ______ some major changes in her life. She (quit) ______ her job and go back to school. After she (finish) ______ studying, she (get) ______ a better paid job and buy a house. She is going to improve her life!

c) If it (be) ________ nice tomorrow, we (go) ________ for a walk.

e) Tom (call) ______ when he (arrive) ______ in Manchester. He (stay) ______ with you for two or three days until his new apartment (be) ______ available.

d) If I (tell) ________ you the truth, (believe, you) ________ me?

8)

FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE SIMPLE PRESENT OR THE SIMPLE FUTURE.

e) She (come) ________ to your party if you (invite) ________ her.

a) When you (arrive) arrive in Oslo, call my friend Jonas. He (show) ________ you around the city and help you get situated.

f) He (go) ________ if he (have) ________ time. b) If the people (not stop) ________ cutting down trees in the rain forest, we (experience) ________ huge changes in the environment during the twenty-first century.

10) FILL

c) I promise that I (not tell) ________ your secret to anybody. Even if somebody (ask) ________ me about what happened that day, I (not reveal) ________ the truth to a single person.

d) After you (leave) ________ work, will you please drop by the grocery store and pick up some milk and bread? No problem, I (pick) ________ up the groceries and be, at home by 6 o’clock. Great. You will probably get home before I (do) ________.

IN THE GAPS BY USING THE CONDITIONAL TENSE OF THE FOLLOWING VERBS.

travel

live

be

know

not get

stay

own

eat

If I could choose, I (a) would be a famous actress. I (b)________

in

Beverly

Hills.

Everybody

(c)________ me and I (d)________ a big house with e) I (call) ________ you as soon as I arrive in Dublin. If I am not there when you (call) ________, make sure to leave a message. I will. And please don’t forget to water my plants and feed the cat. I promise I (take) ________ care of everything while you are in Ireland. -175-

a garden and maids and I (e)________ up early. I (f)_______ around with my dog and I (g)________ at the fanciest hotels and I (h)________ at the best restaurants.

REVIEW

7)

11) MAKE SENTENCES WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS. 13) REWRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE FUTURE SIMPLE TENSE.

a) I can eat a whole large pizza. a) I will be able to eat a whole large pizza.

a) to /I /invitation /say /? /Would /your /no a) Would I say no to your invitation?

b) I must say the truth. b) ______________________________.

b) an /not /for /answer /I /take /would /no b) ______________________________.

c) Can you repeat the sentence? c) _______________________________

c) not /do /letters /in /Please /, /capital /write c) ______________________________.

d) Must he study the whole lesson? d) _______________________________ e) He can’t read my mind. e) ______________________________.

d) they /What /say /? /would d) _______________________________

f) Can’t they take a joke? f) _______________________________

e) be /come /? /he /to /Wouldn’t /able e) _______________________________

g) I can’t explain why. g) ______________________________.

f) your /’ /d /to /house /I /go f) ______________________________.

h) I can dance ballet. h) ______________________________. i) Mustn’t she invite her parents to dinner? i) _______________________________

REVIEW

g) party /go /I /wouldn’t /to /Why /?/your g) _______________________________

j) We mustn’t waste time. j) ______________________________.

h) would /like /he /? /What /look h) _______________________________

14) REWRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES IN THE SIMPLE PAST TENSE.

12) TRANSLATE

INTO ENGLISH THE FOLLOWING SHORT SENTENCES.

a) Can’t we take criticism? a) Couldn’t we take criticism? / Weren’t we (Were we not) able to take criticism? b) Must I paint you a picture? b) _______________________________

a) Jugaría al fútbol. a) I would play football.

c) They must hand in their assignments. c) ______________________________.

b) ¿Jugarías al fútbol? b) _______________________________

d) Their reasons must be explained carefully. d) ______________________________.

c) ¿Te gustaría jugar al fútbol? c) _______________________________

e) Do you need a visa? e) _______________________________ f) You mustn’t speak during the exam. f) ______________________________.

d) Haz los deberes. d) ______________________________.

g) Applicants need to call 1-800-486-624 for further information. g) ______________________________.

e) No comas naranjas. e) ______________________________.

h) You can make yourself. h) ______________________________.

f) ¿Qué escribirían ellos? f) _______________________________

i) Mustn’t we follow their example? i) _______________________________

g) ¿Por qué no se lo diría (ella) a sus abuelos? g) _______________________________

j) Can he play the piano? j) _______________________________ -176-

15) PUT

THE FOLLOWING WORDS INTO THE RIGHT ORDER SO THEY MAKE SENSE.

17) FILL

a) might /She /to Paris /go /not a) She might not go to Paris.

EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE MODAL VERBS GIVEN IN BRACKETS IN THE AFFIRMATIVE OR NEGATIVE FORM.

a) (Can’t/May) May I make a call on your mobile?

b) be /I /the book /not /will /read /able to b) ______________________________.

b) Do you know if Mark (can/may) ________ sing?

c) your /tell /surname /Could /me /you? c) _______________________________

c) (Can’t/May) ________ I sit here, please?

d) have to /clothes /did /They /not /new /buy d) ______________________________.

d) Caroline, your friends (can/could) ________ stay the night if they want to. They are perfectly welcome.

e) so /Need /you /fast /drive? e) _______________________________

e) I’m sorry but you (can’t/may) ________ use the computer until after I’ve finished.

f) the whole /She /not /lesson /need /study f) ______________________________.

f) (May/Could) ________ you lend me 40 euros until Monday?

g) not / have come /ought /He /to g) ______________________________.

g) Listen, please. Students (may/could) ________ study in the library from five to nine in the evening.

h) Should /I /go /should /or /stay /I? h) _______________________________ EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE MODAL VERBS GIVEN IN BRACKETS IN THE AFFIRMATIVE OR NEGATIVE FORM.

a) They (can/might) might be away for the weekend but I’m not sure. b) Listen, please. You (may not/might not) ________ speak during this exam. c) You (may/might) ________ leave now if you wish.

i) Claire reckons she is from America, but I think she (can’t/might) ________ be from Scandinavia. j) I (can’t/might) ________ go to the party but I’m not sure yet. k) This (must/could) ________ be the right answer but we’ll have to check with your teacher to make sure.

d) They (can’t/may not) ________ still be out! e) (Could/May) ________ you open the window a bit, please? f) He (can/could) ________ be Manchester, judging by his accent.

h) The exam (can’t/might) ________ be easy. You never know.

from

l) She (can’t/could) ________ steal things from shops. She is rich and famous. m) I really think Real Madrid (can’t/could) ________ lose the final of the King’s Cup.

g) (May/Can) ________ you swim? h) You (couldn’t/might not) ________ smoke on the bus. i) With luck, tomorrow (can/could) ________ be a cooler day. j) You (can/might) ________ be right but I’m going back to check the times. -177-

n) She’s been revising 10 hours a day for 3 weeks. She (could/must) ________ be exhausted. o) He (can’t/may) ________ be from the USA. He doesn’t speak English.

REVIEW

16) FILL

18) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING “NEEDN’T” OR “MUSTN’T”.

GAPS WITH

20) CORRECT

THE

FOLLOWING

SENTENCES

NECESSARY.

a) I don’t mind at all. You needn’t apologize.

a) Sally don’t must miss lectures.

b) It’s a secret. You ________ tell anybody.

a) Sally mustn’t miss lectures.

c) It’s not urgent. You ________ do it now. d) You can type those letters later. You ________ do it now.

b) ________________________________.

e) I can find my own way there. You ________ wait for me.

c) Wont’ he must study a little bit harder?

f) If I show you my new hat, you ________ laugh.

c) ________________________________.

g) Keep quiet. You ________ talk so loudly in here. People are trying to work.

d) He have to earn a living. d) ________________________________.

h) I’m not deaf. You ________ shout. i) You ________ drive at more than 70 mph in the UK.

e) He not cans tell you his secret.

j) I’ll do everything. You ________ do anything unless you really want to.

e) ________________________________.

k) If you want an explanation for this grammar point, you ________ do a thing. I’ll send you one automatically.

f) She might plays the guitar in the concert.

19) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING “COULDN’T” OR “MIGHT NOT”. REVIEW

b) Does she need to go to London?

GAPS WITH

f)

________________________________.

g) Will they can understand the language? g) ________________________________.

a) Unfortunately, James and Michelle had already made plans, so they couldn’t come with us to the exhibition at the Museum of Contemporary Art.

h) Peter didn’t could stand the weather.

b) We should call Tom before we go over to his house; he __________ be there. I don’t want to drive all the way there for nothing.

i) Martha don’t can run faster.

c) I know Susan wants to go to the ballet with us, but we’d better call her before we get her ticket. She works Wednesday nights, and she __________ be able to get time off that evening.

j) Humans ought to have equal rights.

d) Victoria __________ hear the speaker because the crowd was shouting so loudly. e) It __________ be a bad idea to take some snacks along while we’re hiking. Last time, we got so hungry we had to come back early without finishing the hike. f) Peter might be angry, or he __________. You never know with him because he is so temperamental. g) I heard the band is really popular, and tickets sell out quickly. You __________ get tickets if you wait too long. h) That __________ possibly be Mr. Jones. He’s lost so much weight that he looks like a completely different person. i) Charles __________ be angry at me. I have never done anything to upset him. -178-

h) ________________________________.

i)

j)

________________________________.

________________________________.

k) I should to ask you to do me a favour. k) ________________________________. l) Might she to call the fire department? l)

________________________________.

m) I have not to get up early tomorrow morning. m) ________________________________. n) I need not to get up early tomorrow morning. n) ________________________________. o)Needs he say anything else? o) ________________________________.

IF

21) REWRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE PASSIVE VOICE.

23) MAKE

IMPERSONAL THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES.

a) They say she wears a long blue dress. a) She is said to wear a long blue dress. a) It is said that she wears a long blue dress.

a) They had to carry the injured man. a) The injured man had to be carried.

b) They believed he was one of the three greatest mathematicians. b) ______________________________. b) ______________________________.

b) They were going to tape our conversation. b) ______________________________. c) They will ask him many questions. c) ______________________________.

c) They think Susan is in her mid fifties. c) ______________________________. c) ______________________________.

d) He hasn’t returned the books yet. d) ______________________________.

d) They consider Peter is quite social. d) ______________________________. d) ______________________________.

e) People spend less money on school books nowadays. e) ______________________________. f) Vandals damaged most paintings. f) ______________________________.

e) They found him dead. e) ______________________________. e) ______________________________.

g) The computer corrects all sentences. g) ______________________________.

f) They told me his secrets. (solamente poner a “me” como sujeto de la oración)

h) They are repairing her car at the moment. h) ______________________________.

f) ______________________________. g) They gave her her birthday present.

i) They will punish you severely for this. i) ______________________________.

(solamente poner a “her” como sujeto de la oración)

g) ______________________________. h) They know him as Peter Smith.

22) REWRITE

THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE PASSIVE VOICE.

24) FILL IN THE GAPS WITH A SUITABLE PASSIVE CONSTRUCTION.

a) The terrible news shocked everybody. a) Everybody was shocked by the terrible news.

a) Nobody has ever called me “stupid”! a) I have never been called “stupid”!

b) That company will publish a new book next year. b) ______________________________.

b) They have planted thousands of tress. b) Thousands of tress __________.

c) He has forgot our address. c) ______________________________.

c) They will crown him sportsman of the year. c) He __________ sportsman of the year.

d) They introduced the secretary to her new boss. d) ______________________________.

d) They have to work out a publicity campaign to restore the image of the Prime Minister. d) A publicity campaign has to __________ to restore the image of the Prime Minister.

e) The members of the committee considering our plan. e) ______________________________.

are

f) They will give a prize to whoever solves this problem. f) ______________________________. g) The executive committee would approve the new policy. g) ______________________________.

e) They would do everything to bring war criminals to justice. e) Everything __________ to bring war criminals to justice. f) I haven’t decided anything yet. f) Nothing __________ yet. g) We require suitable candidates to be bilingual. g) Suitable candidates __________ to be bilingual.

h) They have altered this notice. h) ______________________________.

h) The boss asked John to remain in charge for another year. h) John __________ by the boss to remain in charge for another year.

i) Paul gave her my telephone number. i) ______________________________.

i) The policemen are interviewing him right now. i) He __________ by the policemen right now. -179-

REVIEW

(solamente poner a “him” como sujeto de la oración)

h) ______________________________.

25) FILL EACH OF THE “ON” OR “AT”.

FOLLOWING GAPS WITH

“IN”, 26) AGREE USING

WITH THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS BY OR “NEITHER”.

“SO”

a) I like Peter. a) So do I.

a) He will see his friend in the evening. b) Several people visited my school _______ Friday.

b) I didn’t enjoy the film. b) ______________________________.

c) Our language class usually begins _______ 8 o’clock.

c) I don’t like living in the city. c) ______________________________.

d) The best part of Halloween begins _______ midnight.

d) I am not going to go to London. d) ______________________________.

e) The English Test will be given _______ December 13 and December 15.

e) I have never been to Paris. e) ______________________________.

f) The weather is usually warm _______ August. f) I will make you laugh. f) ______________________________.

REVIEW

g) The weather is colder _______ winter. h) I will pick you up _______ 1:45 p.m.

g) I would go out with Sally. g) ______________________________.

i) He woke up _______ 4 o’clock _______ the morning.

h) I am going to buy a new car. h) ______________________________.

j) After Christmas vacation, I will see you _______ January 17.

i) Last year I visited the British Museum. i) ______________________________.

27) AGREE

k) Did they start the show _______ noon?

USING

l) My dream will probably come true _______ the future. m) _______ the past, we always went to school _______ Monday _______ the morning _______ 8:30.

WITH THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS BY OR “NEITHER”.

“SO”

a) I would love to see you sometime. a) So would I. b) I need a vacation. b) ______________________________. c) I don’t like butter. c) ______________________________.

n) What will you do _______ Christmas Eve?

d) I have been to Asia. d) ______________________________.

o) _______ 2010 we will be 35. Imagine that! p) _______ three years time he will be at university. q) I saw him _______ Peter’s birthday party _______ April 17th. r) The plane lands _______ 3:45 p.m. _______ London.

e) I was sick yesterday. e) ______________________________. f) I spent the whole evening reading a book. f) ______________________________. g) I didn’t know that you won the championship. g) ______________________________. h) I hate carrots. h) ______________________________.

s) Will you wait for me _______ the bus stop?

i) I would like to visit the Greek Islands. i) ______________________________.

t) Do you live _______ the city or _______ the country?

j) I am going out tonight. j) ______________________________.

-180-

28) PUT THE VERBS IN BRACKETS INTO THE CORRECT FORM (GERUND OR INFINITIVE). a) (see) I look forward to seeing you again. b) (do) Do you know what ______ in case of an accident. c) (go) Are you thinking of ______ to London? d) (write) I enjoy ______ picture postcards. e) (not buy) We decided ______ a new car. f) (play) Do you like ______ tennis? g) (read) ______ Hamlet is a difficult task to accomplish. h) (pay) Bill promised ______ George the money he owed him. i) (sing) Would you like ______ with me in the concert. j) (not tell) My mother told me ______ the secret to anyone. k) (study)I recommend ______ three hours every night.

REVIEW

l) (learn) I am quite good at ______ new words.

-181-

KEYS TO THE EXERCISES

1

Reading comprehension: 2. Answers to the questions: 1) Miguel is twenty-four years old. 2) They are students. 3) Her telephone number is 7-6-9-1-6-4. Exercise 1: a)What; b)name; c)am, your; d)My name is; e)are; f)I am, years; g)How, you; h)(1), old; j)telephone /phone; k)number; l)is Exercise 2: a)Are; b) Is; c)Are; d)Am; e)Are Exercise 3: b)student; d)Yes; e)Am; f)are; h)am not Exercise 4: a)fourteen; b)thirty; c)twenty-eight; d)sixteen; e)thirteen; f)eleven; g)twenty-five; h)three Exercise 5: b)What’s your name?; c)What’s your telephone number?; d)My telephone number’s 456375; e)I’m thirty years old; f)She’s twenty-four years old. Exercise 6: a)first; b)second; c)third; d)fourth; e)fifth Exercise 7: a)sixteen; b)fourteen; c)four; d)twenty-two; e)ten; f)six; g)fourteen; h)twenty-three; i)thirty; j)twenty-five Exercise 8: 1)e; 2)b; 3)g; 4)f; 5)h; 6)c; 7)a; 8)d Exercise 9: En orden decreciente: i)1; a)2; f)3; b)4; h)5; g)6; c)7; e)8; d)9; j)10 (1) La solución para este apartado puede ser cualquier número.

UNIT

2

Reading comprehension: 2. Answers to the questions: 1) Pedro is eight years old. 2) Pedro’s favourite sport is football. 3) David Beckham is a Real Madrid football player. 4) They are Pedro’s friends. Exercise 1: b)morning; c)How; d)you; e)Fine, is; f)meet; g)Nice, meet you; h)years, is; i)am Exercise 2: a)Good morning; b)Good afternoon; c)Good evening; d)Good night Exercise 3: a)Number six is blue; b)Number seventeen is black; c)Number seven is red; d)Number one is yellow; e)Number three is green; f) Number twenty is brown; g)Number twenty-nine is pink; h)Number thirteen is white; i)Number nine is grey; j)Number eleven is orange; k)Number fifteen is purple. Exercise 4: a)sixty-eight; b)twenty-one; c)thirty-four; d)sixty-seven; e)twenty-seven; f)twenty-seven; g)sixty-six; h)thirty-three

Exercise 5: a)The book is hers; b)The dog is theirs; c)The house is hers; d)The car is mine; e)The note is yours; f) The ball is his; g) The doll is hers. Exercise 6: a)Peter has not a computer/ Peter hasn't a computer; b)Hellen and Michael have not a computer/Hellen and Michael haven't a computer; c)Julian has not a house/Julian hasn't a house; d)Andrew has not a girlfriend/Andrew hasn't a girlfriend; e)My mother has not a dog/My mother hasn't a dog; f)I have not a bag/ I haven't a bag; g)Louise has not a pair of shoes/Louise hasn't a pair of shoes. Exercise 7: a)my; b)their; c)her, his; d)our; e)my; f)your; g)your Exercise 8: a)My tie is red; b)The sky is blue; c)The sun is yellow; d)e)f)(1) ; g)The snow is white. Exercise 9: a)a; b)a; c)A, d)an; e)a, a; f)a; g)a; h)an, a Exercise 10: 1)c; 2)e; 3)g; 4)f; 5)h; 6)b; 7)a; 8)d (1) La solución para este apartado puede ser cualquier color.

UNIT

3

Reading comprehension: 2. Answers to the questions: 1) My parents’ names are Anne and Paul. 2) My brother is seven years old. 3) My aunt’s sons and daughters are my cousins. Exercise 1: a)cousins; b)wife; c)husband; d)brother; e)son-in-law; f)grandson; g)daughter-in-law; h)granddaughter; i)grandmothers; j)nephew; k)niece Exercise 2: a)sister; b)parents; c)aunt; d)cousins; e)niece; f)daughter; g)uncle; h)grandmother; i)brother-in-law; j)nephew; k)mother-in-law Exercise 3: 1)c; 2)d; 3)a; 4)b; 5)e Exercise 4: a)It’s twelve o’clock/It’s midday/It’s noon; b)It’s a quarter to two; c)It’s a quarter past two; d)It’s twenty to eight; e)It’s is twenty-five to ten; f)It’s ten past five; g)It’s five past eight; h)It’s twelve o’clock/It’s midnight Exercise 5: a)Those; b)these; c)That; d)this; e)Those; f)these; g)that; h)those Exercise 6: a)o’clock, milk, past, car ; b)meat, fruit, vegetables /vegetables, fruit; c)eggs, potatoes /potatoes, eggs; d)Oranges, lemons /Lemons, oranges; e) midnight, television Exercise 7: 1)d; 2)c; 3)g; 4)a; 5)f; 6)b; 7)h; 8)e Exercise 8: a)My mother’s sister is my aunt; b)I wake up at half past seven; c)For dinner I have soup /I have soup for dinner; d)These books are mine; e)Julian’s car is very expensive; f)I drink soda with whisky /whisky with soda.

-227-

KEYS TO THE EXERCISES

UNIT

KEYS TO THE EXERCISES

UNIT

4

Reading comprehension: 2. Answers to the questions: 1) On the 25th of December people celebrate Christmas. 2) The biggest party for Irish people is St.Patrick’s Day. 3) The most important dates at Easter are the Festival of Passover, Good Friday, Easter Day and Easter Monday. 4) The 4th of July is an important date for Americans because people celebrate the Independence Day. Exercise 1: a)taller; b)happier; c)more difficult; d)better; e)easier; f)cheaper; g)worse; h)older Exercise 2: a)best; b)oldest/eldest; c)most intelligent; d)strongest; e)prettiest; f)most brilliant; g)richest; h)thinnest; i)hottest Exercise 3: a)less clever; b)less happy; c)less angry; d)less beautiful; e)less blue; f)less cold; g)less clear; h)less clean Exercise 4: 1ªfila)hot, hotter, hottest; 2ªfila)good, better, best; 3ªfila)little, less, least; 4ªfila)old, older,oldest; 5ªfila)beautiful, more beautiful, most beautiful; 6ªfila)bad, worse, worst; 7ªfila) green, greener, greenest; 8ªfila)dirty, dirtier, dirtiest; 9ªfila)small, smaller, smallest Exercise 5: a)here; b)after; c)early; d)almost; e)far; f)out; g)late Exercise 6: Columna B: January, May, November, March, August, April, February, June, September, December, October, July Respuestas a las preguntas: a)It/Peter's wedding is in September; b)My birthday is in (1); c)It/Julian's bithday is in July; d)It/Spring begins in March; e)It/William's interview is in May; f)It/Summer begins in June; g)They/Sally's holidays are in April. Exercise 7: a)Spring: March, April, May; b)Autumn/Fall: September, October, November; c)Summer: June, July, August; d)Winter: December, January, February Exercise 8: 1)f; 2)i; 3)a; 4)h; 5)c; 6)j; 7)b; 8)d; 9)g; 10)e (1) La solución para este apartado puede ser cualquier mes

UNIT

5

Reading comprehension: 2. Answers to the questions: 1) (Peruvian fishermen call this phenomenon El Niño) because these effects on the Pacific Ocean occur around Christmas. 2) These fires create /The consequences of these fires are a cloud of smoke that chokes 20 million people and affect Southeast Asian cities. 3) The name of the opposite phenomenon to El Niño is La Niña. 4) La Niña consists of a cooling of those same /the tropical Pacific waters (that changes the weather conditions). Exercise 1: a)Unfortunately; b)formerly; c)frequently; d)perfectly; e)cheaply; f)easily; g)seriously; h),really Exercise 2: a)further; b)later; c)longer; d)nearer; e)more wisely; f)better; g)less

Exercise 3: a)later, latest; b)further, furthest; c)more recently, most recently; d)nearer, nearest; e)better, best; f)more easily, most easily; g)less, least; h)worse, worst; i)earlier, earliest; j)sooner, soonest Exercise 4: 1)f; 2)e; 3)b; 4)h; 5)a; 6)g; 7)i; 8)d; 9)c Exercise 5: a)last night; b)This morning; c)at noon; d)last week; e)along/during the day; f)Yesterday morning; g)This afternoon; h)Tomorrow evening Exercise 6: a)happy; b)thirsty; c)nervous; d)asleep; e)tired, exhausted; f)interested; g)scared; h)sad Exercise 7: a)In winter it snows; b)In summer it is hot; c)It rains; d)It is a cloudy day; e)What is the weather like?; f)The sun shines Exercise 8: 1)d; 2)e; 3)a; 4)g; 5)b; 6)f; 7)h; 8)c

UNIT

6

Reading comprehension: 2.“true” or “false” answers: a)T; b)F; c)F; d)T; e)F; f)T; g)T 3. Answers to the questions: 1) Charles Henry Harrod / He buys the store in 1849. 2) The name of the famous businessman who buys Harrods in 1985 is Mohamed Al Fayed. 3) The stores motto is: “everything for everyone everywhere”. Exercise 1: a)the; b)a; c)an; d)an; e)The; f)the; g)a Exercise 2: a)many; b)much; c)many; d)much; e)much; f)many Exercise 3: a)are; b)is; c)are; d)is; e)is; f)is; g)is; is Exercise 4: a)In the kitchen; b)In the bathroom /toilet; c)In the kitchen /bathroom /toilet; d)In the kitchen; e)In the bedroom; f)In the kitchen; g)In the garage; h)In the living-room/diningroom; i)In the bedroom; j)In the kitchen; k)In the bathroom /toilet Exercise 5: 1)e; 2)a¸ 3)g; 4)i; 5)h; 6)b; 7)d; 8)c; 9)j; 10)f Exercise 6: a)any; b)any; c)some; d)some; e)any; f)some; g)some; h)some Exercise 7: a)some; b)any, some; c)anyone /anybody; d)some, any; e)any; f)Any; g)Someone, some; h)any; any; i)anything; j)anyone /anybody; k)somewhere; l)anything Exercise 8: a)than yours; b)toilets; c)window, curtains; d)are; e)a; f)bedroom, fridge; g)shower, bathroom; h)carpets, sofas, television /sofas, carpets, television Exercise 9: a)How many children are there in the room?; b)There is not any sugar; c)Your living-room isn't very nice; d)That lamp does not work; e)We have an old bed. Exercise 10: a)Is there a boy in the garden?; b)Are there two televisions in Thomas’ living-room?; c)Isn't there any sugar?; d)Is there any tea in the teapot?; e)Are there many people here?; f)Is there a big bed in her living-room?; g)Is there some coffee in the coffeepot?

-228-

7

Reading comprehension: 2. Answers to the questions: 1) British people have at least three meals a day. 2) Yes, it is. 3) British people have tea in the afternoon, at about four o'clock. 4) The last meal of the day is dinner. Exercise 1: a)Don't you like apples?; b)Don't they want a car?; c)Doesn't she play the guitar?; d)Don't we buy any tickets for the theatre?; e)Don't I have a mobile?; f)Doesn't he take any pictures?; g)Don’t you eat potatoes? Exercise 2: a)Are you tall?, Aren't you tall?; b)Are they interested in Geography?, Aren't they interested in Geography?; c)Is she a pretty girl?, Isn't she a pretty girl?; d)Are we Mary's best friends?, Aren't we Mary's best friends?; e)Am I five feet tall?, Am I not five feet tall?; f)Is he the best good-looking boy?, Isn't he the best good-looking boy?; g)Are you my sister-in-law's brother?, Aren't you my sister-in-law's brother? Exercise 3: a)¿De qué ciudad vienes?; b)Pon el vaso en la mesa; c)La carretera pasa por el valle; d)El sol brilla en la ciudad; e)Quédate a mi lado; f)La silla está entre la puerta y la ventana; g)No te vayas hasta que te lo diga; h)Antes de irte, pon tu solicitud en la mesa. Exercise 4: a)There is a cinema near my house; b)There is a cemetery under our house; c)There is a supermarket behind the school; d)In September it rains very much; e)John gets married on Tuesday; f)With one car is enough; g)Madrid is 450 km far from Granada; h)Four hours later we are tired; i)The war against that country is a failure. Exercise 5: a)bread, tomato, olive oil; b)spoon, fork, knife; c)cook, chicken, oven; d)vinegar, pepper; e)sugar, tea; f)turkey; g)salad, tomato, lettuce, onion. Exercise 6: a)sugar; b)vinegar; c)tea; d)tuna. Exercise 7: 1)d; 2)g; 3)b; 4)f; 5)a; 6)c; 7)e; 8)h.

UNIT

8

Reading comprehension: 2.-Answers to the questions: 1) Albert Einstein said that it is easier to split an atom than to erase prejudices. 2) English people are thought to do the opposite things European people do on the continent, for example, driving on the left side, to be snobs, to be always on time and to drink tea 3) Russian people are thought to drink too much vodka. 4) Italian mothers are thought to have the power of the family and to cook a lot of pasta and pizza. Exercise 1: a)I went to school; b)She liked oranges but she didn’t like lemons; c)Peter went to work by bus; d)I met her on Tuesday; e)Anke was my best German friend; f)Europe was the cradle of civilization; g)Andrea was less beautiful than Joan; h)She spoke slowly; i)He left the / that house at six o’clock; j)I usually paid him £5; k)He rode every day; l)I lay down after lunch; m)We slept badly.

Exercise 2: a)English; b)Germany; c)Australia; d)French; e)Holland; f)Italian; g)Norwegian; h)Turkey; i)Spanish Exercise 3: a)I did not like apples, I didn’t like apples; b)I did not go to Scotland, I didn’t go to Scotland; c)She was not my best friend in London, She wasn’t my best friend in London; d)I did not drive my car all night long, I didn’t drive my car all night long; e)My parents did not drink beer, My parents didn’t drink beer; f)I did not see her, I didn’t see her; g)Peter did not lose his job, Peter didn’t lose his job; h)We did not want those carpets, We didn’t want those carpets; i)I did not watch television at home, I didn’t watch television at home. Exercise 4: a)Didn’t I like apples?; b)Didn’t I go to Scotland?; c)Wasn’t she my best friend in London?; d)Didn’t I drive my car all night long?; e)Didn’t my parents drink beer?; f)Didn’t I see her?; g)Didn’t Peter lose his job?; h)Didn’t we want those carpets?; i)Didn’t I watch television at home? Exercise 5: 1)d; 2)a; 3)e; 4)b; 5)c; 6)h; 7)f; 8)g Exercise 6: a)went, She, much; b)Do, I; c)were, ate; d)Where, from, am, French; e)Did, didn’t; f)Is, Greek; g)did Exercise 7: a)Yes, they had eggs for breakfast /No, they didn’t have eggs for breakfast; b)Yes, he wanted a new coat /No, he didn’t want a new coat; c)Yes, they had to work hard /No, they didn’t have to work hard; d)Yes, he had a heart attack /No, he didn’t have a heart attack; e)Yes, they did their homework after dinner /No, they didn’t do their homework after dinner; f)Yes, I saw you /No, I didn’t see you; g)Yes, she knew the way /No, she didn’t know the way; h)Yes, I saw the difference /No, I didn’t see the difference; i)Yes, he came every day /No, he didn’t come every day.

UNIT

9

Reading comprehension: 2.-Answers to the questions: 1) It is an informal letter. 2) Pedro arrived in London last Sunday. 3) Pedro ate a very nice meal with his friend Julian in Covent Garden. Exercise 1: a)At what time do you take your bus?; b)Which sports does she like?; c)How are you?; d)Where are they from?; e)Does he speak Greek?; f)When do you go to work?; g)How old are you?; h)What is your favourite meal?; i)Who wrote "El Quijote"?; j)Do you eat this kind of fish? Exercise 2: a)Do you like football?; b)When do you go to school?; c)What are your names?; d)Who ate the oranges?; e)When did you buy your car?; f)How many pupils are there in this class?; g)What is your mother-in-law's name?; h)Did Hellen and William win the match?; i)What do you eat today?; j)Do you speak Russian? Exercise 3: a)Do you work today?; b)Didn't they see you yesterday?; c)When is your father's birthday?; d)How do you spell it?; e)When did they study?; f)I didn't eat potatoes buy I ate meat /I didn't eat meat but I ate potatoes; g)Did you take some milk for breakfast? Exercise 4: a)Did you eat meat?; b)When was your sister's birthday?; c)Were they friendly?; d)How did you make the bed?; e)Why did she sing this song?; f)Who were they?; g)Which computer did you prefer?; h)Did he play the piano?

-229-

KEYS TO THE EXERCISES

UNIT

Exercise 5: a)make; b)do; c)make; d)do; e)make; f)make; g)make; h)do; i)make Exercise 6: a)made; b)make; c)did; d)did; e)made; f)made; g)made; h)did; i)did Exercise 7: 1)c; 2)g; 3)a; 4)h; 5)b; 6)d; 7)e; 8)f Exercise 8: a)¿Quién descubrió América?; b)¿Entendieron (ellos) la lección?; c)¿Cuándo fue (ella) a casa de Mary?; d)¿Cómo la encontraste? /¿Cómo la encontrasteis? /¿Cómo la encontró (usted)? /¿Cómo la encontraron (ustedes)?; e)¿Cuándo leyó Michael mi carta?; f)¿Quién pronuncia el discurso?; g)¿Llueve? Exercise 9: 1) a)When does Charles see Séverine?; b)How does Charles see Séverine?; c)Why does Charles see Séverine?; d)Where does Charles see Séverine?; 2) a)What did Charles buy?; b)Where did Charles buy his new car?; c)When did Charles buy his new car?; d)Why did Charles buy his new car?; e)How did Charles buy his new car? Exercise 10: a)American English; b)British English

KEYS TO THE EXERCISES

UNIT

10

Reading comprehension: 2. Answers to the questions: 1) This climatic change /It is mainly due to the use of fossil fuels. 2) Renewable energy sources /They offer abundant clean energy. 3) Corporations and governments in developing countries should invest in renewable energies. 3.“true” or “false” answers: a)T; b)F; c)T; d)F; e)T; f)F Exercise 1: a)am spending; b)is working; c)are putting; d)is leaving; e)is using; f)are wearing; g)is lying; h)are talking Exercise 2: a)is standing; b)is giving; c)is putting; d)are closing; e)are having; f)am catching Exercise 3: a)was wearing, wondered, was; b)was walking, realized, was following; c) did not come; d)were playing /played, was reading; e)was traveling/ travelling, passed, saw, was; f)are having, are sitting, tells /is telling g)is raining, are shutting; h)was working, was learning Exercise 4: a)Are you listening to your teacher?, You are not /aren't listening to your teacher; b)Are the neighbours coming in to watch tv?, The neighbours are not /aren't coming in to watch tv; c)Is your sister studying at home?, Your sister is not /isn't studying at home; d)Is it raining now?, It is not /isn't raining now; e)Are Jones and Co. having a sale at the moment?, Jones and Co. are not /aren't having a sale at the moment; f) Am I meeting Thomas at 5:30?I am not meeting Thomas at 5:30; g) Are they thinking of going to the party?, They are not /aren't thinking of going to the party. Exercise 5: a)often; b)tall; c)long; d)high; e)far; f)big Exercise 6: a)12; b)3; c)9; d)6; e)8; f)1; g)11; h)7; i)5; j)13; k)14; l)10; m)4; n)2; o)15

Exercise 7: a)dog; b)cactuses; c)roses; d)tulip; e)seagulls; f)giraffe; g)lion; h)elephant; i)carnations Exercise 8: 1)e; 2)h; 3)c; 4)a; 5)b; 6)j; 7)i; 8)d; 9)f; 10)g

UNIT

11

Reading comprehension: 2. Answers to the questions: 1) The United Kingdom consists of two large islands (Great Britain and Northern Ireland) and 5000 smaller ones. 2) The name of the capital of Wales is Cardiff. 3) It belongs to the United Kingdom. 4) The Isle of Man is different because it is an internally self-governing dependency of the British Crown. 5) Great Britain includes the main island (Wales, England, Scotland) and some islands such as Anglesey, the Isle of Wight, the Hebrides, the Orkney Islands and the Shetland Islands. 6) The name of the most populated nation of the United Kingdom is England. 3.“True” or “false” answers: a)F; b)T; c)T; d)T; e)F; f)F; g)F; h)T; i)T Exercise 1: a)for; b)since; c)since; d)since; e)for; f)for; g)since; h)for Exercise 2: a)looked /looked; b)loved /loved; c)saw /seen; d)ate /eaten; f) understood /understood; f)was, were /been; g)wanted /wanted; h)wore /worn; i)bit /bitten; j)kissed /kissed; k)watched /watched Exercise 3: a)I am going to go to the cinema this evening /I'm going to go to the cinema this evening; b)She is going to buy one ticket to Berlin /She's going to buy one ticket to Berlin; c)They are going to run for one hour / c)They're going to run for one hour; d)He is going to walk along the street / He's going to walk along the street; e)You are going to be the president /You're going to be the president; f)The party is going to start very soon /The party's going to start very soon; g) Dalila is going to be my wife's best friend /Dalila's going to be my wife's best friend; h)She is going to have twins /She's going to have twins; i)They are going to try to win the game /They're going to try to win the game; j)We are going to play football and baseball /We're going to play football and baseball; k)Lissa is going to play the piano /Lissa's going to play the piano; l)Mary is going to buy a book for her father /Mary's going to buy a book for her father; m)They are going to send her a present /They're going to send her a present. Exercise 4: a)I have gone to the cinema /I've gone to the cinema; b)She has bought one ticket to Berlin /She's bought one ticket to Berlin; c)They have run for one hour /The've run for one hour; d)He has walked along the street /He’s walked along the street; e)You have been the president /You've been the president; f)The party has started very soon /The party's started very soon; g)Dalila has been my wife's best friend /Dalila's been my wife's best friend; h)She has had twins /She's had twins; i)They have tried to win the game /They've tried to win the game; j)We have played football and baseball /We've played football and baseball; k)Lissa has played the piano /Lissa's played the piano; l)Mary has bought a book for her father /Mary's bought a book for her father; m)They have sent her a present /They've sent her a present.

-230-

UNIT

Exercise 5:

Exercise 6: a)I will go to the cinema this evening /I'll go to the cinema this evening; b)She will buy one ticket to Berlin /She'll buy one ticket to Berlin; c)They will run for one hour /They'll run for one hour; d)He will walk along the street /He'll walk along the street; e)You will be the president /You'll be the president; f)The party will start very soon /The party'll start very soon; g) Dalila will be my wife's best friend /Dalila'll be my wife's best friend; h)She will have twins /She'll have twins; i)They will try to win the game /They'll try to win the game; j)We will play football and baseball /We'll play football and baseball; k)Lissa will play the piano /Lissa'll play the piano; l)Mary will buy a book for her father /Mary'll buy a book for her father; m)They will send her a present /They'll send her a present. Exercise 7: a)I am not going to see my boyfriend /I'm not going to see my boyfriend; b)I will not ask you any question /I won't ask you any question; c)Won't you come to my party tonight? /Will you not come to my party tonight?; d)She was not going to study the lesson /She wasn't going to study the lesson; e)They have not been in Madrid for five months /They haven't been in Madrid for five months; f)They will not speak English /They won't speak English; g)Aren't you going to sell your car? /Are you not going to sell your car?; h)Haven't they come soon? /Have they not come soon?; i)It is not going to rain /It isn't going to rain; j)They were not going to write a letter /They weren't going to write a letter; k)Hasn't she gone to our school this morning? /Has she not gone to our school this morning?; l)Won't you stay here in winter? /Will you not stay here in winter?; m)I will not finish my work tomorrow /I won't finish my work tomorrow; n)It will not be a very nice summer /It won't be a very nice summer. Exercise 8: a)Were they going to write a letter?; b)Have you taken some eggs for breakfast?; c)Will Anne meet Peter tomorrow at half past one?; d)Is he an English teacher?; e)Did you tell me the truth?; f)Has she studied French since 1985?; g)Weren't they going to come?; h)Is her birthday on October the 14th?; i)Won't I go to the zoo with you?; j)Isn't Michael going to read your article?

12

Reading comprehension: 2. Answers to the questions: 1) The terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon took place in 2001. 2) I can create an emergency communications plan, I can establish a meeting place, I can assemble a disaster supplies kit or check on the school emergency plan of any school-age children you may have. Exercise 1: a)I would speak French; b)We would go to the hotel this morning; c)Paul would meet his girlfriend this afternoon; d)Hellen would come from Scotland; e)Peter’s best friend would play basketball; f)We would eat meat twice a week; g)They would have breakfast at half past seven; h)You would buy this vase; i)I would write my curriculum. Exercise 2: a)I’d speak French; b)We’d go to the hotel this morning; c)Paul wouldn’t meet his girlfriend this afternoon; d)Hellen wouldn’t come from Scotland; e)Peter’s best friend wouldn’t play basketball; f)We’d eat meat twice a week; g)They’d have breakfast at half past seven; h)You’d buy this vase; i)I’d write my curriculum. Exercise 3: a)I would not speak French; b)We would not go to the hotel this morning; c)Paul would not meet his girlfriend this afternoon; d)Hellen would not come from Scotland; e)Peter’s best friend would not play basketball; f)We would not eat meat twice a week; g)They would not have breakfast at half past seven; h)You would not buy this vase; i)I would not write my curriculum. Exercise 4: a)Would you go to my new house?; b)Would they not play the piano?; c)You would make a mistake; d)I’d cook tonight for you; e)Michael wouldn’t go for a walk; f)She would not like to see me; g)She’d like to read a good book. Exercise 5: a)Wouldn’t I visit my grandmother?; b)Would he like to be in France?; c)Wouldn’t they have a better job?; d)Would Martha’s father find a good place?; e)Wouldn’t he drive faster?; f)Would my legs hurt very much?; g)Would Luise not study in China?; h)Would I borrow your chair?; i)Wouldn’t my mother make any suggestion? Exercise 6: a)Write a letter to your cousin /Do write a letter to your cousin; b)Let’s study for one hour; c)Make peace /Do make peace; d)Come here right now /Do come here right now; e)Let’s go to the cinema; f)Say it /Do say it; g)Let’s play a song for her; h)Let’s start the work. Exercise 7:

a)will give; b)stand; c)eats; d)will telephone; e)will arrest; f)reads; g)will steal; h)doesn't open /does not open; i)washes; j)make; k)will bury

a)Don’t go home /Do not go home; b)Don’t play this song /Do not play this song; c)Don’t smoke /Do not smoke; d)Don’t open the door /Do not open the door; e)Don’t sit down /Do not sit down; f)Don’t stop /Do not stop; g)Let’s not count the money; h)Let’s not work together; i)Let’s not begin now.

Exercise 10:

Exercise 8:

1)c; 2)f; 3)d; 4)e; 5)a; 6)h; 7)b; 8)g

1)c; 2)h; 3)f; 4)g; 5)a; 6)e; 7)d; 8)b

Exercise 9:

-231-

KEYS TO THE EXERCISES

a)I was going to go to the cinema this evening; b)She was going to buy one ticket to Berlin; c)They were going to run for one hour; d)He was going to walk along the street; e)You were going to be the president; f)The party was going to start very soon; g) Dalila was going to be my wife's best friend; h)She was going to have twins; i)They were going to try to win the game; j)We were going to play football and baseball; k)Lissa was going to play the piano; l)Mary was going to buy a book for her father; m)They were going to send her a present.

KEYS TO THE EXERCISES

UNIT

13

Reading comprehension: 2. Answers to the questions: 1) A friend paralyzed David's left pupil. 2) (He changed his name to David Bowie) to avoid confusion with the Monkees' Davy Jones. 3) No, it wasn't /No, his acting career was not successful /Bowie had no luck in his acting career /None of his films were commercial successes. 4) His wedding present to his wife was an album called "Black Tie White Noise" (which received positive reviews). 3.“True” or “false” answers: a)T; b)F; c)T; d)F; e)F; f)T; g)T;h)F; i)T Exercise 1: a)Can you do it now? No, now I can’t; b)Next week I will not/won’t have to come; c)You have to study the third lesson; d)Alex and Raúl must buy their books; e)Her explanations must be true; f)Could you give me the name of the school/school’s name?; g)You must/should go to London, it is a very beautiful/nice city; h)Need you wear a skirt?/Do you need to wear a skirt? Exercise 2: a) I will be able to play a song for you with a guitar; b)I will have to study to pass my exam; c)She will not/ won’t be able to say it louder; d)I will need my pills; e)James will have to do an assignment; f)You will have to pronounce perfectly; g)You will not/won’t be able to understand these sentences; h)I will not/won’t be able to see your eyes. Exercise 3: a)Can I play a song for you?; b)Must he study to pass his exam? (También podría admitirse: Does he have to study to pass his exam?, sin embargo, se perdería ese matiz de obligación ineludible); c)Cannot/Can’t she act like a queen? /Can she not act like a queen?; d)Need they go on holidays?/Do they need to go on holidays?; e)Could James walk for hours?; f)Should he do better at Physics?; g)Cannot/Can’t you understand these sentences?/Can you not understand these sentences?; h)Will she be able to attend lectures during pregnancy?; i)Couldn’t she speak Russian?/Could she not speak Russian? Exercises 4: a)She couldn’t read your article./She was not able to read your article; b)My cousins could dance flamenco./My cousins were able to dance flamenco; c)I had to do my homework; d)We needed to be accepted; e)Our questions had to be answered; f)Did you need to take music lessons?/ (También valdría: Needed you take music lessons?) g)They didn’t need to study at home/ (También valdría: The need not/needn’t study at home); h)They could be right (la forma “be able to” no es posible ya que en este ejemplo existe posibilidad y no capacidad); i)I didn’t have to do this exam. Exercise 5: a)should; b)should; c)might; d)must; e)might; f)should not/shouldn’t; g)must Exercise 6: a)1-3-36 b)2,5-30 c)2-6-72 d)4-48 e)1-220-660-7,920 f)3-24-5,280-15,840-190,080 a)1-16 b)2-32 c)0,5-7-112 d)1-14-224 e)2-16-224-3,584 f)1-17,85-142,85-2,000-32,000 a)2 b)10-0,5 c)40-2-1 d)320-16-8-2

Exercise 7: a)might, might; b)could, should; c)should not (shouldn’t), could; d)can /could; e)must; f)might; g)could; h)could, do not (don’t) have to; i)should, might; j)have to Exercise 8: a)I might not go to the cinema; b)Hellen must not (mustn’t) be late; c)We cannot (can’t) do this exercise, it is very difficult; d)I do not (don’t) have to go to Sally’s office this afternoon; e)Must Mary pass this exam?; f)Must you not (Mustn’t you) work this afternoon?; g)They can swim but they cannot (can’t) play football; h)He cannot (can’t) be there next week; i) correcta, también se podría aceptar: I need not (needn’t) study that much, pero esto no significa que la primera esté mal; j)He has to work hard. Exercise 9: 1)e; 2)c; 3)g; 4)a; 5)h; 6)b; 7)f; 8)d

UNIT

14

Reading comprehension: 2. Answers to the questions: 1) The euro became the European single currency in 1th January 2002. 2) Spain, France, Germany and Italy. 3) Yes, it is. Exercise 1: a)was moved; b)was not introduced; c)was destroyed; d)were left; e)are asked; f)will be given; g)was taken. Exercise 2: a)The milk is brought to my door by the milkman; b)Things from supermarkets are stolen every day by Joan and Julian; c)The sick man is taken to hospital by an ambulance; d)These boxes are cleared three times a day by the postman; e)The warehouse is guarded by dogs; f)These television sets are made by a Japanese firm; g)He was shouted down by the crowd. Exercise 3: a)He was never seen in the dining-room by us; b)The police was called by the watchman; c)A slight injury was had by Tom; d)He was found guilty by the Court; e)I haven't been paid for the work by her; f)The children have been brought in Italy (by them); g)He won't be taken to prison (by them); h)TV hasn't been watched by him; i)He is often taken for his brother by Anne. Exercises 4: a)Se dice que (él) es el mejor futbolista; b)Se cree que (él) es un mal estudiante; c)Se piensa que Charles es un buen soldado; d)Se considera que (nosotros) somos ricos; e)Se encontró que (ellos) eran culpables; f)Se sabe que la historia es falsa; g)Se dice que su novia es de Japón; h)Se cree que John la ama. Exercise 5: a)to; b)by; c)at, in; d)on, with, with; e)at, on; f)at, at, on; g)to, at; h)at, in; i)into/to, with Exercise 6: a)of, for, on, from/of, for; b)to, to, of; c)in, on; d)At, at; e)on, with, of; f)from, in Exercise 7: 1)e; 2)a; 3)g; 4)d; 5)h; 6)f; 7)c; 8)b

-232-

15

REVIEW UNITS 1 TO 5

Reading comprehension: 2. Answers to the questions: 1) Stonehenge is situated in Salisbury (England). 2) Stonehenge symbolizes mystery, power and endurance. 3) Stonehenge was built from 2750 BC to 1500 BC. 3.“True” or “false” answers: a)T; b)T; c)F; d)F; e)T; f)T Exercise 1: a)up; b)after; c)on; d)up; e)off, on; f)out; g)in Exercise 2: a)turned down; b)looks after; c)looking for; d)takes off, puts on; e)look up; f)fill in Exercise 3: a)So am I; b)Neither do I; c)Neither have I; d)So have I; e)So do I; f)Neither did I; g)So was I; h)Neither have I; i)So did I; j)So was I; k)Neither will I; l)Neither would I. Exercises 4: a)ironing; b)cooking; c)reading; d)walking; e)swimming; f)doing the washing up Exercise 5: a)to come; b)going; c)to work, getting up; d)Studying; e)to buy, living; f)travelling (BrE) /traveling (AmE), flying; g)going; h)jogging, swimming; i)thinking, having Exercise 6: a)having; b)not to speak; c)to meet; d)leaving, saying; e)to explain, to listen; f)telephoning, asking, to look; g)hearing, not to enter Exercise 7: a)bill; b)underground; c)chemist's; d)road; e)lift; f)flat, centre Exercise 8: a)vacation; b)trunk; c)bill; d)collect call; e)flavors; f)sidewalk Exercise 9: 1)g; 2)e; 3)b; 4)a; 5)h; 6)f; 7)c; 8)d Exercise 10: a)United Nations, Organización de Naciones Unidas (ONU); b)North Atlantic Treaty Organization, Organización del Tratado del Atlántico Norte (OTAN); c)Non Governmental Organization, Organización No Gubernamental (ONG); d)International Organization, Organización Internacional; e)Red Cross, Cruz Roja Exercise 11: a)So do I, I don't; b)Neither do I, I do; c)So do I, I don't; d)Neither do I, I do; e)So did I, I didn't; f)Neither did I, I did; g)Neither have I, I have; h)So am I, I am not; i)So have I, I haven't; j)So will I, I won't; k)Neither would I, I would; l)So was I, I wasn't.

Exercise 1: a)Hello, is, your; b)name, is; c)are, you; d)I, am, years, you; e)I, am, years; f)your, number; g)is Exercise 2: a)eighteen; b)thirteen; c)seventeen; d)nineteen; e)twenty-eight; f)twenty-three; g)thirty; h)twenty-five Exercise 3: a)Mi hermano mayor se llama John.; b)Mi abuela es mucho mayor que mi padre (Mi abuela tiene mucha más edad que mi padre.); c)¿Qué hora es? Son las cinco y media.; d)Desgraciadamente mi primo no está aquí.; e)Los viernes desayuno en el bar de mi primo. Exercise 4: a) The computer is hers.; b)The text book is mine.; c)The walkman is yours.; d)The dog is ours; e)The cat is his; f)The novel is theirs. Exercise 5: a)It is a quarter to two.; b)It is twenty past five.; c)It is a quarter past six.; d)It is half past eight.; e)It is midnight.; f)It is twenty five to nine.; g)It is five past ten. Exercise 6: a)These; b)this; c)That; d)Those; e)This; f)These; g)That; h)That Exercise 7: a)businesses; b)oranges; c)classes; d)watches; e)duties; f)heroes; g)days; h)people; i)catches; j)wolves; k)fusses; l)glories; m)faxes; n)cities; o)knives; p)tornadoes; q)teeth; r)flies Exercise 8: a)strawberries; b)children; c)Foxes, geese, cats, mice; d)feet; e)tomatoes; f)Men, women; g)books, boxes; h)cities; i)rings; j)trees, leaves Exercise 9: a)my; b)Their; c)Your; d)Our; e)His; f)Your; g)Her; h)its Exercise 10: a) I am taller than your brother.; b)My mother’s brother is my uncle.; c)You are better at Physics than me.; d)Winter is much colder than summer.; e)These boots are not mine.; f)I have eggs for breakfast. (También podría aceptarse “For breakfast I have eggs”; no obstante, la primera letra de “for” aparece en minúscula y no puede formar parte de principio de oración); g)I have dinner at a quarter past seven. ( “At a quarter past seven I have dinner” también sería una opción posible; sin embargo, por las mismas razones que se han mencionado en el apartado anterior no se puede aceptar); h)My book is not hers.; i)My brother’s wife is my sister-in-law. Exercise 11: a)half; b)interested, c)thirsty; d)angry; e)Spring, June; f)blue, red; g)Fourth, July Exercise 12: a)mother-in-law; b)brother-in-law, c)niece; d)grandson; e)son-in-law; f)nephew; g)grandmother; h)granddaughter; i)sister-in-law; j)daughter-in-law; k)father-in-law; l)grandchildren Exercise 13: a)an; b)A, a; c)a; d)an; e)an; f)a; g)an; h)a Exercise 14: a)nearer; b)clearer; c)happier; d)better; e)more interesting; f)stronger; g)busier; h)fatter Exercise 15: a)most expensive; b)richest; c)coldest; d)worst; e)wisest; f)hottest; g)oldest; h)best; i)easiest Exercise 16: a)sooner; b)later; c)less; d)earlier; e)better; f)further; g)longer; h)worse

-233-

KEYS TO THE EXERCISES

UNIT

KEYS TO THE EXERCISES

REVIEW UNITS 6 TO 10 Exercise 1: a)many; b)much; c)many; d)much; e)many; f)many; g)much Exercise 2: a)are; b)is; c)is; d)is; e)are; f)is; g)are Exercise 3: a)any; b)some; c)any; d)any; e)some; f)some; g)Any Exercise 4: a)something; b)Anyone; c)somewhere; d)Nobody; e)anything, anyone; f)Somebody; g)anywhere; h)nowhere; i)nothing Exercise 5: a)How much is too much?; b)Nobody wanted to do an exam on Saturday.; c)Fortunately, a lot of people came to the party.; d)This car is not big enough for five people.; e)There are too many fat people in this country.; f)Anywhere she goes she finds friends.; g)There is nowhere like home.; h)I can’t do anything without you. Exercise 6: a)Do you play the guitar?; b)Doesn’t she (Does she not) drink orange juice? ; c)Are they very tall?; d)Is he in Manchester?; e)Don’t we (Do we not) study very hard? ; f)Do you write very long poems?; g)Is she in her classroom?; h)Does he read more than two books per week?; i) Doesn’t she (Does she not) drink alcohol? Exercise 7: a)Aren’t you interested in Literature?; b)Doesn’t he speak French?; c)Do you live near my house?; d)Is the dictionary on the table?; e)Isn’t she the right person for this position?; f)Does she know perfect English? Exercise 8: a)There is a war against Italy.; b)Under (Underneath) the table there is a book. / There is a book under (underneath) the table.; c)I study from 5 to 7.; d)Does she have lunch in a restaurant near (next to) my house?; e)I have dinner at 7 o’clock.; f)After dinner we go to the disco. /We go to the disco after dinner.; g)I always have breakfast before midday.; h)This present is for you. Exercise 9: a)He drove that old car.; b)They felt really bad.; c)I didn’t find the keys in your house.; d)They didn’t lose the match.; e)Did they rent her house?; f)Didn’t they (Did they not) sell roses in that shop?; g)Did she sing in the concert?; h)Didn’t the thieves (Did the thieves not) steal a famous painting? Exercise 10: a)went, for; b)from, Dutch; c)lied, didn’t; d)Does, French; e)paid, after; f)ate, much; g)Did, hear Exercise 11: a)Spain; b)Irish; c)Greece; d)Italian; e)Holland; f)Russian; g)Norway; h)French; i)England; j)Scottish; k)Europeans Exercise 12: a)When did you have lunch?; b)How are you?; c)Why did you do it?; d)Who went to the party?; e)Where are you from?; f)What is your name?; g)What is the weather like?; h)Where did she go last week?; i)How do you go to work? Exercise 13: a)Who went to the concert?; b)When do you wake up?; c)Do you eat strawberries?; d)Who brought these books?; e)Do you speak English?; f)Why did you go to Scotland?; g)Where did you buy this T-shirt?; h)Where are you from?; i)What did you say?; j)Which car do you prefer?; k)How was your dog?; l)Do you have brothers or sisters?

Exercise 14: a)Do you have a car?, Did you have a car?; b)How does she drive?, How did she drive?; c)Who plays the guitar?, Who played the guitar?; d)When do they get married?, When did they get married?; e)Where does she go for holidays?, Where did she go for holidays?; f)Why are you so upset?, Why were you so upset?; g)Which one do you take?, Which one did you take? Exercise 15: a)make, b)made; c)do; d)made; e)do, f)do; g)make; h)did; i)make; j)did; k)made; l)make Exercise 16: a)was writing; b)is not (isn’t) eating; c)Were you studying…?; d)were looking, was giving; e)was leaving; f)is shining; g)Are you writing…?; h)is not (isn’t) raining Exercise 17: a)How far is London from Barcelona?; b)How tall is your father?; c)How often do you go shopping?; d)How heavy is your table?; e)How wide is the lake?; f)How long is the beach?; g)How much time does it take to arrive in/get to Manchester?.

REVIEW UNITS 11 TO 15 Exercises 1: 1)for; 2)since; 3)since; 4)for; 5)since; 6)for; 7)for; 8)for; 9)since; 10)since; 11)for; 12)for; 13)since; 14)since; 15)for. Exercise 2: a) have you been?, haven’t (have not) seen, for; b)hasn’t (has not) snowed, since; c)haven’t (have not) eaten, since; d)hasn’t (has not) cut, for; e)have worked, for; f)have changed, since Exercise 3: a)is not going to attack; b)Is it going to rain; c)are going to buy; d)am not going to win; e)Are we going to eat; f)is not going to buy; g)Are they going to have Exercise 4: a)was going to write; b)was not going to buy; c)Were they going to spend; d)was going to give; e)Was she going to marry; f)Were you going to travel; g)were not going to buy Exercise 5: a) am going to write; b)will get; c)will turn; d) are going to visit; e)will come, will be; f)am going to attend; g)will help Exercise 6: a)have never seen; b)Have you been; c)Haven’t you heard (Have you not heard); decided, didn’t (did not); d)I haven’t (have not) seen; e)arrived; f)have known; g)has written; h)haven’t had, was; i)miss, have been; j)has never seen; k)dreamed, never saw; l)has become, took, was, have changed; m)have changed, saw, have grown Exercise 7: a)get, am going to; b)graduate; c)snows, are going to go; d)is going to make, is going to quit, finishes, is going to get; e)is going to call, arrives, is going to stay, is Exercise 8: a)arrive, will show; b)don’t stop, will experience; c)won’t (will not) tell, asks, won’t (will not) reveal; d)leave, will pick, do; e)will call, call, will take Exercise 9: a)will help, ask; b)will get, don’t take; c)is, will go; d)tell, will you believe; e)will come, invite; f)will go, has Exercise 10: a)would be; b)would live; c)would know; d)would own; e)wouldn’t (would not) get; f) would travel; g)would stay; h)would eat

-234-

Exercise 21:

a)Would I say no to your invitation?; b)I would not take no for an answer.; c)Please, do not write in capital letters.; d)What would they say?; e)Wouldn’t he be able to come?; f)I’d go to your house; g)Why wouldn’t I go to your party?; h)What would he look like?

a)The injured man had to be carried.; b)Our conversation was going to be taped.; c)He will be asked many questions.; d)The books haven’t (have not) been returned yet.; e)Less money is spent on school books nowadays.; f)Most paintings were damaged by vandals.; g)All sentences are corrected by the computer.; h)Her car is being repaired at the moment.; i)You will be severely punished for this. Exercise 22: a)Everybody was shocked by the terrible news.; b)A new book will be published (next year) by that company next year.; c)Our address has been forgotten (by him).; d)The secretary was introduced to her new boss.; e)Our plan is being considered by the members of the committee.; f)A prize will be given to whoever solves this problem.; g)The new policy would be approved by the executive committee.; h)This notice has been altered.; i)My telephone number was given to her by Paul. Exercise 23: a)She is said to wear a long blue dress.; It is said that she wears a long blue dress.; b)He was believed to be one of the three greatest mathematicians., It is believed that he was one of the three greatest mathematicians.; c)Susan is thought to be in her mid fifties., It is thought that Susan is in her mid fifties.; d)Peter is considered to be quite social., It is considered that Peter is quite social.; e)He was found dead., It was found that he was dead.; f)I was told his secrets.; g)She was given her birthday present.; h)He is known as Peter Smith. Exercise 24: a)I have never been called “stupid”!; b)have been planted.; c)will be crowned; d)be worked out; e)would be done; f)has been decided; g)are required; h)was asked; i)is being interviewed Exercise 25: a)in; b)on; c)at; d)at; e)on; f)in; g)in; h)at; i)at, in; j)on; k)at; l)in; m)In, on, in, at; n)on; o)In; p)In; q)at, on; r)at, in; s)at; t)in, in Exercise 26: a)So do I.; b)Neither did I.; c)Neither do I.; d)Neither am I.; e)Neither have I.; f)So will I.; g)So would I.; h)So am I.; i)So did I. Exercise 27: a)So would I.; b)So do I.; c)Neither do I.; d)So have I.; e)So was I.; f)So did I.; g)Neither did I.; h)So do I.; i)So would I.; j)So am I. Exercise 28: a)seeing; b)to do; c)going; d)writing; e)not to buy; f)playing; g)Reading; h)to pay; i)to sing; j)not to tell; k)studying; l)learning

Exercise 12: a)I would play football.; b)Would you play football?; c)Would you like to play football?; d)Do the homework.; e)Don’t eat oranges.; f)What would they write?; g)Why wouldn’t she (would she not) tell her grandparents? Exercise 13: a)I will be able to eat a whole large pizza.; b)I will have to say the truth.; c)Will you be able to repeat the sentence?; d)Will they have to study the whole lesson?; e)He won’t (will not) be able to read my mind.; f)Won’t they (Will they not) be able to take a joke?; g)I won’t (will not) be able to explain why.; h)I will be able to dance ballet.; i)Won’t she (Will she not) have to invite her parents to dinner?; j)We won’t (will not) have to waste time. Exercise 14: a)Couldn’t we take criticism?, Weren’t we (Were we not) able to take criticism?; b)Did I have to paint you a picture?; c)They had to hand in their assignments.; d)Their reasons had to be explained carefully.; e)Did you need a visa?, Needed you a visa?; f)You didn’t have to speak during the exam.; g)Applicants needed to call 1800-486-624 for further information.; h)You could make yourself, You were able to make yourself; i)Didn’t we (Did we not) have to follow their example?; j)Could he play the piano?, Was he able to play the piano? Exercise 15: a)She might not go to Paris; b)I will not be able to read the book.; c)Could you tell me your surname?; d)They did not have to buy new clothes.; e)Need you drive so fast?; f)She need not study the whole lesson; g)He ought not to have come; h)Should I stay or should I go?, Should I go or should I stay? Exercise 16: a)might; b)may not; c)may; d)can’t; e)Could; f)could; g)Can; h)couldn’t; i)could; j)might Exercise 17: a)May; b)can; c)May; d)can; e)can’t; f)Could; g)may; h)might; i)might; j)might; k)could; l)can’t; m)could; n)must; o)can’t Exercise 18: a)needn’t; b)mustn’t; c)needn’t; d)needn’t; e)needn’t; f)mustn’t; g)mustn’t; h)needn’t; i)mustn’t; j)needn’t; k)mustn’t Exercise 19: a)couldn’t; b)might not; c)might not; d)couldn’t; e)might not; f)might not; g)might not; h)couldn’t; i)couldn’t Exercise 20: Sally mustn’t miss lectures.; b)correct; c)Mustn’t he study a little bit harder?; d)He has to earn a living.; e)He can’t tell you his secret.; f)She might play the guitar in the concert.; g)Will they be able to understand the language?; h)Peter couldn’t stand the weather.; i)Martha can’t run faster.; j)correct; k)I should ask you to do me a favour.; l)Might she call the fire department?; m)I don’t have to get up early tomorrow morning.; n)I need not get up early tomorrow morning., I don’t need to get up early tomorrow morning.; o)Need he say anything else?

-235-

KEYS TO THE EXERCISES

Exercise 11: